M2000 Technical Manual V6 300

MODEL 2000 FLOW COMPUTER

TECHNICAL MANUAL

FIRMWARE V6.300

In the design and construction of this equipment and instructions contained in this manual, due consideration has been given to safety requirements in respect of statutory industrial regulations. Users are reminded that these regulations similarly apply to installation, operation and maintenance, safety being mainly dependent upon the skill of the operator and strict supervisory control.

Model 2000 Flow Computer Technical Manual Index

Model 2000 Technical Manual Iss 15 (V6.300) 01-02-09

CONTENTS Page No. 1. INTRODUCTION............................................................................................................................................................. 1

1.1. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE START UP SCREENS................................................................................... 1 1.1.1. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE UNIT CONNECTION LIST .................................................................... 2 1.1.2. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE UNIT COMMUNICATION PORT SET-UP.............................................. 3 1.1.3. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE MODBUS COMMUNICATION PORT SET-UP....................................... 4 1.1.4. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE UNIT USERS SET-UP .......................................................................... 5 1.1.5. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE UNIT AUDIT LOG................................................................................. 6

1.2. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS Version 2 SOFTWARE START UP SCREENS ................................................................... 8 1.2.1. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS Version 2 SOFTWARE UNIT CONNECTION LIST ..................................................... 9 1.2.2. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE USERS SET-UP ................................................................................. 11 1.2.3. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE PREFERENCES SET-UP ................................................................... 12 1.2.4. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE READ DATA OPTIONS ...................................................................... 20

2. MODBUS COMMUNICATION DESCRIPTION ............................................................................................................... 24 2.1. MODBUS OPERATION FOR STANDARD VARIABLES ........................................................................................... 24 2.2. MODBUS OPERATION FOR LOGGING VARIABLES .............................................................................................. 26 2.3. MODBUS OPERATION FOR STATUS BITS ............................................................................................................ 28

2.4.1. TIME FORMAT 64 bit...................................................................................................................................... 29 2.4.2. EG TIME FORMAT 8 bit.................................................................................................................................. 29 2.4.3. UNSIGNED LONG 32 bit ................................................................................................................................ 30 2.4.4. DOUBLE FORMAT 64 bit ................................................................................................................................ 30 2.4.5. FLOAT FORMAT 32 bit................................................................................................................................... 30 2.4.6. LONG INTEGER FORMAT 32 bit .................................................................................................................... 30 2.4.7. SHORT INTEGER FORMAT 16 bit.................................................................................................................. 30 2.4.8. CHAR FORMAT 8 bit ...................................................................................................................................... 31 2.4.9. UNSIGNED LONG INTEGER FORMAT 32 bit ................................................................................................. 31 2.4.10. UNSIGNED SHORT INTEGER FORMAT 16 bit............................................................................................... 31 2.4.11. UNSIGNED CHAR or BOOLEAN FORMAT 8 bit.............................................................................................. 31

2.5. MODBUS ASCII COMMUNICATIONS PACKET DEFINITIONS ................................................................................ 32 2.6. MODBUS RTU COMMUNICATIONS PACKET DEFINITIONS .................................................................................. 33 2.7. ALARM STATUS BIT DEFINITIONS ........................................................................................................................ 34

2.7.1. GENERAL ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS ...................................................................................................... 35 2.7.2. GENERAL NON-ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS.............................................................................................. 35 2.7.3. TURBINE ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS........................................................................................................ 35 2.7.4. TURBINE NON-ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS............................................................................................... 35 2.7.5. US METER ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS ..................................................................................................... 36 2.7.6. US METER NON-ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS ............................................................................................ 36 2.7.7. FlowSIC 600 ALARM BITS.............................................................................................................................. 36 2.7.8. GAS CHROMATAGRAPH ALARM BITS ......................................................................................................... 37 2.7.9. STREAM GAS CHROMATAGRAPH ALARM BITS .......................................................................................... 38 2.7.10. DENSITY METER ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS........................................................................................... 38 2.7.11. DENSITY METER NON ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS .................................................................................. 39 2.7.12. SMART INDEX ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS ............................................................................................... 39 2.7.13. SMART INDEX NON ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS....................................................................................... 39 2.7.14. LUBRICATION MODULE NON-ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS ....................................................................... 39 2.7.15. MULTIPLE DP Hi TRANSMITTER ALARM BITS ............................................................................................. 40 2.7.16. MULTIPLE DP Lo TRANSMITTER ALARM BITS............................................................................................. 41 2.7.17. MULTIPLE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER ALARM BITS.................................................................................... 42 2.7.18. MULTIPLE TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER ALARM BITS ............................................................................ 43 2.7.19. GAS DATA ACCOUNTABLE MAXIMUM ALARM BITS.................................................................................... 44 2.7.20. GAS DATA ACCOUNTABLE MINIMUM ALARM BITS ..................................................................................... 45 2.7.21. GAS DATA NON-ACCOUNTABLE HIGH ALARM BITS ................................................................................... 46 2.7.22. GAS DATA NON-ACCOUNTABLE LOW ALARM BITS.................................................................................... 47 2.7.23. LIQUID DATA ACCOUNTABLE MAXIMUM ALARM BITS................................................................................ 48 2.7.24. LIQUID DATA ACCOUNTABLE MINIMUM ALARM BITS................................................................................. 48 2.7.25. LIQUID DATA NON-ACCOUNTABLE HIGH ALARM BITS............................................................................... 48 2.7.26. LIQUID DATA NON-ACCOUNTABLE LOW ALARM BITS................................................................................ 48 2.7.27. STATION CONTROLLER ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS................................................................................ 48

2.8. ALARM TREE ......................................................................................................................................................... 49 2.9. STATUS CODE DEFINITIONS ................................................................................................................................ 61

3. SOFTWARE UPDATES................................................................................................................................................. 75



3.1. INSTRUCTIONS FOR DOWNLOADING NEW INTERNAL SOFTWARE INTO AN M2000 ......................................... 75 3.1.1. DL2.EXE VERSION 0.5 .................................................................................................................................. 75 3.1.2. WINDOWS 2 DOWNLOADER......................................................................................................................... 76

4. HELP PAGES ............................................................................................................................................................... 80 4.1. BOARDS CONFIGURED ......................................................................................................................................... 80 4.2. DATE & TIME.......................................................................................................................................................... 81 4.3. ANALOGUE INPUTS............................................................................................................................................... 82 4.4. DIGITAL INPUTS .................................................................................................................................................... 83 4.5. HART LOOPS ......................................................................................................................................................... 85 4.6. SELECT STREAM TYPES....................................................................................................................................... 86 4.7. STATION VALUES .................................................................................................................................................. 87 4.8. STATION PRESET COUNTERS.............................................................................................................................. 88 4.9. CHROMATOGRAPH ............................................................................................................................................... 89 4.10. GLOBAL UNITS ...................................................................................................................................................... 91 4.11. STATION UNITS ..................................................................................................................................................... 92 4.12. STATION PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE 1 & 2...................................................................................................... 93 4.13. TURBINE METER ................................................................................................................................................... 94 4.14. LIQUID CORRECTION 1 ......................................................................................................................................... 95 4.15. ULTRASONIC METER ............................................................................................................................................ 97 4.16. ORIFICE PLATE.................................................................................................................................................... 100 4.17. VENTURI TUBE .................................................................................................................................................... 102 4.18. WET GAS VENTURI TUBE 1................................................................................................................................. 103 4.19. WET GAS VENTURI TUBE 2................................................................................................................................. 112 4.20. CORIOLIS............................................................................................................................................................. 123 4.21. GAS LINE DENSITY TABLE.................................................................................................................................. 126 4.22. LIQUID LINE DENSITY TABLE.............................................................................................................................. 127 4.23. GAS MASS FRACTION TABLE ............................................................................................................................. 128 4.24. STEAM DENSITY.................................................................................................................................................. 129 4.25. LIQUIDS (CTL ONLY)............................................................................................................................................ 130 4.26. LIQUIDS................................................................................................................................................................ 131 4.27. LIQUID BASE DENSITY TABLE ............................................................................................................................ 134 4.28. MT PRESSURE..................................................................................................................................................... 135 4.29. MT TEMPERATURE.............................................................................................................................................. 136 4.30. MT Dp High Range ................................................................................................................................................ 137 4.31. MT Dp Low Range................................................................................................................................................. 138 4.32. ISO 6976 DATA..................................................................................................................................................... 139 4.34. SCALING FACTORS ............................................................................................................................................. 141 4.35. UNITS & FORMATTING ........................................................................................................................................ 142 4.36. DENSITY SET-UP................................................................................................................................................. 143 4.37. COMPRESSIBILITY EQUATION (Z FACTOR) ....................................................................................................... 144 4.38. TABLE Z FACTOR ................................................................................................................................................ 147 4.39. COMPRESSIBILITY EQUATION ORIFICE DENSITY VERSION............................................................................. 148 4.40. SOLARTRON MODEL 7835 LIQUID DENSITY METER ......................................................................................... 150 4.41. SARASOTA DENSITY METER.............................................................................................................................. 151 4.42. DENSITY METER (ORIFICE) SOLARTRON .......................................................................................................... 152 4.43. SOLARTRON DENSITY METER ........................................................................................................................... 154 4.44. GAS DATA ALARMS ............................................................................................................................................. 156 4.45. GAS DATA ALARMS (DENSITY VERSION)........................................................................................................... 157 4.46. RELATIVE DENSITY METER ................................................................................................................................ 158 4.47. PRESET COUNTERS ........................................................................................................................................... 159 4.48. BASE CONDITIONS.............................................................................................................................................. 160 4.49. MODE SWITCHES ................................................................................................................................................ 161 4.50. PID CONTROLLER ............................................................................................................................................... 162 4.51. GRAB SAMPLER .................................................................................................................................................. 164 4.52. LUBRICATION MODULE....................................................................................................................................... 166 4.53. ANALOGUE OUTPUTS......................................................................................................................................... 167 4.54. DIGITAL OUTPUTS............................................................................................................................................... 168 4.55. LOGGING ............................................................................................................................................................. 170 4.56. MODBUS .............................................................................................................................................................. 171 4.57. ACTIVE DATA....................................................................................................................................................... 173 4.58. DATA TO PRINT ................................................................................................................................................... 174



4.59. PRINT JOBS ......................................................................................................................................................... 176 4.60. PORTS (MODBUS ASCII/RTU) ............................................................................................................................. 177 4.61. PORTS (PASSWORD MODBUS ASCII/RTU)......................................................................................................... 178 4.62. PORTS (CHROMAT ASCII/RTU) ........................................................................................................................... 179 4.63. PORTS (OSC-01-E)............................................................................................................................................... 180 4.64. PORTS (PRINTER) ............................................................................................................................................... 181 4.65. PORTS (INSTROMET ULTRASONIC 1) ................................................................................................................ 182 4.66. PORTS (INSTROMET THRU PORT 1) .................................................................................................................. 183 4.67. PORTS (INSTROMET ULTRASONIC MODBUS RTU) ........................................................................................... 184 4.68. PORTS (PANAMETRICS GM868 ULTRASONIC) .................................................................................................. 185 4.69. PORTS (PANAMETRICS IGM 878 ULTRASONIC)................................................................................................. 186 4.70. PORTS (DANIEL SENIOR SONIC ULTRASONIC) ................................................................................................. 188 4.71. PORTS (FLOWSIC 600) ........................................................................................................................................ 190 4.72. PORTS (STATION CONTROLLER) ....................................................................................................................... 191 4.73. PORTS (SMART INDEX) ....................................................................................................................................... 192 4.74. MODBUS PASSWORDS ....................................................................................................................................... 193 4.75. INFORMATION PAGE........................................................................................................................................... 194 4.76. DISPLAY PAGES .................................................................................................................................................. 195 4.77. UNIT SECURITY ................................................................................................................................................... 196 4.78. ETHERNET 2 BOARD........................................................................................................................................... 197 4.79. STATION CONTROLLER ...................................................................................................................................... 199 4.80. CHANGE ID TEXT................................................................................................................................................. 200 4.81. CHANGE ID UNITS ............................................................................................................................................... 201 4.82. AUDIT LOG........................................................................................................................................................... 203 4.83. FUNCTION EDITOR.............................................................................................................................................. 205 4.84. READING EVENT LOG DATA VIA MODBUS......................................................................................................... 206 4.85. PROVER LOOP UNITS ......................................................................................................................................... 208 4.86. PROVER LOOP PRESSURE................................................................................................................................. 209 4.87. PROVER LOOP TEMPERATURE.......................................................................................................................... 211 4.88. DENSITY LOOP UNITS......................................................................................................................................... 213 4.89. DENSITY LOOP PRESSURE ................................................................................................................................ 214 4.90. DENSITY LOOP TEMPERATURE ......................................................................................................................... 215 4.91. PROVER SETTINGS............................................................................................................................................. 216 4.92. FOUR WAY VALVE............................................................................................................................................... 217 4.93. PROVER LOOP INFORMATION............................................................................................................................ 218 4.94. PROVER CALCULATIONS.................................................................................................................................... 219 4.95. VALVE CONTROL................................................................................................................................................. 220

5. DATA TREE................................................................................................................................................................ 221 5.1. PRESET DATA...................................................................................................................................................... 222 5.2. ACTIVE DATA....................................................................................................................................................... 239 5.3. LOCAL VALUES.................................................................................................................................................... 260 5.4. COUNTERS .......................................................................................................................................................... 262 5.5. STATION CONTROLLER ...................................................................................................................................... 265

Model 2000 Flow Computer Technical Manual 1.0 Introduction

Model 2000 Technical Manual Iss 14 (V5.910) 11-04-08 Page 1 of 265

1. INTRODUCTION 1.1. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE START UP SCREENS

Ø ENTER User name. Default Level 3 User with Full access is USER Ø ENTER Password. Default Level 3 Password is password it will appear on the screen as ******** Ø SELECT Language option. At present English is only available type. Ø SELECT OK Button to confirm and move to next window Ø SELECT Cancel Button to Clear and start again.

OK Button

Cancel Button

User Name Text Box Default USER

Build Date Box , may be required for diagnostics

Password Test Box Default password It will show as ********

Language option from : English



1.1.1. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE UNIT CONNECTION LIST

Highlight Unit Type to connect to CONNECT Connects to a Previously configured Unit NEW Creates a new connec tion See Box below MODIFY Changes a existing connection See Box below DELETE Deletes an Existing connection EDIT OFFLINE Enables a Virtual set-up which can be alter ed , saved or downloaded into a machine.

Unit Connection List Window

Function Buttons

Highlighted Unit type

Connection baud rate

Unit name text box

Comms Id Normally 0 Instrument Serial Number

OK Button

Cancel Button



1.1.2. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE UNIT COMMUNICATION PORT SET-UP

Ø Select Port to be Used Ø Status box indicates current status of Selected Port Ø OK Button confirms Ø Cancel Button clears and cancels the option

Select Options Select Comms Port

Selected Comms Port

Port Status



1.1.3. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE MODBUS COMMUNICATION PORT SET-UP

Select Port to be Used Status box indicates current status of Selected Port Select Modbus id 1 to 255 Baud Rate 1200 to 115k baud Parity None, Odd, Even, Mark or Space Stop Bits 1 or 2 No Bits 7 or 8 Protocol Modbus ASCII or Modbus RTU Connection RS232 or RS485 OK Button confirms Cancel Button clears and cancels the option

Select Options Modbus Comm Settings

Selected Comms Port

Port Status



1.1.4. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE UNIT USERS SET-UP

Select Edit Users List Users window will show list of current Users and their Access Level. Note Only Level 3 Access Users can create new Users. Ø To create a New User, select New User and Enter the data on the New User Window. Ø To Modify an existing User, Highlight the User to be modified and use Modify User button. Ø To Delete an existing User, Highlight the User to be deleted and use Delete User button.

If creating a Level 2 User, the operator will be prompted to make each of the Various pages or parts of pages for this USER either : Ø Editable. Data is allowed to be changed Ø Read Only. Data can be Read but not changed Ø Hidden. Page is hidden.

Close button closes the create new USER Session.

Select Users Select Edit Users List

Current Users List

New Users Entry Window



1.1.5. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE UNIT AUDIT LOG

Select Audit Log Select Read Event Log or Select Read Alarm Log or Select Read Event Log using Modbus protocol or Select Load Previous (Loads a saved Alarm or Event Log)

Select Audit Log Select Read Event Log or Read Alarm Log



Event or Alarm Log can be saved ,or printed

The Event or Alarm Log can also be displayed in various forms using the Display options Menu.

Event Number Event Details Time and Date of Event



1.2. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS Version 2 SOFTWARE START UP SCREENS

Ø ENTER User name. Default Level 3 User with Full access is USER Ø ENTER Password. Default Level 3 Password is password it will appear on the screen as ******** Ø SELECT Language option. At present English is only available type. Ø SELECT OK Button to confirm and move to next window Ø SELECT Cancel Button to Clear and start again.

OK Button Cancel Button

User Name Text Box Default USER

Password Test Box Default password It will show as ********




1.2.1. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS Version 2 SOFTWARE UNIT CONNECTION LIST

Highlight Unit Type to connect to

Connects to a Previously configured Unit

Unit Connection List Window

Function Buttons

Highlighted Unit type

Connection baud rate

Unit name text box

Comms Id Normally 0

Instrument Serial Number


Unit type

Connection Method

PC Comms Port Number



Enables a Virtual set-up which can be altered , saved or downloaded into a machine.

Creates a new connection automatically. Follow the On screen Instructions for setting up a unit.

Allows a new software version to be downloaded into the FC2000. See Section 3 for details

Standard or Large memory

Retreive Software Version from Unit

Software Version


Flow Computer type



1.2.2. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE USERS SET-UP

Ø Select Edit Users List Ø Users window will show list of current Users and their Access

Level o Note Only Level 3 Access Users can create new

Users. Ø To create a New User , select New User and Enter the data

on the New User Window. Ø To Modify an existing User, Highlight the User to be modified

and use Modify User button. Ø To Delete an existing User, Highlight the User to be deleted

and use Delete User button. Ø If creating a Level 2 User, the operator will be prompted to

make each of the Various pages or parts of pages for this USER either :

• Editable Data is allowed to be changed

• Read Only Data can be Read but not changed

• Hidden Page is hidden. Ø Close button closes the create new USER Session.



1.2.3. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE PREFERENCES SET-UP Communications Serial



Communication TCP I/P



Users



Appearance, Connection List, Column Widths



Appearance, Connection List, Position & Size



Appearance, Main Frame Position & Size, Child Frame, Position & Size



Appearance, Tool tips



Behaviour



1.2.4. MODEL 2000 WINDOWS SOFTWARE READ DATA OPTIONS Once a selected Unit has been connected to , the following option page wil l be available , each of the Read buttons can be se lected and the following pages will be shown .

Preset Data Screen

Active Data Screen



Read Log Data Set -up Screen

Log Data Screen



Event Log Screen

Alarm Log Screen



Clear Data Screen

Typical Set-up Data Screen

Model 2000 Flow Computer Technical Manual 2.0 Modbus Communication


2. MODBUS COMMUNICATION DESCRIPTION 2.1. MODBUS OPERATION FOR STANDARD VARIABLES

The Modbus set-up page allows the operator to set-up MODBUS COMMUNICATION data lists that can then be accessed via the communication ports of the unit. The Modbus page is divided into a number of sections a) Set-up Allows the user to do the following functions :- Create a New set-up. Rename an existing set-up. Delete an existing set-up. Under the Extra Key. Import Modbus Set-up from other units. Export Modbus Set-up to other files or unit. Print Modbus Set-up NOTE the user can create up to 10 different set-ups, however only one set-up can be accessed from each communication port at a time. b) Data Tree This contains all the possible data that can be accessed via a MODBUS communication port. Any required data item or data file can be dragged across to the MODBUS set-up window to be included in the active set-up. c) Modbus Set-up The Modbus set-up window assigns the necessary MODBUS communication set-up to each data item or block of data items that are dragged into the Window from the data tree. The items that need to be configured, and the options for each data item are as follows:- Address any address in the range 0H to FFFFH or 0D to 65535D Number type can be selected from :- Char 8 bit Unsigned Char 8 bit Boolean 8 bit Integer 32 bit Unsigned Int 32 bit Short 16 bit Unsigned Short 16 bit Float 32 bit Double 64 bit Time 64 bit egTime 8 bit Modbus Time 64 bit 8 Byte Status 64 bit Byte Order can be selected from 1234 4321 2143 3412 Register size can be selected from 1 byte 2 bytes 4 bytes 8 bytes Latch can be selected from None Read Write Read/Write Each of the above parameters can be set by selecting the variable name to be formatted and left clicking on it a selection box for each of the above items will appear and the format can be set. If it is required to set a complete column of items to have the same format then this can be achieved by instead of selecting an individual item, selecting the header for that column, a small menu will appear detailing the options for that column and the required item can then be selected.



d) Auto-Functions All the data fields in the Modbus window can be both autom atically filled if the Ask to Fill Fields tick box is enabled and can be automatically adjusted for register size and number format if the Auto Adjust Address tick box is enabled. e) Logged Data This button allows the user to switch between a standard data set-up and a logged data set-up. f) Validate The Validate button function checks to determine if the set-up that is currently in the MODBUS set-up window is valid and can be used. This function should be checked whenever a new set-up is created. g) Modbus Timeout The Modbus Timeout value allows a time in seconds to be set, if the Modbus comms register is not accessed within that time either by a valid Modbus read or write then a Modbus Communication Timeout alarm will be set.



2.2. MODBUS OPERATION FOR LOGGING VARIABLES The Modbus page is divided into approximately 6 different sections a) Set-up Allows the user to do the following functions :- Create a New set-up. Rename an existing set-up. Delete an existing set -up. Under the Extra Key. Import Modbus Set-up from other units. Export Modbus Set-up to other files or unit. Print Modbus Set-up NOTE the user can create up to 10 different set-ups, however only one set-up can be accessed from each communication port at a time. b) Data Tree This contains all the possible data that can be accessed via a MODBUS communication port. Any required data item or data file can be dragged across to the MODBUS set-up window to be included in the active set-up. c) Modbus Set-up The Modbus set-up window assigns the necessary MODBUS communication set-up to each data item or block of data items that are dragged into the Window from the data tree. The items that need to be configured, and the options for each data item are as follows:- Address any address in the range 0H to FFFFH or 0D to 65535D Number type can be selected from :- Char 8 bit Unsigned Char 8 bit Boolean 8 bit Integer 32 bit Unsigned Int 32 bit Short 16 bit Unsigned Short 16 bit Float 32 bit Double 64 bit Time 64 bit egTime 8 bit Modbus Time 64 bit 8 Byte Status 64 bit Byte Order can be selected from 1234 4321 2143 3412 Register size can be selected from 1 byte 2 bytes 4 bytes 8 bytes Each of the above parameters can be set by selecting the variable name to be formatted and left clicking on it a selection box for each of the above items will appear and the format can be set. If it is required to set a complete column of items to have the same format then this can be achieved by instead of selecting an individual item, selecting the header for that column, a small menu will appear detailing the options for that column and the required item can then be selected. At the top of each logging MODBUS set up window will be a line of symbols similar to as follows;- Log : 1 AM : Address AI : Auto LE : 100 These symbols refer to the access methods for this MODBUS Logging set-up. There are 2 basic access methods which can be altered by selecting the top line and clicking on the edit function. the methods are as follows;- 1) Address Based means that each logged item will have a separate address, this method can be sub-divided into two further types Push Up and Push Down.



Push Up means that all addresses increment from a given starting address. Push Down means that all addresses decrement from a given starting address. The definition line for an Address Based set-up would be as follows;- Log : 1 AM : Address AI : Auto LE : 100 Log means Log set-up number 1 to 16 AM means Access method can be Address Based or Register Based. AI means Address increment this can be automatic or entered LE means the number of log entries 2) Register Based means that the address of the logged record to be read is defined in a separate register, this method can be sub-divided into two further types Push Up and Push Down. Push Up means that all addresses increment from a given starting address. Push Down means that all addresses decrement from a given starting address. This method is only intended to be used where the amount of logged data that is available in the Model 2000 far exceeds the available MODBUS addresses. The method used would then be to have Data stored for any particular log time stored at a range of defined addresses. Then the particular record to be accessed would always be read from the same range of addresses. The definition line for an Register Based set-up would be as follows;- Log : 1 AM : Register EA : Fixed Log means Log set-up number 1 to 16 AM means Access method can be Address Based or Register Based. EA means Entry Address i.e. the Address of the register to be written to define a the actual log required, for example if 1000 log entries exist and it is required to read 123 then 123 would be written in the Entry Address register and the logged data for record 123 out of 1000 could be read from the addresses set up in the Modbus window. d) Auto-Functions All the data fields in the Modbus window can be both autom atically filled if the Ask to Fill Fields tick box is enabled and can be automatically adjusted for register size and number format if the Auto Adjust Address tick box is enabled. e) Logged Data This button allows the user to switch between a standard data set-up and a logged data set-up. f) Validate The Validate button function checks to determine if the set-up that is currently in the MODBUS set-up window is valid and can be used. This function should be checked whenever a new set-up is created. g) Modbus Timeout The Modbus Timeout value allows a time in seconds to be set, if the Modbus comms register is not accessed within that time either by a valid Modbus read or write then a Modbus Communication Timeout alarm will be set.



2.3. MODBUS OPERATION FOR STATUS BITS The Modbus page is divided into approximately 6 different sections data covered under this section is referred to under the status bits tab. a) Set-up Allows the user to do the following functions :- Create a New set-up. Rename an existing set-up. Delete an existing set -up. Under the Extra Key. Import Modbus Set-up from other units. Export Modbus Set-up to other files or unit. Print Modbus Set-up NOTE the user can create up to 10 different set-ups, however only one set-up can be accessed from each communication port at a time. b) Logged Data This button allows the user to switch between a standard data set-up and a logged data set-up. c) Data Tree This contains all the possible status bits that can be accessed via a MODBUS communication port. Any required data item or data file can be dragged across to the MODBUS set-up window to be included in the active set-up. d) Modbus Set-up The Modbus set-up window assigns the necessary MODBUS communication set-up to each data item or block of data items that are dragged into the Window from the data tree. The items that need to be configured, and the options for each data item are as follows:- Address any address in the range 0H to FFFFH or 0D to 65535D Number type can be selected from :- Boolean Byte Order can be selected from 1234 4321 2143 3412 No Change Register size can be selected from 1 byte 2 bytes 4 bytes 8 bytes No Change Latch can be selected from No latch Latch on Read Latch on Write Latch on Read or Write No Change Each bit can also be inverted so that either a Logic 0 or Logic 1 can represent an ON state. Each of the above parameters can be set by selecting the variable name to be formatted and left clicking on it a selection box for each of the above items will appear and the format can be set. If it is required to set a complete column of items to have the same format then this can be achieved by instead of selecting an individual item, selecting the header for that column, a small menu will appear detailing the options for that column and the required item can then be selected. e) Auto-Functions All the data fields in the Modbus window can be both automatically filled if the Auto Fill Fields tick box is enabled and can be au tomatically adjusted for register size and number format if the Auto Adjust Address tick box is enabled. f) Validate The Validate button function checks to determine if the set-up that is currently in the MODBUS set-up window is valid and can be used. This function should be checked whenever a new set-up is created. g) Modbus Timeout The Modbus Timeout value allows a time in seconds to be set, if the Modbus comms register is not accessed within that time either by a valid Modbus read or write then a Modbus Communication Timeout alarm will be set.



2.4. NUMBER FORMATS 2.4.1. TIME FORMAT 64 bit

All Times and Dates available to be read or written via MODBUS in the Model 2000 are in the TIME or Modbus TIME format which is a 64 bit number with the following attributes:- SSMMHHWDDDmmYYxx Where SS Seconds val id numbers in the range 0 to 59 MM Minutes valid numbers in the range 0 to 59 HH Hours valid numbers in the range 0 to 23 (0=midnight) WD Week Day Number valid numbers in the range 1 to 7 (1=Sunday) DD Day valid numbers in the range 1 to 31 mm Month valid numbers in the range 1 to 12 YY Years valid numbers in the range 0 to 99 (assumed to be 20xx) xx Fault/Validation code Notes The above item will be recognised by the M2000 and windows software as a time and Date format. It cannot be cast as any other format i.e. a double or float etc. It can be sent in any available byte order i.e. 1234 or 4321. It can be split in to available register sizes i.e. 1*8 or 2*4 etc. For writing the Time and Date the Week Day does not need to be correct only valid the M2000 will correct it, so e.g. it could always be written as 1. For writing the Time and Date the Fault/Validation code is ignored i.e. it does not need to have any value. For reading if the Validation code is set the Time and Date is Valid if it is returned as 0 (zero) then the RTC device in the M2000 is faulty.

2.4.2. EG TIME FORMAT 8 bit Times and Dates available to be written via MODBUS in the Model 2000 as individual 8 bit registers in the EG TIME or Modbus EG TIME format which is an 8 bit number with the same attributes as an unsigned Char:- A typical implementation follows:-

Register Address

Description Register Type

9006 Writable register for Month EG Time 9007 Writable register for day EG Time 9008 Writable register for year EG Time 9009 Writable register for hour EG Time 9010 Writable register for minute EG Time 9011 Writable register for second EG Time

As the above registers can be written individually i.e. the hours can be written without affecting the values of the hours for example, these registers should not be used for reading the Time individually, for this function a separate set of registers should be used. An example of a typical implementation for reading the System time as individual registers follows:-

Register Address

Description Register Type

3036 Month (1-12) (read register) Unsigned Char 3037 Day (1 – 31) (read register) Unsigned Char 3038 Year (0 – 65535) (read register) Unsigned Char 3039 Hour (0 – 23) (read register) Unsigned Char 3040 Minute (0 – 59) (read register) Unsigned Char



2.4.3. UNSIGNED LONG 32 bit Status Format The Status items are sent as 32 bit Unsigned Long integer Range 0 to FFFFFFFFH (4294967295) with individual bits defined in the Alarm Status Bit Lists See Section 2.7

2.4.4. DOUBLE FORMAT 64 bit Data items are sent as 64 bit IEEE Float format Range 1.7 x 10-308 to 1.7 x 10308.

!increasing significance i 1

double s biased exponent significand

63 51 0 Number of bits s = Sign bit ( 0 = positive , 1 = negative ) i = Position of implicit binary point 1 = Integer bit of significand Exponent bias (normalised value) 1023 (3FFH)

2.4.5. FLOAT FORMAT 32 bit Data items are sent as 32 bit IEEE Float format Range 3.4 x 10-38 to 3.4x 1038.

!increasing significance i 1

float s biased exponent significand

31 22 0 Number of bits s = Sign bit ( 0 = positive , 1 = negative ) i = Position of implicit binary point 1 = Integer bit of significand Exponent bias (normalised value) 127 (7FH)

2.4.6. LONG INTEGER FORMAT 32 bit Data items are sent as 32 bit Long Integer format Range –2147483648 to 2147483647

!increasing significance

long int s magnitude

31 0 Number of bits s = Sign bit ( 0 = positive , 1 = negative )

2.4.7. SHORT INTEGER FORMAT 16 bit Data items are sent as 16 bit Long Integer format Range –32768 to 32767

!increasing significance

Int s magnitude

15 0 Number of bits s = Sign bit ( 0 = positive , 1 = negative )



2.4.8. CHAR FORMAT 8 bit 8 bit Character Range -128 to 127

2.4.9. UNSIGNED LONG INTEGER FORMAT 32 bit Data items are sent as 32 bit Long Integer format Range 0 to 4294967295

2.4.10. UNSIGNED SHORT INTEGER FORMAT 16 bit Data items are sent as 32 bit Long Integer format Range 0 to 65535

2.4.11. UNSIGNED CHAR or BOOLEAN FORMAT 8 bit Data items are sent as 8 bit Unsigned Char or Boolean format Range 0 to 255.



2.5. MODBUS ASCII COMMUNICATIONS PACKET DEFINITIONS 1) Read requests :KK03ssssnnnnLL<CRLF> 2) Write requests :KK10ssssnnnnbb<DATA>LL<CRLF> COMMUNICATION RESPONSES 1) Valid Read Requests: :KK03bb<DATA>LL<CRLF 2) Valid Write Requests: :KK10ssssnnnnLL<CRLF> 3) Invalid Read Requests :KK83ccLL<CRLF> 4) Invalid Write Requests :KK90ccLL<CRLF> 5) Nothing No reply will be received if either the request contains less than 17 characters, or a request packet that does not contain valid hex characters is received or the checksum is invalid. Where: a) : (colon) is an ASCII colon character, all characters before this are ignored except <CRLF> b) KK is the Modbus identification number this must be set to the Modbus identification number of the unit c) 01hex is the Modbus code "Read Coil Status registers" d) 02hex is the Modbus code "Read Input Status registers" e) 03hex is the Modbus code "Read Holding registers" f) 10hex is the Modbus code "Preset multiple registers" g) ssss is the start address in the range 0000 to FFFF (0 to 63535 decimal). h) nnnn number of registers in the range 0001 to 00FF (1 to 255 decimal). i) bb is the number of bytes to be transferred. j) LL is the LRC a checksum formed by summing each pair of hex digits and then subtracting the result from 0, modulo 256 k) <DATA> data nnnn items l) <CRLF> Carriage return, line feed in ASCII i.e. 0DH and 0AH m) cc which is an error code this can be: i) 01 The message function received is not an allowable action, it is allowable to read (03hex) or to write (10hex) valid

addresses only in the range 0-FFFFH (0-65535).



2.6. MODBUS RTU COMMUNICATIONS PACKET DEFINITIONS 1) Read requests [T1-T2-T3-T4]KK03ssssnnnn<CRC>[T1-T2-T3-T4] 2) Write requests [T1-T2-T3-T4]KK10ssssnnnnbb<DATA><CRC>[T1-T2-T3-T4] COMMUNICATION RESPONSES 1) Valid Read Requests: [T1-T2-T3-T4]KK03bb<DATA><CRC>[T1-T2-T3-T4] 2) Valid Write Requests: [T1-T2-T3-T4]KK10ssssnnnn<CRC>[T1-T2-T3-T4] 3) Invalid Read Requests [T1-T2-T3-T4]KK83cc<CRC>[T1-T2-T3-T4] 4) Invalid Write Requests [T1-T2-T3-T4]KK90cc<CRC>[T1-T2-T3-T4] 5) Nothing No reply will be received if either the request does not contain valid characters or the checksum is invalid. Where: a) [T1-T2-T3-T4] is at least 3.5 character times of silent interval b) KK is the identification number this must be set to the identification number of the unit c) 01hex is the Modbus code "Read Coil Status registers" d) 02hex is the Modbus code "Read Input Status registers" e) 03hex is the Modbus code "Read Holding registers" f) 10hex is the Modbus code "Preset multiple registers" g) ssss is the start address in the range 0000 to FFFF (0 to 63535 decimal). h) nnnn number of registers in the range 0001 to 00FF (1 to 255 decimal). i) bb is the number of bytes to be transferred. j) <CRC> Checksum calculated as a 16 bit CRC as follows 1. Load a 16 bit register with 0000H (all zeros), call this the CRC register. 2. XOR the first 8 bit byte of the message with the low -order byte of the 16-bit CRC register, putting the result in the CRC register. 3. Shift the CRC register one bit to the right (towards the LSB), zero filling the MSB. Extract and examine the LSB. 4. (If the LSB was 0 ) then Repeat Step 3 (another shift), (If LSB was 1) then XOR the CRC register with the Poly value of A001H 5. Repeat steps 3 and 4 until 8 shifts have been performed. When this is done a complete 8 bit byte will have been processed. 6. Repeat steps 2 to 5 for the next 8 bit byte of the message. Continue doing this until all bytes have been processed. 7. The final contents of the CRC register is the CRC value. k) <DATA> data nnnn items l) cc which is an error code this can be: i) 01 The message function received is not an allowable action.



2.7. ALARM STATUS BIT DEFINITIONS ¡ General Acc.N ¡ General Non Acc.N ¡ Turbine Acc.N ¡ Turbine Non Acc.N ¡ Ultrasonic Acc.N ¡ Ultrasonic Non.Acc.N ¡ Chr.Alarms ¡ Stream Chromat.Alarms ¡ Status 1 (Acc) ¡ Status 2 (Temp) ¡ Modbus Alarm ¡ Density Acc .Alarms ¡ Density Non Acc .Alarms ¡ Smart Index Acc .Alarms ¡ Smart Index Non Acc .Alarms ¡ Oil Level Non Acc.N ¡ MT DP Hi.N ¡ MT DP Lo.N ¡ MT Pressure.N ¡ MT Temperature.N ¡ Gas Data Max Alarms.N ¡ Gas Data Min Alarms.N ¡ Gas Data High Alarms.N ¡ Gas Data Low Alarms.N ¡ Liquid Data Max Alarms.N ¡ Liquid Data Min Alarms.N ¡ Liquid Data High Alarms.N ¡ Liquid Data Low Alarms.N ¡ Stn.Con. Alarm ¡ Total Alarms ¡ Stn.Con. Compar ison Alarm

The above status words are all 32bit Unsigned Integer types individual bits are defined as follows, any unused bits are set to a 0 (zero).



2.7.1. GENERAL ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS ¡ General Acc.N

qN high The uncorrected flow rate is above the value of Hi qN. for more than 1 minute. 0000 0001 znN low Base compressibility outside tolerance znN low. 0000 0002 znN high Base compressibility outside tolerance znN high. 0000 0004 znN calc Base Compressibility cannot be calculated. 0000 0008 zN calc Compressibility cannot be calculated. 0000 0010 Any Accountable Gas Data Alarm 0000 0020 rdN f hi Relative Density Frequency Alarm High (>5000Hz) 0000 0040 rdN f lo Relative Density Frequency Alarm Low (<500Hz) 0000 0080 Any Accountable Density Alarm 0000 0100 Any Accountable Liquids Alarm 0000 0400 crit teN A Liquid Critical Temperature Alarm 0000 0800 ZN timeout The Z factor calculations took too long to calculate the correct answer. 0000 1000 ZN error The calculated Z was above 10, or below 0.001 and the used value has been

fixed to 1. 0000 2000

ZnN error The calculated Zn was above 10, or below 0.001 and the used value has been fixed to 1.

0000 4000

VoS Dev Deviation between calculated and measured VoS 0000 8000 Any Accountable Turbine Alarm 0100 0000 Any Accountable US Meter Alarm 0200 0000 MT Pressure Accountable Alarm 1000 0000 MT Temperature Accountable Alarm 2000 0000 MT dp Hi Accountable Alarm 4000 0000 MT dp Lo Accountable Alarm 8000 0000

2.7.2. GENERAL NON-ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS

¡ General Non Acc.N qN low The uncorrected flow rate is below the value of Lo qN. 0000 0001 qN high The uncorrected flow rate is above the value of Hi qN. 0000 0002 tempN alrm Temperature below t-alarm and qb above Lo.q for more than preset time period. 0000 0004 Any Non - Accountable Gas Data Alarm 0000 0008 Any Non - Accountable Density Alarm 0000 0010 rd dev Relative Density values in deviation Alarm 0000 0020 Any Non - Accountable Liquids 0000 0040 Any Non - Accountable Coriolis Alarm 0000 0080 VoS Dev Deviation between calculated and measured VoS 0000 0100 Any Non - Accountable Turbine Alarm 0100 0000 Any Non - Accountable US Meter Alarm 0200 0000 MT Pressure Non - Accountable Alarm 1000 0000 MT Temperature Non - Accountable Alarm 2000 0000 MT dp Hi Non - Accountable Alarm 4000 0000 MT dp Lo Non - Accountable Alarm 8000 0000

2.7.3. TURBINE ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS

¡ Turbine Acc.N turbN hf An hf turbine meter alarm (blade failure). 0000 0001 Meter IPN A liquid pulse input alarm has been detected 0000 0002

2.7.4. TURBINE NON-ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS

¡ Turbine Non Acc.N turbN lf An lf turbine meter alarm (blade failure). 0000 0001



2.7.5. US METER ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS ¡ Ultrasonic Acc.N

usN paths Wrong number of acoustic paths specified. 0000 0001 usN secur Meter security alarm bit set. 0000 0002 usN level1 Reduced accuracy alarm. 0000 0004 usN level2 Reduced accuracy alarm. 0000 0008 usN number Invalid number received alarm. 0000 0010 usN comms No valid comms from the meter for last 5 seconds. 0000 0020 usN mode FlowSIC Meter in Configuration (Non operational) Mode 0000 0040 usN acc st Status alarm 0000 0080 usN path1 The meter is indicating an error on path 1 0000 0100 usN path2 The meter is indicating an error on path 2 0000 0200 usN path3 The meter is indicating an error on path 3 0000 0400 usN path4 The meter is indicating an error on path 4 0000 0800 usN eeprom The meter is indicating an error with its EEprom 0000 1000 usN ioparm The meter is indicating an error with an IO parameter 0000 2000 usN dspflt The meter is indicating an error with its DSP 0000 4000 usN dspprm The meter is indicating an error with a DSP parameter 0000 8000 usN valid The meter is indicating a valid data error 0001 0000

2.7.6. US METER NON-ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS

¡ Ultrasonic Non.Acc.N usN eff.1% Meter path 1 efficiency is below pre-set % limit. 0000 0001 usN eff.2% Meter path 2 efficiency is below pre-set % limit. 0000 0002 usN eff.3% Meter path 3 efficiency is below pre-set % limit. 0000 0004 usN eff.4% Meter path 4 efficiency is below pre-set % limit. 0000 0008 usN eff.5% Meter path 5 efficiency is below pre-set % limit. 0000 0010 usN units FlowSIC Meter wrong units (not m3) 0000 0020 usN Status FlowSIC System Status Alarm 0000 0040 usN Status1 FlowSIC Path 1 alarm 0000 0080 usN Status2 FlowSIC Path 2 alarm 0000 0100 usN Status3 FlowSIC Path 3 alarm 0000 0200 usN Status4 FlowSIC Path 4 alarm 0000 0400 usN config The meter is indicating a configur ation error 0000 0800 usN chkreq The meter is indicating a check r equest alarm 0000 1000 usN limwrn The meter is indicating a limit warning 0000 2000 usN iornge The meter is indicating an I /O range alarm 0000 4000 usN path1 The meter is indicating an error on path 1 0000 8000 usN path2 The meter is indicating an error on path 2 0001 0000 usN path3 The meter is indicating an error on path 3 0002 0000 usN path4 The meter is indicating an error on path 4 0004 0000 usN path5 The meter is indicating an error on path 5 0008 0000 usN hwlock The meter is indicating a hardware lock alarm 0010 0000 A non-Accountable alarm is present in FlowSIC status register 1. 4000 0000 A non-Accountable alarm is present in FlowSIC status register 2. 8000 0000

2.7.7. FlowSIC 600 ALARM BITS

¡ FlowSIC 600 Status register 1 usN SNRw1 The meter is indicating a SNR warning on path 1 0000 0001 usN SNRw2 The meter is indicating a SNR warning on path 2 0000 0002 usN SNRw3 The meter is indicating a SNR warning on path 3 0000 0004 usN SNRw4 The meter is indicating a SNR warning on path 4 0000 0008 usN AGCD1 The meter is indicating an AGC D war ning on path 1 0000 0010 usN AGCD2 The meter is indicating an AGC D war ning on path 2 0000 0020 usN AGCD3 The meter is indicating an AGC D war ning on path 3 0000 0040 usN AGCD4 The meter is indicating an AGC D war ning on path 4 0000 0080 usN AGCL1 The meter is indicating an AGC L warning on path 1 0000 0100 usN AGCL2 The meter is indicating an AGC L warning on path 2 0000 0200 usN AGCL3 The meter is indicating an AGC L warning on path 3 0000 0400



usN AGCL4 The meter is indicating an AGC L warning on path 4 0000 0800 usN SOS1 The meter is indicating an SOS burst on path 1 0000 1000 usN SOS2 The meter is indicating an SOS burst on path 2 0000 2000 usN SOS3 The meter is indicating an SOS burst on path 3 0000 4000 usN SOS4 The meter is indicating an SOS burst on path 4 0000 8000 usN burst1 The meter is indicating a burst alarm on path 1 0001 0000 usN burst2 The meter is indicating a burst alarm on path 2 0002 0000 usN burst3 The meter is indicating a burst alarm on path 3 0004 0000 usN burst4 The meter is indicating a burst alarm on path 4 0008 0000 usN math1 The meter is indicating a maths alarm on path 1 0010 0000 usN math2 The meter is indicating a maths alarm on path 2 0020 0000 usN math3 The meter is indicating a maths alarm on path 3 0040 0000 usN math4 The meter is indicating a maths alarm on path 4 0080 0000 usN big1 The meter is indicating an over range alarm on path 1 0100 0000 usN big2 The meter is indicating an over range alarm on path 2 0200 0000 usN big3 The meter is indicating an over range alarm on path 3 0400 0000 usN big4 The meter is indicating an over range alarm on path 4 0800 0000 usN small1 The meter is indicating an underrange alarm on path 1 1000 0000 usN small2 The meter is indicating an underrange alarm on path 2 2000 0000 usN small3 The meter is indicating an underrange alarm on path 3 4000 0000 usN small4 The meter is indicating an underrange alarm on path 4 8000 0000

¡ FlowSIC 600 Status register

usN early1 The meter is indicating an ear ly alarm on path 1 0000 0001 usN early2 The meter is indicating an ear ly alarm on path 2 0000 0002 usN early3 The meter is indicating an ear ly alarm on path 3 0000 0004 usN early4 The meter is indicating an ear ly alarm on path 4 0000 0008 usN late1 The meter is indicating a late alar m on path 1 0000 0010 usN late2 The meter is indicating a late alar m on path 2 0000 0020 usN late3 The meter is indicating a late alar m on path 3 0000 0040 usN late4 The meter is indicating a late alar m on path 4 0000 0080 usN pther1 The meter is indicating an error on path 1 0000 0100 usN pther2 The meter is indicating an error on path 2 0000 0200 usN pther3 The meter is indicating an error on path 3 0000 0400 usN pther4 The meter is indicating an error on path 4 0000 0800 usN SNRl1 The meter is indicating a SNR error on path 1 0000 1000 usN SNRl2 The meter is indicating a SNR error on path 2 0000 2000 usN SNRl3 The meter is indicating a SNR error on path 3 0000 4000 usN SNRl4 The meter is indicating a SNR error on path 4 0000 8000 usN iter1 The meter is indicating an iteration error on path 1 0001 0000 usN iter2 The meter is indicating an iteration error on path 2 0002 0000 usN iter3 The meter is indicating an iteration error on path 3 0004 0000 usN iter4 The meter is indicating an iteration error on path 4 0008 0000 usN delta1 The meter is indicating a delta alar m on path 1 0010 0000 usN delta2 The meter is indicating a delta alarm on path 2 0020 0000 usN delta3 The meter is indicating a delta alar m on path 3 0040 0000 usN delta4 The meter is indicating a delta alar m on path 4 0080 0000 usN chk1 The meter is indicating a check er ror on path 1 0100 0000 usN chk2 The meter is indicating a check er ror on path 2 0200 0000 usN chk3 The meter is indicating a check er ror on path 3 0400 0000 usN chk4 The meter is indicating a check er ror on path 4 0800 0000 usN MSE1 The meter is indicating a MSE error on path 1 1000 0000 usN MSE2 The meter is indicating a MSE error on path 2 2000 0000 usN MSE3 The meter is indicating a MSE error on path 3 4000 0000 usN MSE4 The meter is indicating a MSE error on path 4 8000 0000

2.7.8. GAS CHROMATAGRAPH ALARM BITS ¡ Chr.Alarms



Chrm port Gas Chromatograph port error Accountable 0000 0001 Chrm comms Gas Chromatograph communication alarm Accountable 0000 0002 Chrm alarm Gas Chromatograph status alarm Accountable 0000 0004 Chrm comp Gas Chromatograph component alarm Accountable 0000 0008 Chrm off Gas Chromatograph offline alarm Accountable 0000 0010 Chrm NETst Gas Chromatograph network status error Accountable 0000 0020 Chrm NETEr Gas Chromatograph network error Accountable 0000 0040 Chrm str Gas Chromatograph stream error Non Accountable 0001 0000 Chrm cal Gas Chromatograph in cal mode Non Accountable 0002 0000 Chrm state Gas Chromatograph in wrong state Non Accountable 0004 0000 Chrm data Gas Chromatograph has no new data Non Accountable 0010 0000

2.7.9. STREAM GAS CHROMATAGRAPH ALARM BITS

¡ Stream Chromat.Alarms Chrm str N Gas Chromatograph Stream specific Alarm 0000 0001

¡ Status 1 (Acc) Status 1 (Acc) Alarm 0000 0010

¡ Status 2 (Temp) Status 2 (Temp) Alarm 0000 0080

¡ Modbus Alarm

Modbus Err Modbus Timeout Accountable Alarm 0000 0001

2.7.10. DENSITY METER ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS ¡ Density Acc .Alarms

dm1.N-f hi Density Meter 1 frequency input above 5000Hz. 0000 0001 dm2.N-f hi Density Meter 2 frequency input above 5000Hz. 0000 0002 dm1.N-f lo Density Meter 1 frequency input below 500Hz 0000 0010 dm2.N-f lo Density Meter 2 frequency input below 500Hz 0000 0020 dm1.N val Density Meter 1 Temperature sensor has no value. 0000 0100 dm1.N hart Density Meter 1 Temperature sensor has a hart alarm. 0000 0200 dm1.N htst Density Meter 1 Temperature sensor has a hart status alarm 0000 0400 dm1.N unit Density Meter 1 Temperature sensor is in the wrong units 0000 0800 dm1.N min Density Meter 1 Temperature sensor is below the minimum. 0000 1000 dm1.N max Density Meter 1 Temperature sensor is above the maximum. 0000 2000 dm2.N val Density Meter 2 Temperature sensor has no value. 0001 0000 dm2.N hart Density Meter 2 Temperature sensor has a hart alarm. 0002 0000 dm2.N htst Density Meter 2 Temperature sensor has a hart status alarm 0004 0000 dm2.N unit Density Meter 2 Temperature sensor is in the wrong units 0008 0000 dm2.N min Density Meter 2 Temperature sensor is below the minimum. 0010 0000 dm2.N max Density Meter 2 Temperature sensor is above the maximum. 0020 0000 dm val max Density value received from the coriolis meter is above the maximum. 1000 0000 dm val min Density value received from the coriolis meter is below the minimum. 2000 0000



2.7.11. DENSITY METER NON ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS

¡ Density Non Acc .Alarms dens.1 hi Density 1 above Hi alarm levels. 0000 0001 dens.2 hi Density 2 above Hi alarm levels. 0000 0002 dens.1 lo Density 1 below Lo alarm levels. 0000 0010 dens.2 lo Density 2 below Lo alarm levels. 0000 0020 dens. dev Density values in deviation 0000 0100

2.7.12. SMART INDEX ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS

¡ Smart index Acc .Alarms si.1 comms Smart Index Communication failure 0000 0001 si.1 packet Smart Index Packet failure 0000 0002

2.7.13. SMART INDEX NON ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS

¡ Smart index Non Acc .Alarms si.1.reset1 Code 0x31 reset and no valid code in EEPROM 0000 0001 si.1.reset2 Code 0x32 reset and index values are equal 0000 0002 si1.2ram Code 0x33 2 of 3 Ram index values are equal 0000 0004 si.1.3ram Code 0x34 all of 3 index values are equal 0000 0008 si.1.wire Code 0x35 Failure of Wiegand pulse wire 0000 0010 si.1.namur Code 0x36 items missing in Namur protocol 0000 0020 si.1.ram Code 0x37 Ram check failure 0000 0040 si1.eeprom Code 0x38 EPROM check failure 0000 0080 si.1.other Any other received status code 0000 0100

2.7.14. LUBRICATION MODULE NON-ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS

¡ Oil Level Non Acc.N lubN flow Lubrication low flow 0001 0000 lubN oil Lubrication system oil level 0002 0000 lubN pistn Lubrication system piston count deviation 0004 0000 lubN press Lubrication system pressure vent 0008 0000



2.7.15. MULTIPLE DP Hi TRANSMITTER ALARM BITS ¡ MT DP Hi.N

dph1.N val There is no value for dp hi sensor 1. 0000 0001 dph2.N val There is no value for dp hi sensor 2. 0000 0002 dph3.N val There is no value for dp hi sensor 3. 0000 0004 dph1.N hrt A communications failure has occurred between the Model 2000 and dp hi

sensor 1. 0000 0008

dph2.N hrt A communications failure has occurred between the Model 2000 and dp hi sensor 2.

0000 0010

dph3.N hrt A communications failure has occurred between the Model 2000 and dp hi sensor 3.

0000 0020

dph1.N hst dp hi sensor 1 is in a sensor generated alarm condition. 0000 0040 dph2.N hst dp hi sensor 2 is in a sensor generated alarm condition. 0000 0080 dph3.N hst dp hi sensor 3 is in a sensor generated alarm condition. 0000 0100 dph1.N unt The selected dp hi units do not match the units indicated by dp hi sensor 1. 0000 0200 dph2.N unt The selected dp hi units do not match the units indicated by dp hi sensor 2. 0000 0400 dph3.N unt The selected dp hi units do not match the units indicated by dp hi sensor 3. 0000 0800 dph1.N min dp hi of sensor 1 is below the values of dp hiN min. 0000 1000 dph2.N min dp hi of sensor 2 is below the values of dp hiN min. 0000 2000 dph3.N min dp hi of sensor 3 is below the values of dp hiN min. 0000 4000 dph1.N max dp hi sensor 1 is above the values of dp hiN max. 0000 8000 dph2.N max dp hi sensor 2 is above the values of dp hiN max. 0001 0000 dph3.N max dp hi sensor 3 is above the values of dp hiN max. 0002 0000 dph1.N dev dp hi sensor 1 is outside the deviation limit. 0004 0000 dph2.N dev dp hi sensor 2 is outside the deviation limit. 0008 0000 dph3.N dev dp hi sensor 3 is outside the deviation limit. 0010 0000 dphserN min The serial check dp hi is below the value of dp hi.N min. 0020 0000 dphserN max The serial check dp hi is above the value of dp hi.N max. 0040 0000 dphN Low The dp hi used is below the values of dp hiN Low.

Non Accountable 0100 0000

dphN High The dp hi used is above the values of dp hiN High. Non Accountable

0200 0000



2.7.16. MULTIPLE DP Lo TRANSMITTER ALARM BITS ¡ MT DP Lo.N

dpl1.N val There is no value for dp lo sensor 1. 0000 0001 dpl2.N val There is no value for dp lo sensor 2. 0000 0002 dpl3.N val There is no value for dp lo sensor 3. 0000 0004 dpl1.N hrt A communications failure has occurred between the Model 2000 and dp lo

sensor 1. 0000 0008

dpl2.N hrt A communications failure has occurred between the Model 2000 and dp lo sensor 2.

0000 0010

dpl3.N hrt A communications failure has occurred between the Model 2000 and dp lo sensor 3.

0000 0020

dpl1.N hst dp lo sensor 1 is in a sensor generated alarm condition. 0000 0040 dpl2.N hst dp lo sensor 2 is in a sensor generated alarm condition. 0000 0080 dpl3.N hst dp lo sensor 3 is in a sensor generated alarm condition. 0000 0100 dpl1.N unt The selected dp lo units do not match the units indicated by dp lo sensor 1. 0000 0200 dpl2.N unt The selected dp lo units do not match the units indicated by dp lo sensor 2. 0000 0400 dpl3.N unt The selected dp lo units do not match the units indicated by dp lo sensor 3. 0000 0800 dpl1.N min dp lo of sensor 1 is below the values of dp loN min. 0000 1000 dpl2.N min dp lo of sensor 2 is below the values of dp loN min. 0000 2000 dpl3.N min dp lo of sensor 3 is below the values of dp loN min. 0000 4000 dpl1.N max dp lo sensor 1 is above the values of dp loN max. 0000 8000 dpl2.N max dp lo sensor 2 is above the values of dp loN max. 0001 0000 dpl3.N max dp lo sensor 3 is above the values of dp loN max. 0002 0000 dpl1.N dev dp lo sensor 1 is outside the deviation limit. 0004 0000 dpl2.N dev dp lo sensor 2 is outside the deviation limit. 0008 0000 dpl3.N dev dp lo sensor 3 is outside the deviation limit. 0010 0000 dplserN min The serial check dp lo is below the value of dp lo.N min. 0020 0000 dplserN max The serial check dp lo is above the value of dp lo.N max. 0040 0000 dplN Low The dp lo used is below the values of dp loN Low.

Non Accountable 0100 0000

dplN High The dp lo used is above the values of dp loN High. Non Accountable

0200 0000



2.7.17. MULTIPLE PRESSURE TRANSMITTER ALARM BITS ¡ MT Pressure.N

pr1.N val There is no value for pressure sensor 1. 0000 0001 pr2.N val There is no value for pressure sensor 2. 0000 0002 pr3.N val There is no value for pressure sensor 3. 0000 0004 pr1.N hart A communications failure has occurred between the Model 2000 and pressure

sensor 1. 0000 0008

pr2.N hart A communications failure has occurred between the Model 2000 and pressure sensor 2.

0000 0010

pr3.N hart A communications failure has occurred between the Model 2000 and pressure sensor 3.

0000 0020

pr1.N hsts Pressure sensor 1 is in a sensor generated alarm condition. 0000 0040 pr2.N hsts Pressure sensor 2 is in a sensor generated alarm condition. 0000 0080 pr3.N hsts Pressure sensor 3 is in a sensor generated alarm condition. 0000 0100 pr1.N unit The selected pressure units do not match the units indicated by pressure sensor

1. 0000 0200

pr2.N unit The selected pressure units do not match the units indicated by pressure sensor 2.

0000 0400

pr3.N unit The selected pressure units do not match the units indicated by pressure sensor 3.

0000 0800

pr1.N min Pressure sensor 1 is below the values of pressureN min. 0000 1000 pr2.N min Pressure sensor 2 is below the values of pressureN min. 0000 2000 pr3.N min Pressure sensor 3 is below the values of pressureN min. 0000 4000 pr1.N max Pressure sensor 1 is above the values of pressureN max. 0000 8000 pr2.N max Pressure sensor 2 is above the values of pressureN max. 0001 0000 pr3.N max Pressure sensor 3 is above the values of pressureN max. 0002 0000 pr1.N dev Pressure sensor 1 is outside the deviation limit. 0004 0000 pr2.N dev Pressure sensor 2 is outside the deviation limit. 0008 0000 pr3.N dev Pressure sensor 3 is outside the deviation limit. 0010 0000 prserlN min The serial check pressure is below the value of pressure.N min. 0020 0000 prserlN max The serial check pressure is above the value of pressure.N max. 0040 0000 prN Low The pressure used is below the values of PressureN Low. Non Accountable 0100 0000 prN High The pressure used is above the values of PressureN High. Non Accountable 0200 0000



2.7.18. MULTIPLE TEMPERATURE TRANSMITTER ALARM BITS ¡ MT Temperature.N

te1.N val There is no value for temperature sensor 1. 0000 0001 te2.N val There is no value for temperature sensor 2. 0000 0002 te3.N val There is no value for temperature sensor 3. 0000 0004 te1.N hart A communications failure has occurred between the Model 2000 and

temperature sensor 1. 0000 0008

te2.N hart A communications failure has occurred between the Model 2000 and temperature sensor 2.

0000 0010

te3.N hart A communications failure has occurred between the Model 2000 and temperature sensor 3.

0000 0020

te1.N hsts Temperature sensor 1 is in a sensor generated alarm condition. 0000 0040 te2.N hsts Temperature sensor 2 is in a sensor generated alarm condition. 0000 0080 te3.N hsts Temperature sensor 3 is in a sensor generated alarm condition. 0000 0100 te1.N unit The selected temperature units do not match the units indicated by temperature

sensor 1. 0000 0200

pr2.N unit The selected temperature units do not match the units indicated by temperature sensor 2.

0000 0400

te3.N unit The selected temperature units do not match the units indicated by temperature sensor 3.

0000 0800

te1.N min Temperature sensor 1 is below the values of temperatureN min. 0000 1000 te2.N min Temperature sensor 2 is below the values of temperatureN min. 0000 2000 te3.N min Temperature sensor 3 is below the values of temperatureN min. 0000 4000 te1.N max Temperature sensor 1 is above the values of temperatureN max. 0000 8000 te2.N max Temperature sensor 2 is above the values of temperatureN max. 0001 0000 te3.N max Temperature sensor 3 is above the values of temperatureN max. 0002 0000 te1.N dev Temperature sensor 1 is outside the deviation limit. 0004 0000 te2.N dev Temperature sensor 2 is outside the deviation limit. 0008 0000 te3.N dev Temperature sensor 3 is outside the deviation limit. 0010 0000 teserlN min The serial check temperature is below the value of temperature.N min. 0020 0000 teserlN max The serial check temperature is above the value of temperature.N max. 0040 0000 teN Low The temperature used is below the values of TemperatureN Low. Non

Accountable 0100 0000

teN High The temperature used is above the values of TemperatureN High. Non Accountable

0200 0000



2.7.19. GAS DATA ACCOUNTABLE MAXIMUM ALARM BITS ¡ Gas Data Max Alarms.N

rd.N max Relative Density Maximum Alarm 0000 0001 Hs.N max Superior Heating Value Maximum Alarm 0000 0002 Hi.N max Inferior Heating Value Maximum Alarm 0000 0004 CH4.N max Methane Maximum Alarm 0000 0008 N2.N max Nitrogen Maximum Alarm 0000 0010 CO2.N max Carbon Dioxide Maximum Alarm 0000 0020 C2H6.N max Ethane Maximum Alarm 0000 0040 C3H8.N max Propane Maximum Alarm 0000 0080 H2O.N max Water Vapour Maximum Alarm 0000 0100 H2S.N max Hydrogen Sulphide Maximum Alarm 0000 0200 H2.N max Hydrogen Maximum Alarm 0000 0400 CO.N max Carbon Monoxide Maximum Alarm 0000 0800 O2.N max Oxygen Maximum Alarm 0000 1000 IC4H10.N max I-Butane Maximum Alarm 0000 2000 NC4H10.N max N-Butane Maximum Alarm 0000 4000 IC5H12.N max I-Pentane Maximum Alarm 0000 8000 NC5H12.N max N-Pentane Maximum Alarm 0001 0000 NC6H14.N max Hexane Maximum Alarm 0002 0000 NC7H16.N max Heptane Maximum Alarm 0004 0000 NC8H18.N max Octane Maximum Alarm 0008 0000 NC9H20.N max Nonane Maximum Alarm 0010 0000 NC10H22.N max Decane Maximum Alarm 0020 0000 He.N max Helium Maximum Alarm 0040 0000 Ar.N max Argon Maximum Alarm 0080 0000 neo-C5.N max neo-pentane Maximum Alarm 0100 0000 IC6H14.Nmx 2 Methylpentane Maximum Alarm 0200 0000 MC6H14.Nmx 3 Methylpentane Maximum Alarm 0400 0000 NC6H14.Nmx 2,2 Dimethylbutane Maximum Alarm 0800 0000 DC6H14.Nmx 2,3 Dimethylbutane Maximum Alarm 1000 0000 C2H4.N max Ethylene Maximum Alarm 2000 0000 C3H6.N max Propylene Maximum Alar m 4000 0000 C4H8.N max 1 Butene Maximum Alarm 8000 0000

CC4H8.Nmax Cis 2 Butene Maximum Alarm 0000 0001 TC4H8.Nmax Trans 2 Butene Maximum Alarm 0000 0002 IC4H8.Nmax 2 Methylpropene Maximum Alarm 0000 0004 PC5H10.Nmx 1 Pentene Maximum Alarm 0000 0008 C3H4.N max Propadiene Maximum Alarm 0000 0010 AC4H6.Nmax 1,2 Butadiene Maximum Alarm 0000 0020 BC4H6.Nmax 1,3 Butadiene Maximum Alarm 0000 0040 C2H2.N max Acetylene Maximum Alarm 0000 0080 CC5H10.Nmx Cyclopentane Maximum Alarm 0000 0100 MC6H12.Nmx Methylcyclopentane Maximum Alarm 0000 0200 EC6H12.Nmx Ethylcyclopentane Maximum Alarm 0000 0400 C6H12.Nmax Cyclohexane M aximum Alarm 0000 0800 MC7H14.Nmx Methylcyclohexane Maximum Alarm 0000 1000 EC8H16.Nmx Ethylcyclohexane Maximum Alarm 0000 2000 C6H6.N max Benzene Maximum Alarm 0000 4000 C7H8.N max Toluene Maximum Alarm 0000 8000 EC8H10.Nmx Ethylbenzene Maximum Alarm 0001 0000 C8H10.Nmax 0 Xylene Maximum Alarm 0002 0000 CH3OH.Nmax Methanol Maximum Alarm 0004 0000 CH4S.N max Methanethiol Maximum Alarm 0008 0000 NH3.N max Ammonia Maximum Alarm 0010 0000 HCN.N max Hydrogen Cyanide Maximum Alarm 0020 0000 OCS.N max Carbonyl sulphide Maximum Alarm 0040 0000 CS2.N max Carbon disulphide Maximum Alarm 0080 0000



2.7.20. GAS DATA ACCOUNTABLE MINIMUM ALARM BITS ¡ Gas Data Min Alarms.N

rd.N min Relative Density Minimum Alarm 0000 0001 Hs.N min Superior Heating Value Minimum Alarm 0000 0002 Hi.N min Inferior Heating Value Minimum Alarm 0000 0004 CH4.N min Methane Minimum Alarm 0000 0008 N2.N min Nitrogen Minimum Alarm 0000 0010 CO2.N min Carbon Dioxide Minimum Alarm 0000 0020 C2H6.N min Ethane Minimum Alarm 0000 0040 C3H8.N min Propane Minimum Alarm 0000 0080 H2O.N min Water Vapour Minimum Alarm 0000 0100 H2S.N min Hydrogen Sulphide Minimum Alarm 0000 0200 H2.N min Hydrogen Minimum Alarm 0000 0400 CO.N min Carbon Monoxide Minimum Alarm 0000 0800 O2.N min Oxygen Minimum Alarm 0000 1000 IC4H10.N min I-Butane Minimum Alarm 0000 2000 NC4H10.N min N-Butane Minimum Alarm 0000 4000 IC5H12.N min I-Pentane Minimum Alarm 0000 8000 NC5H12.N min N-Pentane Minimum Alarm 0001 0000 NC6H14.N min Hexane Minimum Alarm 0002 0000 NC7H16.N min Heptane Minimum Alarm 0004 0000 NC8H18.N min Octane Minimum Alarm 0008 0000 NC9H20.N min Nonane Minimum Alarm 0010 0000 NC10H22.N min Decane Minimum Alarm 0020 0000 He.N min Helium Minimum Alarm 0040 0000 Ar.N min Argon Minimum Alarm 00800000 neo-C5.N min neo-pentane Minimum Alarm 01000000 IC6H14.Nmn 2 Methylpentane Minimum Alarm 0200 0000 MC6H14.Nmn 3 Methylpentane Minimum Alarm 0400 0000 NC6H14.Nmn 2,2 Dimethylbutane Minimum Alarm 0800 0000 DC6H14.Nmn 2,3 Dimethylbutane Minimum Alarm 1000 0000 C2H4.N min Ethylene Minimum Alarm 2000 0000 C3H6.N min Propylene Minimum Alarm 4000 0000 C4H8.N min 1 Butene Minimum Alarm 8000 0000

CC4H8.Nmin Cis 2 Butene Minimum Alarm 0000 0001 TC4H8.Nmin Trans 2 Butene Minimum Alarm 0000 0002 IC4H8.Nmin 2 Methylpropene Minimum Alarm 0000 0004 PC5H10.Nmn 1 Pentene Minimum Alarm 0000 0008 C3H4.N min Propadiene Minimum Alarm 0000 0010 AC4H6.Nmin 1,2 Butadiene Minimum Alarm 0000 0020 BC4H6.Nmin 1,3 Butadiene Minimum Alarm 0000 0040 C2H2.N min Acetylene Minimum Alarm 0000 0080 CC5H10.Nmn Cyclopentane Minimum Alarm 0000 0100 MC6H12.Nmn Methylcyclopentane Minimum Alarm 0000 0200 EC6H12.Nmn Ethylcyclopentane Minimum Alarm 0000 0400 C6H12.Nmin Cyclohexane M inimum Alarm 0000 0800 MC7H14.Nmn Methylcyclohexane Minimum Alarm 0000 1000 EC8H16.Nmn Ethylcyclohexane Minimum Alarm 0000 2000 C6H6.N min Benzene Minimum Alarm 0000 4000 C7H8.N min Toluene Minimum Alarm 0000 8000 EC8H10.Nmn Ethylbenzene Minimum Alarm 0001 0000 C8H10.Nmin 0 Xylene Minimum Alarm 0002 0000 CH3OH.Nmin Methanol Minimum Alarm 0004 0000 CH4S.N min Methanethiol Minimum Alarm 0008 0000 NH3.N min Ammonia Minimum Alarm 0010 0000 HCN.N min Hydrogen Cyanide Minimum Alarm 0020 0000 OCS.N min Carbonyl sulphide Minimum Alarm 0040 0000 CS2.N min Carbon disulphide Minimum Alarm 0080 0000



2.7.21. GAS DATA NON-ACCOUNTABLE HIGH ALARM BITS ¡ Gas Data High Alarms.N

rd.N hi Relative Density High Alarm 0000 0001 Hs.N hi Superior Heating Value High Alarm 0000 0002 Hi.N hi Inferior Heating Value High Alarm 0000 0004 CH4.N hi Methane High Alarm 0000 0008 N2.N hi Nitrogen High Alarm 0000 0010 CO2.N hi Carbon Dioxide High Alarm 0000 0020 C2H6.N hi Ethane High Alarm 0000 0040 C3H8.N hi Propane High Alarm 0000 0080 H2O.N hi Water Vapour High Alarm 0000 0100 H2S.N hi Hydrogen Sulphide High Alarm 0000 0200 H2.N hi Hydrogen High Alarm 0000 0400 CO.N hi Carbon Monoxide High Alarm 0000 0800 O2.N hi Oxygen High Alarm 0000 1000 IC4H10.N hi I-Butane High Alarm 0000 2000 NC4H10.N hi N-Butane High Alarm 0000 4000 IC5H12.N hi I-Pentane High Alarm 0000 8000 NC5H12.N hi N-Pentane High Alarm 0001 0000 NC6H14.N hi Hexane High Alarm 0002 0000 NC7H16.N hi Heptane High Alarm 0004 0000 NC8H18.N hi Octane High Alarm 0008 0000 NC9H20.N hi Nonane High Alarm 0010 0000 NC10H22.N hi Decane High Alarm 0020 0000 He.N hi Helium High Alarm 0040 0000 Ar.N hi Argon High Alarm 00800000 neo-C5.N hi neo-pentane High Alarm 01000000 IC6H14.Nhi 2 Methylpentane High Alarm 0200 0000 MC6H14.Nhi 3 Methylpentane High Alarm 0400 0000 NC6H14.Nhi 2,2 Dimethylbutane High Alarm 0800 0000 DC6H14.Nhi 2,3 Dimethylbutane High Alarm 1000 0000 C2H4.N hi Ethylene High Alarm 2000 0000 C3H6.N hi Propylene High Alarm 4000 0000 C4H8.N hi 1 Butene High Alarm 8000 0000

CC4H8.Nhi Cis 2 Butene High Alarm 0000 0001 TC4H8.Nhi Trans 2 Butene High Alarm 0000 0002 IC4H8.Nhi 2 Methylpropene High Alarm 0000 0004 PC5H10.Nhi 1 Pentene High Alarm 0000 0008 C3H4.N hi Propadiene High Alarm 0000 0010 AC4H6.Nhi 1,2 Butadiene High Alarm 0000 0020 BC4H6.Nhi 1,3 Butadiene High Alarm 0000 0040 C2H2.N hi Acetylene High Alarm 0000 0080 CC5H10.Nhi Cyclopentane High Alarm 0000 0100 MC6H12.Nhi Methylcyclopentane High Alarm 0000 0200 EC6H12.Nhi Ethylcyclopentane High Alarm 0000 0400 C6H12.Nhi Cyclohexane High Alarm 0000 0800 MC7H14.Nhi Methylcyclohexane High Alarm 0000 1000 EC8H16.Nhi Ethylcyclohexane High Alarm 0000 2000 C6H6.N hi Benzene High Alarm 0000 4000 C7H8.N hi Toluene High Alarm 0000 8000 EC8H10.Nhi Ethylbenzene High Alarm 0001 0000 C8H10.Nhi 0 Xylene High Alarm 0002 0000 CH3OH.Nhi Methanol High Alarm 0004 0000 CH4S.N hi Methanethiol High Alarm 0008 0000 NH3.N hi Ammonia High Alarm 0010 0000 HCN.N hi Hydrogen Cyanide High Alarm 0020 0000 OCS.N hi Carbonyl sulphide High Alarm 0040 0000 CS2.N hi Carbon disulphide High Alarm 0080 0000



2.7.22. GAS DATA NON-ACCOUNTABLE LOW ALARM BITS ¡ Gas Data Low Alarms.N

rd.N lo Relative Density Low Alarm 0000 0001 Hs.N lo Superior Heating Value Low Alarm 0000 0002 Hi.N lo Inferior Heating Value Low Alarm 0000 0004 CH4.N lo Methane Low Alarm 0000 0008 N2.N lo Nitrogen Low Alarm 0000 0010 CO2.N lo Carbon Dioxide Low Alarm 0000 0020 C2H6.N lo Ethane Low Alarm 0000 0040 C3H8.N lo Propane Low Alarm 0000 0080 H2O.N lo Water Vapour Low Alarm 0000 0100 H2S.N lo Hydrogen Sulphide Low Alarm 0000 0200 H2.N lo Hydrogen Low Alarm 0000 0400 CO.N lo Carbon Monoxide Low Alarm 0000 0800 O2.N lo Oxygen Low Alarm 0000 1000 IC4H10.N lo I-Butane Low Alarm 0000 2000 NC4H10.N lo N-Butane Low Alarm 0000 4000 IC5H12.N lo I-Pentane Low Alarm 0000 8000 NC5H12.N lo N-Pentane Low Alarm 0001 0000 NC6H14.N lo Hexane Low Alarm 0002 0000 NC7H16.N lo Heptane Low Alarm 0004 0000 NC8H18.N lo Octane Low Alarm 0008 0000 NC9H20.N lo Nonane Low Alarm 0010 0000 NC10H22.N lo Decane Low Alarm 0020 0000 He.N lo Helium Low Alarm 0040 0000 Ar.N lo Argon Low Alarm 00800000 neo-C5.N lo neo-pentane Low Alarm 01000000 IC6H14.Nlo 2 Methylpentane Low Alarm 0200 0000 MC6H14.Nlo 3 Methylpentane Low Alarm 0400 0000 NC6H14.Nlo 2,2 Dimethylbutane Low Alarm 0800 0000 DC6H14.Nlo 2,3 Dimethylbutane Low Alarm 1000 0000 C2H4.N lo Ethylene Low Alarm 2000 0000 C3H6.N lo Propylene Low Alarm 4000 0000 C4H8.N lo 1 Butene Low Alarm 8000 0000

CC4H8.Nlo Cis 2 Butene Low Alarm 0000 0001 TC4H8.Nlo Trans 2 Butene Low Alarm 0000 0002 IC4H8.Nlo 2 Methylpropene Low Alarm 0000 0004 PC5H10.Nlo 1 Pentene Low Alarm 0000 0008 C3H4.N lo Propadiene Low Alarm 0000 0010 AC4H6.Nlo 1,2 Butadiene Low Alarm 0000 0020 BC4H6.Nlo 1,3 Butadiene Low Alarm 0000 0040 C2H2.N lo Acetylene Low Alarm 0000 0080 CC5H10.Nlo Cyclopentane Low Alarm 0000 0100 MC6H12.Nlo Methylcyclopentane Low Alarm 0000 0200 EC6H12.Nlo Ethylcyclopentane Low Alarm 0000 0400 C6H12.Nlo Cyclohexane Low A larm 0000 0800 MC7H14.Nlo Methylcyclohexane Low Alarm 0000 1000 EC8H16.Nlo Ethylcyclohexane Low A larm 0000 2000 C6H6.N lo Benzene Low Alarm 0000 4000 C7H8.N lo Toluene Low Alarm 0000 8000 EC8H10.Nlo Ethylbenzene Low Alarm 0001 0000 C8H10.Nlo 0 Xylene Low Alarm 0002 0000 CH3OH.Nlo Methanol Low Alarm 0004 0000 CH4S.N lo Methanethiol Low Alarm 0008 0000 NH3.N lo Ammonia Low Alarm 0010 0000 HCN.N lo Hydrogen Cyanide Low Alarm 0020 0000 OCS.N lo Carbonyl sulphide Low Alarm 0040 0000 CS2.N lo Carbon disulphide Low Alarm 0080 0000



2.7.23. LIQUID DATA ACCOUNTABLE MAXIMUM ALARM BITS ¡ Liquid Data Max Alarms.N

SG.N max Specific Gravity Maximum Alarm 0000 0001

2.7.24. LIQUID DATA ACCOUNTABLE MINIMUM ALARM BITS ¡ Liquid Data Min Alarms.N

SG.N min Specific Gravity Minimum Alarm 0000 0001

2.7.25. LIQUID DATA NON-ACCOUNTABLE HIGH ALARM BITS ¡ Liquid Data High Alarms.N

SG.N hi Specific Gravity High Alarm 0000 0001

2.7.26. LIQUID DATA NON-ACCOUNTABLE LOW ALARM BITS ¡ Liquid Data Low Alarms.N

SG.N lo Specific Gravity Low Alarm 0000 0001

2.7.27. STATION CONTROLLER ACCOUNTABLE ALARM BITS ¡ Stn.Con. Alarm

SCread 1 Station Controller to FC No 1 read Alarm 0000 0001 SCread 2 Station Controller to FC No 2 read Alarm 0000 0002 SCread 3 Station Controller to FC No 3 read Alarm 0000 0004 SCread 4 Station Controller to FC No 4 read Alarm 0000 0008 SCread 5 Station Controller to FC No 5 read Alarm 0000 0010 SCwrite 1 Station Controller to FC No 1 write Alarm 0000 0020 SCwrite 2 Station Controller to FC No 2 write Alarm 0000 0040 SCwrite 3 Station Controller to FC No 3 write Alarm 0000 0080 SCwrite 4 Station Controller to FC No 4 write Alarm 0000 0100 SCwrite 5 Station Controller to FC No 5 write Alarm 0000 0200

¡ Total Alarms

Totals Err Station totals Alarm 0000 0001 ¡ Stn.Con. Compar ison Alarm

Vb Compare Station Controller Vb Comparison Alarm 0000 0001 Vn Compare Station Controller Vn Comparison Alarm 0000 0002



2.8. ALARM TREE o–1 Station Alarms Station Alarms Folder ¦ o–1 Modbus Alarms Modbus Alarms Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus Alarm Modbus Alarm ¦ o–1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Folder ¦ o–1 General Acc. 1 General Accountable Alarm Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Q High (1min) Q High Alarm occurs after 1 minute ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Zn Low Zn Low Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Zn High Zn High Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Z calc Z Calculation Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Zn calc Zn Calculation Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gasdata alarms Any Gas Data Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ RD Freq High Relative Density High Frequency Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ RD Freq Low Relative Density Low Frequency Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Alarm Density selection process Alarm. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SG Alarm Any SG max or min Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Critical Temperature A liquid critical temperature Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Z Timeout Z calculation timeout Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Z Error Z has been calculated above 10 or below 0.001 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Zn Error Zn has been calculated above 10 or below 0.001 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine Alarms Turbine Meter Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ultrasonic Alarms Ultrasonic Meter Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Pressure Alarms Multiple Transmitter Pressure Sensor Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Temperature Alarms Multiple Transmitter Temperature Sensor Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT DPHi Alarms Multiple Transmitter DPHi Sensor Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT DPLo Alarms Multiple Transmitter DPLo Sensor Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 General Non Acc. 1 General Non Accountable Alarm Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Q Low Q Low Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Q High Q High Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Temperature Alarm Temperature Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gasdata alarms Any Gas Data Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Alarms Density Meter Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Rd deviation Relative Density Deviation Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Alarms Liquid Data Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Alarm Coriolis Meter Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine Alarms Turbine Meter Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ultrasonic Alarms Ultrasonic Meter Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Pressure Alarms Multiple Transmitter Pressure Sensor Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Temperature Alarms Multiple Transmitter Temperature Sensor Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT DPHi Alarms Multiple Transmitter DPHi Sensor Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT DPLo Alarms Multiple Transmitter DPLo Sensor Alarms ¦ ¦



¦ o–1 Turbine Acc. 1 Turbine Meter Accountable Alarm Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine HF Turbine Meter HF failure Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡Turbine IP Liquid Turbine Meter Input Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Turbine Non Acc. 1 Turbine Meter Non Accountable Alarm Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine LF Turbine Meter LF failure Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Ultrasonic Acc 1 Ultrasonic Meter Accountable Alarm Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Paths Number of paths Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡Security Meter security Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Level 1 Axial and swirl level 1 Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Level 2 Axial and swirl level 2 Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Invalid Invalid flow received from meter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Comms Meter communication Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Mode Meter is not in operational mode ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status Meter is indicating a status alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Path 1 Path 1 Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Path 2 Path 2 Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Path 3 Path 3 Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Path 4 Path 4 Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EEProm Meter is indicating an EEprom Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IO Parameter Meter is indicating an IO parameter Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DSP Fault Meter is indicating a DSP Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DSP Parameter Meter is indicating a DSP parameter Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Valid Meter is indicating a validity Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Ultrasonic Non Acc 1 Ultrasonic Meter Non Accountable Alarm Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Efficiency 1 Path 1 efficiency Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Efficiency 2 Path 2 efficiency Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Efficiency 3 Path 3 efficiency Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Efficiency 4 Path 4 efficiency Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Efficiency 5 Path 5 efficiency Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Units Meter units don’t match flow computer units Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status Meter is indicating a status alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 1 Meter is indicating a status alarm on stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 2 Meter is indicating a status alarm on stream 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 3 Meter is indicating a status alarm on stream 3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 4 Meter is indicating a status alarm on stream 4 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Config Meter is indicating a configuration alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Accuracy Meter is indicating an accuracy alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Diagnostics Meter is indicating a diagnostice alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IO Range Meter is indicating an IO range alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Path 1 Path 1 Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Path 2 Path 2 Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Path 3 Path 3 Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Path 4 Path 4 Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Security Security Switch Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ FlowSIC 1 Any FlowSIC 600 alarm on register 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ FlowSIC 2 Any FlowSIC 600 alarm on register 2 ¦ ¦



¦ o–1 FlowSIC 600 nAcc Alarm 1 FlowSIC 600 Ultrasonic Meter Alarm Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning Sensor 1 Sensor 1 warning. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning Sensor 2 Sensor 2 warning. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning Sensor 3 Sensor 3 warning. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning Sensor 4 Sensor 4 warning. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning AGC D 1 Meter is indicating an AGC warning on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning AGC D 2 Meter is indicating an AGC warning on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning AGC D 3 Meter is indicating an AGC warning on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning AGC D 4 Meter is indicating an AGC warning on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning AGC L 1 Meter is indicating an AGC warning on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning AGC L 2 Meter is indicating an AGC warning on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning AGC L 3 Meter is indicating an AGC warning on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning AGC L 4 Meter is indicating an AGC warning on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning SOS 1 Meter is indicating an speed of sound warning on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning SOS 2 Meter is indicating an speed of sound warning on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning SOS 3 Meter is indicating an speed of sound warning on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Warning SOS 4 Meter is indicating an speed of sound warning on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Burst 1 Meter is indicating a burst alarm on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Burst 2 Meter is indicating a burst alarm on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Burst 3 Meter is indicating a burst alarm on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Burst 4 Meter is indicating a burst alarm on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Matrix 1 Meter is indicating a matrix alarm on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Matrix 2 Meter is indicating a matrix alarm on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Matrix 3 Meter is indicating a matrix alarm on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Matrix 4 Meter is indicating a matrix alarm on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max 1 Meter is indicating an overrange alarm on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max 2 Meter is indicating an overrange alarm on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max 3 Meter is indicating an overrange alarm on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max 4 Meter is indicating an overrange alarm on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min 1 Meter is indicating an underrange alarm on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min 2 Meter is indicating an underrange alarm on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min 3 Meter is indicating an underrange alarm on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min 4 Meter is indicating an underrange alarm on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 FlowSIC 600 nAcc Alarm 1 FlowSIC 600 Ultrasonic Meter Alarm Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Early 1 Meter is indicating a max early alarm on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Early 2 Meter is indicating a max early alarm on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Early 3 Meter is indicating a max early alarm on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Early 4 Meter is indicating a max early alarm on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Late 1 Meter is indicating a max late alarm on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Late 2 Meter is indicating a max late alarm on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Late 3 Meter is indicating a max late alarm on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Late 4 Meter is indicating a max late alarm on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Path 1 Meter is uindicating an alarm on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Path 2 Meter is uindicating an alarm on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Path 3 Meter is uindicating an alarm on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Path 4 Meter is uindicating an alarm on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SNR 1 Meter is uindicating an SNR alarm on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SNR 2 Meter is uindicating an SNR alarm on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SNR 3 Meter is uindicating an SNR alarm on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SNR 4 Meter is uindicating an SNR alarm on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Iterations 1 Meter is uindicating an Iterations alarm on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Iterations 2 Meter is uindicating an Iterations alarm on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Iterations 3 Meter is uindicating an Iterations alarm on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Iterations 4 Meter is uindicating an Iterations alarm on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Delta 1 Meter is uindicating a delta alarm on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Delta 2 Meter is uindicating a delta alarm on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Delta 3 Meter is uindicating a delta alarm on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Delta 4 Meter is uindicating a delta alarm on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Check 1 Meter is uindicating a check alarm on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Check 2 Meter is uindicating a check alarm on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Check 3 Meter is uindicating a check alarm on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Check 4 Meter is uindicating a check alarm on path 4. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MSE 1 Meter is uindicating an MSE alarm on path 1. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MSE 2 Meter is uindicating an MSE alarm on path 2. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MSE 3 Meter is uindicating an MSE alarm on path 3. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MSE 4 Meter is uindicating an MSE alarm on path 4. ¦ ¦



¦ o–1 MT Pressure. 1 Multiple Transmitter Pressure Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 None Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 None Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 None Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Hart Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 Hart comms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Hart Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 Hart comms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Hart Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 Hart comms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Hart st Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 Hart status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Hart st Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 Hart status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Hart st Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 Hart status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Units Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 wrong units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Units Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 wrong units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Units Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 wrong units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Min Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 minimum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Min Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 minimum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Min Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 minimum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Max Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 maximum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Max Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 maximum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Max Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 maximum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Dev Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Dev Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Dev Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Serial Min Accountable Alarm Serial value Minimum Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Serial Max Accountable Alarm Serial value Maximum Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Non Acc Low Alarm Non Accountable Alarm Low alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Non Acc High Alarm Non Accountable Alarm High alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sensor 1 Average Deviation Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 average deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sensor 2 Average Deviation Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 average deviation alarm s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sensor 3 Average Deviation Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 average deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 MT Temperature. 1 Multiple Transmitter Temperature Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 None Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 None Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 None Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Hart Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 Hart comms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Hart Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 Hart comms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Hart Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 Hart comms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Hart st Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 Hart status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Hart st Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 Hart status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Hart st Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 Hart status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Units Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 wrong units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Units Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 wrong units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Units Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 wrong units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Min Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 minimum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Min Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 minimum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Min Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 minimum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Max Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 maximum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Max Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 maximum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Max Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 maximum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Dev Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Dev Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Dev Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Serial Min Accountable Alarm Serial value Minimum Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Serial Max Accountable Alarm Serial value Maximum Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Non Acc Low Alarm Non Accountable Alarm Low alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Non Acc High Alarm Non Accountable Alarm High alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sensor 1 Average Deviation Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 average deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sensor 2 Average Deviation Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 average deviation alarm s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sensor 3 Average Deviation Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 average deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦



¦ o–1 MT dp High Alarms. 1 Multiple Transmitter DP High Range Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 None Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 None Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 None Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Hart Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 Hart comms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Hart Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 Hart comms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Hart Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 Hart comms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Hart st Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 Hart status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Hart st Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 Hart status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Hart st Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 Hart status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Units Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 wrong units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Units Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 wrong units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Units Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 wrong units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Min Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 minimum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Min Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 minimum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Min Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 minimum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Max Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 maximum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Max Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 maximum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Max Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 maximum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Dev Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Dev Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Dev Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Serial Min Accountable Alarm Serial value Minimum Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Serial Max Accountable Alarm Serial value Maximum Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Non Acc Low Alarm Non Accountable Alarm Low alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Non Acc High Alarm Non Accountable Alarm High alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sensor 1 Average Deviation Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 average deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sensor 2 Average Deviation Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 average deviation alarm s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sensor 3 Average Deviation Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 average deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 MT dp Low Alarms. 1 Multiple Transmitter DP Low Range Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 None Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 None Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 None Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Hart Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 Hart comms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Hart Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 Hart comms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Hart Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 Hart comms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Hart st Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 Hart status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Hart st Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 Hart status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Hart st Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 Hart status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Units Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 wrong units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Units Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 wrong units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Units Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 wrong units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Min Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 minimum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Min Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 minimum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Min Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 minimum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Max Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 maximum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Max Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 maximum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Max Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 maximum alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor1 Dev Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor2 Dev Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Sensor3 Dev Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Serial Min Accountable Alarm Serial value Minimum Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Serial Max Accountable Alarm Serial value Maximum Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Non Acc Low Alarm Non Accountable Alarm Low alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Non Acc High Alarm Non Accountable Alarm High alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sensor 1 Average Deviation Accountable Alarm Sensor 1 average deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sensor 2 Average Deviation Accountable Alarm Sensor 2 average deviation alarm s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sensor 3 Average Deviation Accountable Alarm Sensor 3 average deviation alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦



¦ o–1 GD Alarms (Max) 1.1 Gas Data Alarms Maximum Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Max) Relative Density ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hs (Max) Superior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hi (Max) Inferior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C (Max) Methane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 (Max) Nitrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 (Max) Carbon Dioxide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 (Max) Ethane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 (Max) Propane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O (Max) Water ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S (Max) Hydrogen Sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2 (Max) Hydrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO (Max) Carbon Monoxide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2 (Max) Oxygen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i C4 (max) iso - Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C4 (Max) n - Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i C5 (Max) iso - Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C5 (Max) n - Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C6 (Max) Hexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C7 (Max) Heptane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C8 (Max) Octane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C9 (Max) Nonane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C10 (Max) Decane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He (Max) Helium ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar (Max) Argon ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo C5 (Max) neo Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i C6H14 (Max) 2, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ m C6H14 (Max) 3, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo C6H14 (Max) 2,2, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dC6H14 (Max) 2,3, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H4 (Max) Ethylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H6 (Max) Propylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C4H8 (Max) 1, Butene ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 GD Alarms (Max) 2.1 Gas Data Alarms Maximum Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ cC4H8 (Max) cis 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ tC4H8 (Max) trans 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ iC4H8 (Max) 2 Methylpropene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pC5H10 (Max) 1 Pentene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H4 (Max) Propadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ aC4H6 (Max) 1,2 Butadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ bC4H6 (Max) 1,3 Butadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H2 (Max) Acetylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ cC5H10 (Max) Cyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ mC6H10 (Max) Methylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ eC6H12 (Max) Ethylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H12 (Max) Cyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ mC7H14 (Max) Methylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ eC8H16 (Max) Ethylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H6 (Max) Benzene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C7H8 (Max) Toluene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ eC8H10 (Max) Ethylbenzene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C8H10 (Max) 0 Xylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH3OH (Max) Methanol ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH4S (Max) Methanethion ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NH3 (Max) Ammonia ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HCN (Max) Hydrogen Cyanide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ OCS (Max) Carbonyl sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CS2 (Max) Carbon disulphide ¦ ¦



¦ o–1 GD Alarms (Min) 1 Gas Data Alarms Minimum Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Min) Relative Density ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hs (Min) Superior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hi (Min) Inferior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C (Min) Methane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 (Min) Nitrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 (Min) Carbon Dioxide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 (Min) Ethane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 (Min) Propane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O (Min) Water ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S (Min) Hydrogen Sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2 (Min) Hydrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO (Min) Carbon Monoxide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2 (Min) Oxygen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i C4 (Min) iso - Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C4 (Min) n - Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i C5 (Min) iso - Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C5 (Min) n - Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C6 (Min) Hexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C7 (Min) Heptane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C8 (Min) Octane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C9 (Min) Nonane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C10 (Min) Decane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He (Min) Helium ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar (Min) Argon ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo C5 (Min) neo Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i C6H14 (Min) 2, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ m C6H14 (Min) 3, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo C6H14 (Min) 2,2, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dC6H14 (Min) 2,3, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H4 (Min) Ethylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H6 (Min) Propylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C4H8 (Min) 1, Butene ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 GD Alarms (Min) 2.1 Gas Data Alarms Minimum Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ cC4H8 (Min) cis 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ tC4H8 (Min) trans 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ iC4H8 (Min) 2 Methylpropene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pC5H10 (Min) 1 Pentene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H4 (Min) Propadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ aC4H6 (Min) 1,2 Butadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ bC4H6 (Min) 1,3 Butadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H2 (Min) Acetylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ cC5H10 (Min) Cyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ mC6H10 (Min) Methylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ eC6H12 (Min) Ethylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H12 (Min) Cyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ mC7H14 (Min) Methylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ eC8H16 (Min) Ethylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H6 (Min) Benzene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C7H8 (Min) Toluene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C8H10 (Min) Ethylbenzene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C8H10 (Min) 0 Xylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH3OH (Min) Methanol ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH4S (Min) Methanethion ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NH3 (Min) Ammonia ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HCN (Min) Hydrogen Cyanide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ OCS (Min) Carbonyl sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CS2 (Min) Carbon disulphide ¦ ¦



¦ o–1 GD Alarms (High) 1 Gas Data Alarms High Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (High) Relative Density ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hs (High) Superior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hi (High) Inferior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C (High) Methane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 (High) Nitrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 (High) Carbon Dioxide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 (High) Ethane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 (High) Propane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O (High) Water ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S (High) Hydrogen Sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2 (High) Hydrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO (High) Carbon Monoxide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2 (High) Oxygen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i C4 (High) iso - Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C4 (High) n - Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i C5 (High) iso - Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C5 (High) n - Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C6 (High) Hexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C7 (High) Heptane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C8 (High) Octane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C9 (High) Nonane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C10 (High) Decane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He (High) Helium ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar (High) Argon ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo C5 (High) neo Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i C6H14 (High) 2, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ m C6H14 (High) 3, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo C6H14 (High) 2,2, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dC6H14 (High) 2,3, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H4 (High) Ethylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H6 (High) Propylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C4H8 (High) 1, Butene ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 GD Alarms (HIgh) 2.1 Gas Data Alarms High Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ cC4H8 (High) cis 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ tC4H8 (High) trans 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ iC4H8 (High) 2 Methylpropene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pC5H10 (High) 1 Pentene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H4 (High) Propadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ aC4H6 (High) 1,2 Butadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ bC4H6 (High) 1,3 Butadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H2 (High) Acetylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ cC5H10 (High) Cyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ mC6H10 (High) Methylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ eC6H12 (High) Ethylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H12 (High) Cyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ mC7H14 (High) Methylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ eC8H16 (High) Ethylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H6 (High) Benzene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C7H8 (High) Toluene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ eC8H10 (High) Ethylbenzene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C8H10 (High) 0 Xylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH3OH (High) Methanol ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH4S (High) Methanethion ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NH3 (High) Ammonia ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HCN (High) Hydrogen Cyanide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ OCS (High) Carbonyl sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CS2 (High) Carbon disulphide ¦ ¦



¦ o–1 GD Alarms (Low) 1 Gas Data Alarms Low Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Low) Relative Density ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hs (Low) Superior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hi (Low) Inferior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C (Low) Methane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 (Low) Nitrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 (Low) Carbon Dioxide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 (Low) Ethane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 (Low) Propane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O (Low) Water ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S (Low) Hydrogen Sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2 (Low) Hydrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO (Low) Carbon Monoxide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2 (Low) Oxygen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i C4 (Low) iso - Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C4 (Low) n - Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i C5 (Low) iso - Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C5 (Low) n - Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C6 (Low) Hexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C7 (Low) Heptane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C8 (Low) Octane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C9 (Low) Nonane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n C10 (Low) Decane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He (Low) Helium ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar (Low) Argon ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo C5 (Low) neo Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i C6H14 (Low) 2, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ m C6H14 (Low) 3, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo C6H14 (Low) 2,2, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dC6H14 (Low) 2,3, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H4 (Low) Ethylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H6 (Low) Propylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C4H8 (Low) 1, Butene ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 GD Alarms (Low) 2.1 Gas Data Alarms Low Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ cC4H8 (Low) cis 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ tC4H8 (Low) trans 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ iC4H8 (Low) 2 Methylpropene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pC5H10 (Low) 1 Pentene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H4 (Low) Propadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ aC4H6 (Low) 1,2 Butadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ bC4H6 (Low) 1,3 Butadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H2 (Low) Acetylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ cC5H10 (Low) Cyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ mC6H10 (Low) Methylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ eC6H12 (Low) Ethylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H12 (Low) Cyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ mC7H14 (Low) Methylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ eC8H16 (Low) Ethylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H6 (Low) Benzene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C7H8 (Low) Toluene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ eC8H10 (Low) Ethylbenzene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C8H10 (Low) 0 Xylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH3OH (Low) Methanol ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH4S (Low) Methanethion ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NH3 (Low) Ammonia ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HCN (Low) Hydrogen Cyanide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ OCS (Low) Carbonyl sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CS2 (Low) Carbon disulphide ¦ ¦



¦ o–1 Density Acc Alarms 1 Density Meter Accountable Alarms Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 1 Freq High Density Input 1 Frequency High Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 2 Freq High Density Input 2 Frequency High Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 1 Freq Low Density Input 1 Frequency Low Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 2 Freq Low Density Input 2 Frequency Low Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 1 Temp None Density 1 temperature sensor has no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 1 Temp Hart Density 1 temperature sensor Hart alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 1 Temp Hart Status Density 1 temperature sensor Hart status alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 1 Temp Units Density 1 temperature sensor units alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 1 Temp min Density 1 temperature sensor min alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 1 Temp max Density 1 temperature sensor max alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 2 Temp None Density 1 temperature sensor has no value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 2 Temp Hart Density 1 temperature sensor Hart alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 2 Temp Hart Status Density 1 temperature sensor Hart status alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 2 Temp Units Density 1 temperature sensor units alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 2 Temp min Density 1 temperature sensor min alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 2 Temp max Density 1 temperature sensor max alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Max Density max alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Min Density min alarm ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Density Non Acc Alarms. 1 Density Meter Non Accountable Alarms Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 1 Value High Density Input 1 High Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 2 Value High Density Input 2 High Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 1 Value Low Density Input 1 Low Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens 2 Value Low Density Input 1 Low Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens Deviation Density Deviation Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 LD Max Alarms. 1 Liquid Data Maximum Alarms Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ sg (Low) Specific Gravity ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 LD Min Alarms. 1 Liquid Data Minimum Alarms Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ sg (Min) Specific Gravity ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 LD High Alarms. 1 Liquid Data High Alarms Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ sg (High) Specific Gravity ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 LD Low Alarms. 1 Liquid Data Low Alarms Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ sg (Low) Specific Gravity ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Stream Chromat Acc. Alarm 1 Stream Gas Chromatograph Accountable Alarm Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Alarm All 32 bits can be used to indicate an alarm on the Encal 3000 if selected ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Stream Flags 1 Stream Flags Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stream Offline ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Coriolis Acc 1 Coriolis Meter Alarm Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Port Alarm Coriolis meter Communication port alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Comms Alarm Coriolis meter communication alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Unit Alarm Coriolis meter wrong units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status Alarm Coriolis meter status alarm ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Coriolis Non Acc Alarm 1 Coriolis Non Acc Alarm Folder ¦ ¦–¡Deviation Deviation between Coriolis serial flow and Pulse flow ¦ o–0 Stream 2 Stream 2 Folder ¦ o–0 Stream 3 Stream 3 Folder ¦



o–1 Chromatograph Chromatograph Folder ¦ o–1 Chromat Alarms Chromatograph Alarms Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Acc port Alarm Accountable Port Alarm ¦ ¦–¡ Acc comms Alarm Accountable Communication Alarm ¦ ¦–¡ Acc status Alarm Accountable Chromatograph Status Alarm ¦ ¦–¡ Acc composition Alarm Accountable composition alarm ¦ ¦–¡ Acc chromatograph offline Alarm Accountable chromatograph offline alarm ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Ethernet status Alarm Accountable Ethernet communications status alarm ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Ethernet Alarm Accountable Ethernet communications alarm ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦–¡ nAcc Stream Non-Accountable chromatograph stream alarm ¦ ¦–¡ nAcc Analysis Non-Accountable chromatograph in analysis alarm ¦ ¦–¡ nAcc State Non-Accountable chromatograph incorrect state alarm ¦ ¦–¡ Not Used Not Used ¦ ¦–¡ nAcc No Data Non-Accountable chromatograph no new data alarm ¦ o–1 Station Station Folder ¦ o–1 Station Controller Alarms Station Controller alarms Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Read Unit 1 Read From Unit 1 alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Read Unit 2 Read From Unit 2 alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Read Unit 3 Read From Unit 3 alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Read Unit 4 Read From Unit 4 alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Read Unit 5 Read From Unit 5 alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Write Unit 1 Write to Unit 1 alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Write Unit 2 Write to Unit 2 alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Write Unit 3 Write to Unit 3 alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Write Unit 4 Write to Unit 4 alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Write Unit 5 Write to Unit 5 alarm ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Totals Alarms Totals Alarm Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Totals Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Comparison Alarms Station Comparison Alarm ¦ ¦–¡ Comp Vb Vb Comparison alarm ¦ ¦–¡ Comp Vn Vn Comparison alarm ¦ o–1 General General Folder ¦ o–1 General Alarms General Alarms Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Maintenance Mode Maintenance Mode ON ¦ ¦–¡ P/T Calibrate P/T Calibrate ¦ ¦–¡ Proving Mode Proving Mode ¦ ¦–¡ Bad Maintenance Bad Maintenance ¦ o–1 Digital Inputs Digital Inputs Folder ¦ o–1 Switched Inputs Switched Digital Inputs Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Board 2 Switch 1 Input Board position 2 Switch input 1 ¦ ¦–¡ Board 2 Switch 2 Input Board position 2 Switch input 2 ¦ ¦–¡ Board 2 Switch 3 Input Board position 2 Switch input 3 ¦ ¦–¡ Board 3 Switch 1 Input Board position 3 Switch input 1 ¦ ¦–¡ Board 3 Switch 2 Input Board position 3 Switch input 2 ¦ ¦–¡ Board 3 Switch 3 Input Board position 3 Switch input 3 ¦ ¦–¡ Board 4 Switch 1 Input Board position 4 Switch input 1 ¦ ¦–¡ Board 4 Switch 2 Input Board position 4 Switch input 2 ¦ ¦–¡ Board 4 Switch 3 Input Board position 4 Switch input 3 ¦ o–1 Data Update Data Update Folder ¦ o–1 Preset Data Change Preset Data Change Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Preset Data Preset Data Change Flag ¦ o–1 Unit Faults Unit Faults Folder ¦ o–1 Unit Faults ¦ ¦–¡ Calculation Calculation Fault ¦



o–1 Ensonic Ensonic Folder ¦ o–1 Main Status Main Status Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Normal Operation Mode ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Instrument in Startup Mode ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calibration Mode ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Reserved ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Main Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Alarm Status Alarm Status Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas VOS High pres cell below range Min ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas VOS Low pres cell below range Min ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas CO2 mol% below range Min ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas pres High pres cell below range Min ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas pres Low pres cell below range Min ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas body temp below range Min ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas flow High pres cell below range Min ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas flow Low pres cell below range Min ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas pres High pres cell below range Min ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc density below range Min ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc heating value below range Min ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc Wobbe below range Min ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc compressibility below range Min ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calibration out of range ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Empty reference gas bottle detected ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Convergence error of iterative calculation ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Internal communication error ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas VOS High pres cell above range Max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas VOS Low pres cell above range Max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas CO2 mol% above range Max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas pres High pres cell above range Max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas pres Low pres cell above range Max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas body temp above range Max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas flow High pres cell above range Max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas flow Low pres cell above range Max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meas pres High pres cell above range Max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc density above range Max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc heating value above range Max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc Wobbe above range Max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc compressibility above range Max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc VOS High ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc VOS Low ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc CO2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc REF ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Alarm Status 2 Alarm Status 2 Folder ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 pres min ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 pres max ¦ o–1 Grab Sampler Grab Sampler Folder ¦ o–1 Sampler 1 Sampler 1 Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Can Full Can full alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Active Reset Sampler Reset ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Overspeed Sampler Overspeed Alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Production Expired Production period expired ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Can Warning Can Level Alarm warning ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Deviation Deviation between actual flow and expected flow ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sample Rate Sampler Rate exceeded ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Sampler 2 Sampler 2 Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Can Full Can full alarm ¦ ¦–¡ Active Reset Sampler Reset ¦ ¦–¡ Overspeed Sampler Overspeed Alarm ¦ ¦–¡ Production Expired Production period expired ¦ ¦–¡ Can Warning Can Level Alarm warning ¦ ¦–¡ Deviation Deviation between actual flow and expected flow ¦ ¦–¡ Sample Rate Sampler Rate exceeded o–1 Lubrication Non Acc Alarm 1 Lubrication Module Alarm Folder ¦–¡ Flow Alarm Flow rate is too low to lubricate ¦–¡ Oil Level Alarm The oil level in the attached lubrication system is too low ¦–¡ Piston Input The piston input is in deviation with the piston output ¦–¡ Pressure Alarm The pressure is being vented in the attached lubrication system



2.9. STATUS CODE DEFINITIONS The following data defines the status of all selectable type parameters that can be read via a Modbus Communication port, so if shown on the windows software or on the display of the Model 2000 it will be shown as text , and when read via the Modbus communication port it will be shown as the corresponding numbers as follows:- Preset Data Preset Data – Machine Type

0 = "Not Configured" 1 = "Gas Turbine" 2 = "Gas Ultrasonic" 3 = "Gas Orifice" 4 = "Gas Turbine (Density)" 5 = "Gas Ultrasonic (Density)" 6 = "Station Controller" 7 = "Liquid Turbine" 8 = "Liquid Ultrasonic" 9 = "Venturi Tube" 10 = "Gas Orifice (Density)" 11 = "Liquid Turbine (Density)" 12 = "Wet Gas Venturi”

Preset Data – Station – Sum Flags s.Sum.X 0 = "No Action"

1 = "Sum" 2 = "Subtract" 3 = "Average"

Preset Data – Station – Temperature 1 Use Station Temperature 1 0 = "Off"

1 = "On" Preset Data – Station – Temperature 2 Use Station Temperature 2 0 = "Off"

1 = "On" Preset Data – Station – Pressure 1 Use Station Pressure 1 0 = "Off"

1 = "On" Preset Data – Station – Pressure 2 Use Station Pressure 2 0 = "Off"

1 = "On" Preset Data – Units S.Pressure Units 0 = “bar”

1 = “kPa” 2 = “kg/cm2” 3 = “PSI”

S.Pressure Abs/Gauge 0 = “abs” 1 = “gau”

S.Temperature Units 0 = “°C” 1 = “°F”

S.Temperature DPs S.Pressure DPs

0 = "2" 1 = "3" 2 = "4" 3 = "5"



Preset Data – Stream X – Ultrasonic UL Paths.X

0 = "1 path" 1 = "2 paths" 2 = "3 paths" 3 = "4 Paths" 4 = "5 paths"

ULP/T corr.X 0 = "None" 1 = "Flange" 2 = “Weld"

UL.Linear.X 0 = "None" 1 = "20 point"

US Meter Eg.X

0 = "Standard" 1 = "ISO6976" 2 = "ISO6976 (No Z/Zb)" 3 = "Cats"

UL Conversion.X 0 = "No Change" 1 = "m3/hr to ft3/hr" 2 = "ft3/hr to m3/hr"

UL Input.X 0 = "Serial" 1 = "4-20mA"

UL Calc Mass.X UL Calc Energy.X

0 = "Use Vn" 1 = "Use Vdry"

Preset Data – Stream X – Orifice Data Or.dpXmtrs.X 0 = "1"

1 = "2"

Or.Exp.Fac.X

0 = "Up stream" 1 = "Down stream"

Or.Tapping.X 0 = "Flange" 1 = "Corner" 2 = "D and D/2"

Or.CoD Eqn.X 0 = "ReaderHarris" 1 = "Stoltz"

Or.calc.std.X 0 = "ISO 5167 (1997)" 1 = "AGA3 (1995)" 2 = "Preset CoD" 3 = "ISO 5167/6976” 4 = “AGA3 (1965)” 5 = "ISO 5167 (2003)" 6 = "ISO 5167/6976 (2003)”

Or.mu.pt.X 0 = "Preset" 1 = "Calc Method 1" 2 = "Calc Method 2"

Or.Linear.X

0 = "None" 1 = "5 point"

Or.Temp.X 0 = “No Correction”



1 = “ISO 5167 (1997)” 2 = “ISO 5167 (2003)”

Preset Data – Stream X – Venturi Tube Ven.Tube Type.X 0 = "As Cast"

1 = "Machined" 2 = "Rough Welded" 3 = "Preset CoD"

Ven.Exp.Fac.X 0 = "Up stream" 1 = "Down stream"

Ven.dpXmtrs.X 0 = "1" 1 = "2"

Ven.Tube Pressure Loss.X 0 = "Preset" 1 = "Calculated"

Ven.Density Calculations.X 0 = "Use coefficients"

1 = "Use Tables"

Ven.WGC Equation.X 0 = "Dickinson Jamieson" 1 = "Steven" 2 = "Chisholm" 3 = "Homogeneous" 4 = "De Leeuw"

Preset Data – Stream X – Linearity Correction Linear Corr.X (Only Displayed For Turbine)

0 = "None" 1 = "20 point"

Preset Data – Stream X – Liquid Data – Base Density Rho S Select.X

0 = "350-637kg/m3" 1 = "638-1047kg/m3" 2 = "Table" 3 = "Preset"

Preset Data – Stream X – Liquid Data – CTS Use CTS.X 0 = “No”

1 = “Yes” Preset Data – Stream X – Liquid Data – CPS Use CTS.X 0 = “No”

1 = “Yes”



Preset Data – Stream X – Mode Switches Atot en.X Tot en.X Tot Loq.X Flw Log.X Vn Error Cntrs.X Vn Normal Cntrs.X Acc Alarm Low Flow.X Non Acc Alarm Low Flow.X Non Acc LED Low Flow.X Stop Acc Alm Flow Low.X MM Preset Flow.X CO2 Calculate.X Use DP Max/Min alarms.X Use DP Hi/Lo alarms.X Reject all components on error.X

0 = “No” 1 = “Yes”

E.calc.X 0 = "Hs" 1 = "Hi"

Preset Data – Stream X – Equation Z type.X 0 = "Sgerg:rd,hs,CO2"

1 = "Sgerg:rd,hs,N2" 2 = "Sgerg:rd,hs,CO2,H2" 3 = "Sgerg:rd,hs,N2,H2" 4 = "Sgerg:rd,N2,CO2" 5 = "Nx19:rd,N2,CO2" 6 = "Nx19 GOST:rd,N2,CO2" 7 = "Aga8" 8 = "Preset" 9 = "Z Table"

Hs.comb.X 0 = "25,0" 1 = "0,0" 2 = "15,15" 3 = "25,20" 4 = “25,15” 5 = “15,0”



Preset Data – Stream X – Data Sources Component Source (Normal).X 0 = "Keypad"

1 = "Chromat" 2 = "Modbus" 3 = "Analogue" 4 = "HrAVG" 5 = "DyAVG"

Component Source (Error).X 0 = "Keypad" 1 = "LGV" 2 = "Chromat" 3 = "Modbus" 4 = "Analogue" 5 = "HrAVG" 6 = "DyAVG"

Component Averages.X 0 = "Chromat rec" 1 = "Modbus rec" 2 = "Analogue rec"

Use rn 0 = "No" 1 = "Yes"

Normalisation.X 0 = "None" 1 = "100%" 2 = "100%-non-measureds"

Preset Data – Stream X – Gas Data Chrm Str.1 0 = "Not Used",

1 = "1" 2 = "2" 3 = "3" 4 = "4" 5 = "5" 6 = "6" 7 = "7" 8 = "8" 9 = "9" 10 = "10" 11 = "11" 12 = "12"

Preset Data – Stream X – Multiple Transmitters – Pressure MT.pr.Sensors.X 0 = "No Sensors"

1 = "1 Sensor" 2 = "2 Sensors" 3 = "3 Sensors"

Preset Data – Stream X – Multiple Transmitters – Pressure – Selections MT.pr.sel1.X MT.pr.sel2.X MT.pr.sel3.X MT.pr.sel4.X MT.pr.sel5.X MT.pr.sel6.X

0 = "None" 1 = "Sens.1" 2 = "Sens.2" 3 = "Sens.3" 4 = "Avg." 5 = "Serial" 6 = "Keypad"



Preset Data – Stream X – Multiple Transmitters – Temperature MT.te.Sensors.X 0 = "No Sensors"


Preset Data – Stream X – Multiple Transmitters – Temperature – Selections MT.te.sel1.X MT.te.sel2.X MT.te.sel3.X MT.te.sel4.X MT.te.sel5.X MT.te.sel6.X


Preset Data – Stream X – Multiple Transmitters – Dp High MT.dp hi.Sensors.X 0 = "No Sensors"


Preset Data – Stream X – Multiple Transmitters – Dp High – Selections MT.dp hi.sel1.X MT.dp hi.sel2.X MT.dp hi.sel3.X MT.dp hi.sel4.X MT.dp hi.sel5.X MT.dp hi.sel6.X


Preset Data – Stream X – Multiple Transmitters – Dp Low MT.dp lo.Sensors.X 0 = "No Sensors"


Preset Data – Stream X – Multiple Transmitters – Dp Low – Selections MT.dp lo.sel1.X MT.dp lo.sel2.X MT.dp lo.sel3.X MT.dp lo.sel4.X MT.dp lo.sel5.X MT.dp lo.sel6.X




Preset Data – Stream X – Units Pressure Units.X 0 = “bar”

1 = “kPa” 2 = “kg/cm2” 3 = “PSI”

Abs/Gau.X 0 = “abs” 1 = “gau”

Temperature Units.X 0 = “°C” 1 = “°F”

Density Units.X 0 = kg/m3 1 = lb/ft3

No. Pressure DPs.X No. Temperature DPs.X No. DP Hi DPs.X No. DP Lo DPs.X

0 = "2" 1 = "3" 2 = "4" 3 = "5"

rd Significant figures.X Gas data significant figures.X Hs significant figures.X

0 = "2" 1 = "3" 2 = "4" 3 = "5" 4 = "6" 5 = "7" 6 = "8"

Dp Units.X 0 = “bar.g” 1 = “mbar.g” 2 = “PSI.g” 3 = “mmW.g” 4 = “inchW.g”

Preset Data – Stream X – Density – Density I – Solatron Preset Density Calc or use preset Cc.mI.X Calc or use preset Cg.mI.X

0 = "Preset" 1 = "Calculated"

Calc or ignore pt.mI.X Calc or ignore pa.mI.X

0 = "None" 1 = "Calculate"

Density.mI Correction.X 0 = “No” 1 = “Yes”

Preset Data – Stream X – Density – Density I P Density Equation Used 0 = "Solatron"

1 = "Sarasota" Preset Data – Stream X – Density – Density Selection Dens sel1.X Dens sel2.X Dens sel3.X Dens sel4.X Dens sel5.X Dens sel6.X

0 = "None" 1 = "Sensor 1" 2 = "Sensor 2" 3 = "AGA8" 4 = "Keypad"

Preset Data – Stream X – Density Number of Meters.X 0 = "1"

1 = "2"



Preset Data – Stream X – Relative Density Use Rel Dens Meter.X 0 = "Not Used"

1 = "Used"

K Values.X 0 = "Preset Constants" 1 = "Calculate Constants"

Preset Data – Chromat Chromat.Type 0 = "Not Used"

1 = "Daniels 2251" 2 = "Daniels 2350" 3 = "Daniels 2551" 4 = "Encal 2000" 5 = "Yamatake HGC303" 6 = "US Encal" 7 = "ABB 8000/8100" 8 = “Siemens" 9 = "Rosemount GCX" 10 = "ABB 8000/8100 4str eam" 11 = "Daniels 2551 - C7" 12 = "793-7SC" 13 = "M2000 GC" 14 = “Ensonic” 15 = "Encal CU India" 16 = “ABB 3100” 17 = “OSC-01-E” 18 = “Siemens Maxum 2” 19 = “Encal 3000”

Chromat.Time 0 = "Continuous" 1 = "1 minute" 2 = "2 minutes" 3 = "5 minutes" 4 = "10 minutes" 5 = "15 minutes" 6 = "30 minutes" 7 = "1 hour"

Chromat.Status 0 = "Used" 1 = "Ignore"

Chromat.Stream 0 = "Used" 1 = "Ignore"

Chromat.C6Code 0 = "108" 1 = "109" 2 = "110" 3 = "111" 4 = "139"

Ch.Alive 0 = "Off" 1 = "On"



Preset Data – Units Energy Units 0 = “MJ”

1 = “kWh” 2 = “kcal” 3 = “thrm” 4 = “BTU”

Volume Metric/Imperial 0 = "Metric" 1 = "Imperial"

Mass Metric/Imperial 0 = "Metric" 1 = "Imperial"

Preset Data – Event log Event log Byte order 0 = “1234”

1 = “4321” 2 = “2143” 3 = “3412”



Active Data Active Data – Station – Temperature Stn Temp Line Status 1 Stn Temp Line Status 2

0 = "OFF" 1 = "ON:OK" 2 = "ON:ALM" 3 = "ON:DEV"

Active Data – Station – Pressure Stn Pres Line Status 1 Stn Pres Line Status 2


Active Data – Digital Inputs – Digital Inputs Slot Y Digital i/p1.Y Digital i/p2.Y Digital i/p3.Y

0 = "Off" 1 = "On"

Active Data – Stream X – Gas Data – Gas Data Used (Statuses) ??(Used St).X Applied to 26 Variables

0 = "N/A" 1 = "Chromat" 2 = "Modbus" 3 = "Analogue" 4 = "LGV" 5 = "Keypad" 6 = "HrAVG" 7 = "DyAVG" 8 = "ISO 6976" 9 = "Sensor"

Active Data – Stream X – Gas Data – Chromat Gas Data Received (Statuses) ??(Chromat Rec St).X Applied to all components

0 = "N/A" 1 = "OK" 2 = "ALM"

Active Data – Stream X – Gas Data – Modbus Gas Data Received (Statuses) ??(Modbus Rec St).X Applied to all components

0 = "N/A" 1 = "OK" 2 = "ALM"

Active Data – Stream X – Gas Data – Analogue Gas Data Received (Statuses) ??(Analogue Rec St).X Applied to all components

0 = "N/A" 1 = "OK" 2 = "ALM"

Active Data – Stream X – Gas Data – Calculated Calc Rd St.X Calc Hs St.X Calc Hi St.X Meter rd st.X

0 = "N/A" 1 = "OK" 2 = "ALM"



Active Data – Stream X – Multiple Transmitters – Pressure Pres.stat1.X Pres.stat2.X Pres.stat3.X


Pres.key_st.X Pres.ser_st.X Pres.Avg status.X

0 = "OK" 1 = "ALM" 2 = "N/A"

Pres.select.X 0 = "None" 1 = "Sensor 1" 2 = "Sensor 2" 3 = "Sensor 3" 4 = "Average" 5 = "Serial Value" 6 = "Keypad Value" 7 = "Not Required"

Active Data – Stream X – Multiple Transmitters – Temperature Temp.stat1.X Temp.stat2.X Temp.stat3.X


Temp.key_st.X Temp.ser_st.X Temp.Avg status.X

0 = "OK" 1 = "ALM" 2 = "N/A"

Temp.select.X 0 = "None" 1 = "Sensor 1" 2 = "Sensor 2" 3 = "Sensor 3" 4 = "Average" 5 = "Serial Value" 6 = "Keypad Value" 7 = "Not Required"

Active Data – Stream X – Multiple Transmitters – Dp High dphi.stat1.X dphi.stat2.X dphi.stat3.X


dphi.key_st.X dphi.ser_st.X dphi.Avg status.X

0 = "OK" 1 = "ALM" 2 = "N/A"

dphi.select.X 0 = "None" 1 = "Sensor 1" 2 = "Sensor 2" 3 = "Sensor 3" 4 = "Average" 5 = "Serial Value" 6 = "Keypad Value" 7 = "Not Required"



Active Data – Stream X – Multiple Transmitters – Dp Low dplo.stat1.X dplo.stat2.X dplo.stat3.X


dplo.key_st.X dplo.ser_st.X dplo.Avg status.X

0 = "OK" 1 = "ALM" 2 = "N/A"

dplo.select.X 0 = "None" 1 = "Sensor 1" 2 = "Sensor 2" 3 = "Sensor 3" 4 = "Average" 5 = "Serial Value" 6 = "Keypad Value" 7 = "Not Required"

Active Data – Stream X – Density Line Density Used Status.X 0 = "None"

1 = "Sensor 1" 2 = "Sensor 2" 3 = "AGA8" 4 = "Keypad"

Active Data – Chromat Status Chr.Read State 0 = "Not Required"

1 = "Waiting" 2 = "Reading Data"

Chr.Last Read State 0 = "N/A" 1 = “Port Setup Problem" 2 = "Waiting for Port" 3 = "Comms Problem" 4 = "Stream Not Used" 5 = "Calibrate Mode" 6 = "Idle or Cal State" 7 = "Alarm Status" 8 = "OK" 9 = "Component Alarm" 10 = "Power Reset" 11 = "Stopped" 12 = "No Sample Flowing" 13 = “No Alarm” 14 = “GC Not Available” 15 = “Stream Changed” 16 = “Ethernet Status” 17 = “Ethernet IP” 18 = “Etherent Port”

Chr.Analysis 0 = "Cal" 1 = "Analysis" 2 = "N/A"

Chr.Analyser state 0 = "Idle" 1 = "Analysis" 2 = "Cal" 3 = "N/A"



Active Data Modbus Security 0 = "No Access"

1 = "Level 1" 2 = "Level 2" 3 = "Level 3"

Active Data US Meter Manufacturer 0 = "Unknown"

1 = "Instromet" 2 = "Sick Eng" 3 = "Daniel" 2 = "Panametrics"

US Meter Comms Status 0 = "OK"

1 = "Port Set-up Problem" 2 = "Waiting for port" 3 = “Msc. error” 4.= “Comms problem”

Density average status 0 = "OK"

1 = "Alm" 2 = "N/A"

Density Sensor X Status 0 = "OFF" 1 = "ON:OK" 2 = "ON:ALM" 3 = “ON:DEV” 4 = “ON:AVG”



Local Values Local Values – Stream X – Density Input Signals Density Selection.X

0 = "Preset Selection" 1 = "Sensor 1" 2 = "Sensor 2" 3 = "AGA8"

Density sensor 1 Density sensor 2

0 = "Off" 1 = "On"

Rd Selection.X 0 = "Sensor" 1 = "ISO 6976" 2 = "Keypad"

Local Values – General Maintenance Mode Proving Mode P/T Calibrate Ensonic Calibrate Ensonic Reset

0 = "Off" 1 = "On"

Security 0 = “Not Secure" 1 = "Partially Secure" 2 = "Partially Secure" 3 = "Fully Secure"

Valve Z Open 0 = "Idle" 1 = "Opening"

Valve Z Closed 0 = "Idle" 1 = "Closing"

Model 2000 Flow Computer Technical Manual 3.0 SOFTWARE UPDATES


3. SOFTWARE UPDATES 3.1. INSTRUCTIONS FOR DOWNLOADING NEW INTERNAL SOFTWARE INTO AN M2000

There are two ways of downloading New internal software into an M2000 flow computer, the original method which uses a separate downloader software programme called DL2 as detailed in paragraph 3.1.1 and a function which is included in the later Version 2 Windows software which is detailed in section 3.1.2

3.1.1. DL2.EXE VERSION 0.5 NOTE DL2.EXE Version 0.5 is compatible with Windows 95, 98, 2000,XP and NT ON M2000 SET MODE SWITCH 2 to ON (DOWNLOAD VIA IR FRONT PORT) OR SET MODE SWITCH 2 to OFF (DOWNLOAD VIA MPU BOARD TOP SKT) 2) SET MODE SWITCH 3 to OFF 3) POWER OFF / POWER ON 4) If the M2000 is fitted with a MPU Board ASSY2000-3-034 Issue 1 or Issue 2

DISPLAY SHOULD INDICATE

*********** BSI Downloader V2.1 ************ Main Prog OK Waiting for Download from IR (MPU) Port

If the M2000 is fitted with a MPU Board ASSY2000-3-034 Issue 3 or above

DISPLAY SHOULD INDICATE

*********** BSI Downloader V3.0********** Main Prog OK Waiting for Download from IR (MPU) Port Baudrate: 38400 Flash Size : 1M (512K)

The front panel FAULT LED will flash 5) RUN programme DL2.EXE Version V0.5 6) SELECT File (On the Disc) MODEL_2000s19 7) SET COM PORT being used 8) SET Baud Rate to be 38400 (Note this must be the same as set on the M2000 in the SYSTEM menu item) 9) Position IR Dongle (or USB Cable in later versions) or connect rear comms cable 10) Operate Download Button 11) Download will take approx 2 to 3 mins. Software on PC will indicate download complete. 12) When complete Set Mode Switch 3 to ON. POWER ON /POWER OFF 13) IF THE UPDATE HAS BEEN DONE WITHIN A SMALL VERSION CHANGE FOR EXAMPLE FROM V1.41 to V1.45 THEN UNIT SHOULD RUN AS BEFORE WITH ALL DATA STILL AVAILABLE. HOWEVER IF THE UPDATE HAS BEEN DONE WITHIN A LARGE VERSION CHANGE FOR EXAMPLE FROM V1.41 to V1.51 THEN UNIT WILL NEED TO BE UPDATED USING THE NEW SUPPLIED WINDOWS SOFTWARE. COMPATIBILITY New .s19 files will in general always be supplied with a new windows software as well Windows software is not generally backwards or forwards compatible.



3.1.2. WINDOWS 2 DOWNLOADER In order to enable the Downloader function of the Windows 2 M2000 Software a special User Name and Password must be entered as follows:-

Ø ENTER User name. Default Level 3 User with Full access is EIUser Ø ENTER Password Default Level 3 Password is abcd1234 it will appear on the screen as ******** Ø SELECT Language option At present English is only available type. Ø SELECT OK Button to confirm and move to next window Ø SELECT Cancel Button to Clear and start again.


User Name Text Box Default EIUser

Password Text Box Default abcd1234 It will show as ********




Highlight the M2000 Unit to be downloaded to in the M2000 Connections window as shown above Select the Download Firmware button. The following message will be shown

If yes then the current set up file in the connected F C2000 will be uploaded f rom the Unit and can be saved as a file on the operating PC. If No then the following Message window will be shown

The .s19 file to be downloaded to the M2000 can be selected from the available files on the PC and once chosen will appear in the Firmware window above. The Mode selection allows the following possibilities

• Download Firmware, which simply downloads the selected file • Download then Verify which downloads the selected file and then verifies it by reading it back and comparing. • Verify Firmware which reads the contents of the M2000 and compares the uploaded file against the file

selected from the PC files.



1) ON M2000 SET MODE SWITCH 3 to OFF 2) POWER OFF / POWER ON 3)

DISPLAY WILL INDICATE

*********** BSI Bootloader V4.0 ************

Main Prog OK

F1: USB Communications F2: Serial Communications

Select F1 to perform the function using the Front Panel USB port Select F2 to perform the function using the Rear Panel CPU upper Serial RS232 port Once F1 or F2 is pressed the following screen will be shown Connect USB Cable to front panel or connect rear comms cable depending upon above selection

*********** BSI Bootloader V4.0 ************

Main Prog OK

F1: Baudrate 115200 kbps F2: Baudrate 38400 kbps

Select F1 to set the communication baud rate to 115200 kbps Select F2 to set the communication baud rate to 38400 kbps Note this speed must match the communication speed of the M2000 Once F1 or F2 is pressed the following screen will be shown

*********** BSI Bootloader V4.0 ************

Main Prog OK Communicating through USB(Serial) Port Baudrate: 38400 Flash Size : 1M



The front panel FAULT LED will flash 4) Download will take approx 2 to 3 mins. Software on PC will indicate download complete. 5) When complete Set Mode Switch 3 to ON. POWER ON /POWER OFF 6) IF THE UPDATE HAS BEEN DONE WITHIN A SMALL VERSION CHANGE FOR EXAMPLE FROM V1.41 to V1.45 THEN UNIT SHOULD RUN AS BEFORE WITH ALL DATA STILL AVAILABLE. HOWEVER IF THE UPDATE HAS BEEN DONE WITHIN A LARGE VERSION CHANGE FOR EXAMPLE FROM V1.41 to V1.51 THEN UNIT WILL NEED TO BE UPDATED USING THE NEW SUPPLIED WINDOWS SOFTWARE. COMPATIBILITY New .s19 files will in general always be supplied with a new windows software as well Windows software is not generally backwards or forwards compatible.

Model 2000 Flow Computer Technical Manual 4.0 HELP PAGES


4. HELP PAGES 4.1. BOARDS CONFIGURED

The Board set-up information page contains 4 boxes of information about the circuit boards in the current configuration. a) Requested this contains the boards required in the 5 user slot positions (Slot No. 1 – 5) for the selected configuration. This page also allows the required configuration to be selected. b) Each board can be given attributes :-

Not Required No warnings if not fitted or wrong board type Required Warning given if not fitted or wrong board type Critical Fault given if not fitted or wrong board type

c) Actual contains information about the actual boards fitted in the current configuration i.e. which board type is currently fitted in which slot. d) Version contains information about the actual boards fitted in the current configuration i.e. which board version is currently fitted.



4.2. DATE & TIME To set the date and time of the Corrector the operator can select any of the following options:- a) Don’t Send Do not up date the date and time. or b) Send from PC’s Clock by clicking in the adjacent box. The Corrector time and date will be set to the same time and da te as the PC computer time and date. This system of setting the time and date is ideal where a number of correctors are required to be synchronised together. All data can be set-up and the Update button clicked. or c) Send The Following enter the Day, Month, Year and Hours, Minutes, Seconds in the individual boxes. The Month can be selected from the pull down menu. After setting the time and date click the Update button immediately to load the time to the flow computer. This page is also used to enter the Contract Time of the corrector, this is selected from a pull down menu of all available hours, 0(zero) indicates a Contract Time of Midnight. Preset Time When a change of state from a logic 0 to a logic 1 is detected on a digital status input set up for this purpose then the contents of the Preset Time register hh:mm:ss is copied to the current time for the M2000 clock.



4.3. ANALOGUE INPUTS The Analogue inputs for the system can be set up on this page. Analogue inputs consist of four 4-20mA current inputs and one PRT input for direct Temperature measurement. The Analogue Inputs 1-4 are 4-20mA current inputs can be connected to linear transmitters for Pressure, Differential pressure, Hs (Superior Heating Value), Hi (Inferior Heating Value), rd (Relative density), CO2 (Molar % CO2), N2 (Molar %N2) and H2 (Molar % H2). In the case of a Station Controller station pressure and temperature can be selected. In the Case of a Grab Sampler with Analogue inputs for can level indication Can Input 1 or 2 can be selected. The PRT Input should be connected in the three wire typical connection to a 100 ohm Platinum resistance Thermometer. The inputs are set-up by selecting the required input parameter from the Variables tree and dragged across to the input box that is going to be used for that item. A Maximum and Minimum range figure for that parameter must then be entered. Any alteration to this page once it has been configured will almost certainly lead to the need to recalibrate any Analogue Input, this can only be achieved by entering the Calibrate mode of the Corrector. PRT Input Board Inputs consist of two 4 wire PRT inputs for direct Temperature measurement. The PRT Inputs 1 & 2 should be connected in the four wire typical connection to a 100 ohm Platinum resistance Thermometer. The inputs are set-up by selecting the required input parameter from the Variables tree and dragged across to the input box that is going to be used for that item. A Maximum and Minimum range figure for that parameter must then be entered. Any alteration to this page once it has been configured will almost certainly lead to the need to recalibrate any Analogue Input, this can only be achieved by entering the Calibrate mode of the Corrector. Advanced Input Board 2 If a standard input Board is configured for the Analogue Inputs then all the above cases are available, If an Input Board 2 type is used then the Board Function of that Board must be specified from the Pull down menu under the advanced tab:- Normal Input Board Function as Above Prover Input Board Function as Above. Liquid Meter Input Board Function as Above In addition a number of Advanced settings are displayed as follows these cannot be changed in normal operation:- Num Retries Before data is flagged as being failed default 15 Num Samples Number of data samples for each result default 8



4.4. DIGITAL INPUTS The Digital inputs for the system can be set up on this page. Digital inputs consist of two High Frequency Inputs 1-2 for pulse counting and frequency measurements up to 5000Hz and 3 Status Inputs 1-3 for switch or status inputs. The high frequency inputs would normally be connected to high frequency turbine meters or similar, where as the Status Inputs are intended for Alarm contacts or switch input information or similar functions. To set up any of the High Frequency inputs the following procedure is used:- Selecting the required input parameter from the Variables tree and dragged across to the input box that is going to be used for that item. High frequency turbine inputs consist of two components, the pulse counting input and the frequency measuring input. Where as a frequency (Period) measurement for either Line Density or Relative Density consists of one item the Dens meter Freq item or Rel. Dens. meter Freq item which should be dragged across to the frequency input box. To set up any of the Status Inputs the procedure is to select the required function from the pull down menu for each input. The possible pre-set functions for each of the status inputs are as follows:- No Function This means that the input has not been assigned any pre set function its status will still be displayed and

available for other indication, but it has no actual function. Bi-Dir Turbine In a Model 2000 set up for Pulse counting inputs from a Turbine Meter. The Status input is used to indicate

flow direction to the Model 2000 if the meter used is capable of operating in both directions. Enable + In a Model 2000 set up for Pulse counting. The Status input is used to enable or disable the positive pulse

count. Enable – In a Model 2000 set up for Pulse counting. The Status input is used to enable or disable the negative pulse

count. Print This function uses t he Status input as a local or remote Print operation input. If it is enabled then a second

menu list appears which allows selection of a particular print job (as set up on the Print Job page) to be printed.

Sum Streams This function uses the Status input to Select Streams to be Summated from all the individual streams in a unit. If it is enabled then a menu list appears which allows selection of the streams to be summated under control of that Status input. If this function is enabled then the Sum function on the Station Values set-up page is disabled.

Ensonic Reset This function uses the Status input to initiate an Ensonic Reset if such a gas measuring deice (Instromet Ensonic) is connected to the gas chromatograph port of the Model 2000. (See Gas Chromatograph page)

Ensonic Calibration This function uses the Status input to initiate an Ensonic Calibration if such a gas measuring deice (Instromet Ensonic) is connected to the gas chromatograph port of the Model 2000. (See Gas Chromatograph page)

Security Switch 1 This function uses the Status input to replace Mode switch 1 when operating as a Security Switch On/Off. When this option is selected the internal Mode Switch 1 has no function.

Security Switch 2 This function uses the Status input to replace Mode switch 2 when operating as a Security Switch On/Off. When this option is selected the internal Mode Switch 2 has no function.

Oil Status This function uses the Status input as a switch contact input, in conjunction with a turbine meter fitted with a Lubrication Oil level indication output.

Lube Pressure When a change of state from a logic 0 to a logic 1 is detected on this input then this indicates that the lubrication pressure is in alarm state

Lube Piston This input is used to check the lubrication piston output. Hold Counters This function uses the Status input as a switch contact input to provide the Hold Counters function. The

Model 2000 can be set to provide copies of the Main and Main Alarm Totals that can be stopped or Held by operating this function. These Totals in a Held position must be enabled in order to be viewed under the Main Menu item Totals.

Set Time When a change of state from a logic 0 to a logic 1 is detected on this input then the contents of the Preset Time registers Preset hour, Preset minute and Preset seconds is copied to the current time for the M2000 clock.

Can Alarm When a change of state from a logic 0 to a logic 1 is detected on this input then this indicates that the level in the selected Sampler can system 1 or 2 has exceeded the preset alarm level.

Under normal circumstances the polarity of the status inputs is as follows:- Ø Input open (logic 1) indicates forward +ve or normal flow (also for a single flow direction) Ø Input closed (logic 0) indicates reverse or –ve flow.

It is possible to reverse the polarity of the input by selecting the tick box Invert adjacent to each input.



Where the Status inputs appear in any tree list the are described as Digital i/p X.Y. Where X is the input number 1, 2 or 3 and Y is the USER Board Slot number 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5. Advanced Input Board 2 If a standard input Board is configured for the Digital Inputs then all the above cases are available, If an Input Board 2 type is used then the Board Function of that Board must be specified from the Pull down menu under the advanced tab:- Normal Input Board Function as Above Prover Input Board Function is Liquid Prover Input Board All functions are pre-defined there are no user options. Liquid Meter Input Board Meter Inputs are pre-defined and have no user options, and Status input 3 must not be used as it has an

internal funct ion. In addition a number of Advanced settings are displayed as follows these cannot be changed in normal operation:- Switch Debounce time Default of 8 equates to 20mS Freq Calc Time Frequency Calculation interval default 225 equa tes to 600mS Pulse Timeout Pulse time to zero frequency default 57220 equates to 150 seconds Pulse Averaging Number of pulse for average frequency calc 10 is 10 pulses 0 is no average Prover Switch Time Between successive switch actuations defaul t of 5000 equates to 16 seconds PLD Frequency Digital noise filtering limit default is 16 equates to 24.5 KHz Pulse Limit Number of additional pulses received to indicate failure 10-100 default 10 Pulse Duration Prover pulse length sets pulse length default 2000 equates to 80uS Note all time outs are set in multiples of 2.62144mS except Pulse Duration which is set in multiples of 40nS



4.5. HART LOOPS The Hart Loop inputs for the system can be set up on this page. There are two Hart Loops available on each input board each of which can handle up to 3 transmitters . The inputs are set-up by a) Selecting the required input parameter from the Variables tree and dragged across to the input box that is going to be used

or that item. b) Assigning a Hart transmitter address for each transmitter on each loop, these addresses are numbered between 1 and 15,

each transmitter on each loop should be given a different number. If a transmitter is assigned a loop address of 0(zero) it is assumed that this transmitter will not be in the “Smart” mode but will produce both a 4-20mA signal and a HART output. When this occurs it is only possible to allow one transmitter on each Hart Loop and all other data boxes f or that loop will not be available.

c) Configuring burst mode. If selected then transmitters on the selected loop are expected to be running in Burst mode Advanced Input Board 2 If a standard input Board is configured for the Hart Inputs then all the above cases are available, If an Input Board 2 type is used then the Board Function of that Board must be specified from the Pull down menu under the advanced tab:- Normal Input Board Function as Above but additionally each transmitter can have up to four variables assigned which

allows the use of multivariable transmitters. Prover Input Board Function as Above Liquid Meter Input Board Function as Above. In addition an Advanced menu selection is available for each loop with the following functions:- Retries Number of retries before failure indicated default 10 Gen Timeout Time from last transmission default 190 equates to 0.5seconds Idle Timeout default 19 equates to 50mS Cont Timeout Continuation timeout default 0 immediate resumption. Note all time outs are set in multiples of 2.62144mS



4.6. SELECT STREAM TYPES The Flow Computers that will be connected to the Station Controller System can be set up on this page. Up to 5 flow computers can be configured to be connected up the Station Controller, these can all be the same type e.g. Turbine or can be a mixture of types e.g. Turbine or Ultrasonic. Each connected flow computer is referred to as Stream 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5. and the type can be selected from the pull down menu, available types are :- Ø None Ø Gas Turbine Ø Gas Ultrasonic Ø Gas Orifice Ø Gas Turbine density Ø Gas Ultrasonic density Ø Liquid Turbine Ø Liquid Ultrasonic Ø Venturi Tube Ø Wet Gas Venturi Tube Ø Orifice Density Ø Liquid Turbine Density

In all cases these must be One stream flow computers only. Each connected flow computer must be given a separate Modbus communication id( Modbus IDs) this would normally be 1, 2, 3, 4 etc. Each connected flow computer must also be given a separate Chromat Stream Number for gas data 1 to 12 if required, if no chromat is required then None should be selected. Gas Values Used in Normal conditions can be selected from :- Chromat Data Data from a gas Chromatograph Modbus Data Data from a serial Modbus Por t Analogue Data Data From Analogue input sources Hourly Average Data used to be current Hourly Gas Average Values Daily Average Data used to be current Daily Gas Average Values Gas Values Used in Error conditions can be selected from :- Last Good Value Data used is Last Good (Non Alarm) Value Chromat Data Data from a gas Chromatograph Modbus Data Data from a serial Modbus Por t Analogue Data Data From Analogue input sources Hourly Average Data used to be current Hourly Gas Average Values Daily Average Data used to be current Daily Gas Average Values Averages received can be selected from :- Chromat Data Averages from Chromatograph source Modbus Data Averages from Serial Source Analogue Data Averages from Analogue Source



4.7. STATION VALUES The Station scaling factors for the system can be set up on this page. The data entered on this page is only applicable for Multi-stream (more than one) versions of the Model 2000. There are separate Station Scaling Factors for each of the summated station totals, Stn TWF B for line Volume flow, Stn TWF N for normalised Volume flow, Stn TWF E for Energy flow and Stn TWF M for Mass flow. Each of the available streams can be selected from a pull down menu, Station Totals, to be either added into the station totals and flow rates Sum, subtracted from the station totals and flow rates Subtract or to be used to calculate an Average. The selected stream can also be set to not be used in the Station Total by selecting None. If required a comparison between the Hourly flows of the various Streams set up in the Station Controller can be carried out. This function is set on the Station Values Page. Any combination of Hourly Stream Flows for Vb and Vn can be compared against any other combination of Hourly Stream flows for Vb and Vn. e.g. if the Sum of the hourly flows for Stream 1 and Stream 2 is to be compared against the Hourly flow of Stream 3 then the Left hand tick boxes for Stream1 and 2 should be enabled and the right hand tick box for Stream 3 enabled. This will then create a comparison between the Sum of the Hourly flow for Stream 1 and 2 compared to the Hourly flow for stream 3. A deviation limit for the allowable difference between the compared flows is entered for Vb deviation in % and for Vn deviation in %. NOTE For this function to work correctly the Values of the Previous Hour Counters for both Vb and Vn must be set in the MODBUS list to be read by the Station Controller from each of the attached Stream Computers.



4.8. STATION PRESET COUNTERS The Main Station Totals of the unit can be Preset to any value by using this page. The Station total registers for :

Line volume +Vb Line volume cor rected for linearity +Vbc Corrected volume +Vn Energy +Ve Mass +Vm Mass corrected for linearity +Vmc Line volume fr om Monitor input +Vbm Line volume. (un-haltable) +Vbu

In normal conditions in both positive and negative d irections can have their initial value preset. This enables the line volume counter to be set to the same reading as any mechanical counter that may be used with the Converter. Enter the value for each totals starting value in the box, and enable the Update Unit tick box for each Value to be sent.



4.9. CHROMATOGRAPH The Gas Chromatograph input for the system can be set up on this page. If required the corrector can be configured to interrogate via one of the connected serial Ports set-up for such a purpose, a connected Gas Chromatograph. The Chromat set up page is divided into 3 tabs, General (Items that apply to all types), Component Split (how the C5+ or C6+ is split up) and Additional Addresses (required for specific chromat types). The Chromat type of Gas Chromatograph is selected from the available types in a pull down menu. Other parameters that need to be set-up are:- a) The Chromat ID of the gas chromatograph this is the Modbus communication ID as set in the gas chromatograph and is used for identifying the communication between Model 2000 and the Gas chromatograph. b) The Chromat status pull down menu determines if the gas chromatograph status is to be used to indicate alarms or is to be ignored. c) The Chromat time pull down menu indicates the interval time between reads of the Gas chromatograph this can be set to intervals of Continuous (as often as possible), 1, 2, 5, 10, 15, 30 minutes or 1 hour. d) The C6+ code is the component code applicable to C6+ ( this can vary for the same machine) e) The percentage of the gas components n-hexane, n-heptane, n-octane, n-nonane and n-decane that are contained in the C6+ result is set in the entry % of C6+. Communication parameters for the communication to the Gas Chromatograph are set-up in the Ports setting page. The Instromet Range of Gas chromatograph are supported three different types can be selected:- ENCAL 2000 Standard European ENCAL system with CU fitted with standard software versions. ENCAL CU INDIA ENCAL CU fitted with India Software V1.0 ENCAL US ENCAL unit and optional display unit manufactured in the USA. The Siemens Optichrome will require additional scaling information to be set as follows:- Each gas component will require:- A Modbus function code 3 Address where the gas component data can be read, this address is generally derived as follows:- Digit 1 4 Modbus code 03 function Digit 2 0-9 GC Stream Number Digit 3 0-9 GC Component number Digit 4 0 Digit 5 1-2 Analyser number For single Analyser operation the Analyser number should be set to 1 A minimum scaling factor for that gas component in the units of the component e.g. Molar %. A maximum scaling factor for that gas component in the units of the component e.g. Molar %. The Data FS location sets the overall scaling for all data input values. The gas analyser may produce a numeric result of 0 to 9999 or 0 to 4096 or 0 to 65535 depending upon how it is set up the maximum scaling factor should be entered at this location. The Status FS location sets the overall scaling for the status input value, read from location 30001 using a Modbus code 4 function. The gas analyser may produce a numeric result of 0 to 9999 or 0 to 4096 or 0 to 65535 depending upon how it is set up the maximum scaling factor should be entered at this location. Note It is assumed that the status word received is normally scaled 0-999 in which case the follow status apply

Received number between 650 and 750 Analyser in Calibrate mode Received number above 750 Normal operation

If any gas component value is received as full scale 65535 (FFFFH) this is an alarm state for that component. The “keep alive” function which automatically sends a Modbus function 05 instruction to Single Coil address FF00H every 10 seconds can be disabled by using the Ch.alive tick box. The Rosemount GCX will require additional scaling information to be set as follows:- Each gas component will require:- A Modbus function code 3 Address where the gas component data can be read. For single Analyser operation the Analyser number should be set to 1 A minimum scaling factor for that gas component in the units of the component e.g. Molar %. A maximum scaling factor for that gas component in the units of the component e.g. Molar %.



The Data FS location sets the overall scaling for all data input values. The gas analyser may produce a numeric result of 0 to 9999 or 0 to 4096 or 0 to 65535 depending upon how it is set up the maximum scaling factor should be entered at this location. If any gas component value is received as full scale 65535 (FFFFH) this is an alarm state for that component. Three types of ABB GC are listed ABB8000/8100 will read gas data from Non latched addresses 7001 to 7016 together with the current stream number from address 3034. ABB8000/8100 4 STREAM will read Stream 1 data from addresses 7401 to 7416 Stream 2 data from addresses 7601 to 7616 Stream 3 data from addresses 7801 to 7816 Stream 4 data from addresses 8001 to 8016 ABB3100 will read gas data from an early type of ABB 3100 with specific addresses as defined in the Additional addresses tab. This analyser only reads up to C5+ so a split of all components above C5 is required. DANIELS 2551-C7 This is a special version of the Daniels 2551 machine which is capable of measuring a individual component of C6 and a combined component of C7+. The C6 value will be read using component code 108 the C7+ value will not be read , all values C7 to C10 will only be preset. (NOTE this is a special machine and should only be selected if this Chromatograph type is available). 793-7SC This is a special version which allows the M2000 to connect to an Instromet 793-7SC Station Controller Modbus communication port and read the Gas data from it. The 793-7SC Station Controller port must be set up to match the communication port function in the M2000 in terms of baud rate etc. (NOTE this is a special machine and should only be selected if this 793-7SC Station Controller type is available). M2000 This is a special version which allows the M2000 to connect to another Instromet M2000 flow computer Modbus communication port that is emulating a GC and read the Gas data from it. The M2000 communicatio n ports must be set up to match in terms of baud rate etc. The Modbus Set-up in the M2000 must be pre-loaded in the Modbus set up page on the M2000 that is to be used as the GC emulation machine. Ensonic this is a version which allows the M2000 to connect to an Instromet Ensonic meter using a pre determined Modbus selection list. Both the Ensonic and the M2000 are designed to directly interface with each other when this version is selected. The M2000 communication ports must be set up to match in terms of baud rate etc. Two additional parameters must be set these are the Address in the Ensonic that is to be written too in order to initiate a Calibration (Calibration Address) and the address to be written to initiate an Ensonic Reset (Reset Address). OSC-01-E this is to read gas data from a specific Port (See port set-up Page) using the GAS UNIE communication protocol, for additional information on this protocol , See the Gas Unie protocol document OSC-01-E. The Encal 3000 gas chromatograph has a fully configurable modbus table. This allows users the option of adding and removing components as they wish. For this reason the order that the components appear within the Encal 3000 must be entered into the Model 200 using the "Encal Component Codes" tab. Component 1 corresponds to the address 7#00 within the Encal 3000, where # is 0 for Stream 1, 2 for Stream 2, 3 for Stream 3, upto 6 for stream 6. Siemens Maxum II is a gas chromatograph. Gas composition is read from address 40001. See your Siemens Maxum II manual for more information.



4.10. GLOBAL UNITS The Global Units used in the system can be set up on this page. The Units of Energy used within the Model 2000 can be set up on this page, they are divided into two types :- Input Energy Units i.e. the units of Energy input to the Model 2000 from any remote input.

and Calculation Energy Units i.e. the units of Energy used within the Model 2000 calculations. Both of these can be selected from pull down menus as follows:- MJ/m3 Mega Joules GJ/m3 Giga Joules kWh/m3 kilo Watt-hours kcal/m3 kilo calories thrm/m3 therms (1000*kcal) btu British thermal unit The Units of Volume used within the Model 2000 can be set up on this page, they are selected from a pull down menu Volume units in, any of the following types can be selected. Metric m3 cubic meters Imperial ft3 cubic feet The Units of Mass used within the Model 2000 can be set up on this page, they are selected from a pull down menu Mass units in, any of the following types can be selected. Metric kg (tonnes) Kilogram’s (kg*1000) Imperial lbs (tons) pounds (lbs*2240) These menu items to select between cubic metres or cubic feet and kilogram’s or pounds, ser ve as “IMPERIAL / METRIC” switches so that all data entry items that have imperial or metric units will need to be input in the correct units. These items also allow the possibility of Mass units in Metric and Volume units in Imperial measurements. When this option is selected great care should be exercised to make sure that all associated data items are entered in the correct units. NOTE this does not apply to PRESSURE, TEMPERATURE, DENSITY and DIFFERENTIAL PRESSURE Values which are entered and selected separately on the Units page. All HELP messages are written assuming METRIC Units. Additional Mode tick boxes Latch Non Acc LED Yes or No , if enabled then the Non Accountable Alarm LED will be latched ON when any Non Accountable alarm occurs and must be manually acknowledged and cleared by using the control on the Alarm Display pages. If not enabled then Non Accountable alarms will clear automatically once the source of the alarm is gone. Use Hart Units Yes or No , if enabled then the units read from any enabled Hart transmitter will be read and used and an a larm will be raised if they differ from the units set in the Model 2000. If disabled then the units read from the transmitter will be ignored and the Model 2000 will assume the default units for that input. Use Extended Maintenance Mode Yes or No , if enabled then additional controls over the entry and exit of Maintenance mode are made, an additional Mass Flow Low flow cut off in kg must be entered , which will inhibit the entry into and exit from Maintenance mode , if the current flow exceeds this value. Counter Rollover allows all internal counters used to Rollover either at 100 billion (100,000,000,000) for 64bit double precision numbers. or 1 billion (1,000,000,000) for 32 bit single precision numbers. Micromotion Rollover allows the entry of the rollover point for Micro motion Coriolis meters. Maximum number is 10^15. Use single stream maintenance mode if selected the station maintenence mode switch applies to all streams. Clear alarms when fully secure when selected allows alarms to be cleared when the flow computer security is fully secure



STATION UNITS The Station Units page selects units for Station Pressure and Temperature used in the system. The units of pressure to be used can be selected on this page, the Pressure Units pull down menu offers the choice between bar, kPa, kg/cm2 and psi. The Abs/Gau pull down menu offers the use of absolute or gauge pressure measurement. The units of temperature to be used can be selected on this page, the Temperature Units pull down menu offers the choice between °C or °F. The number of decimal places used to display the parameters Pressure and Temperature range can also be set on this page, for each item the choice is 2, 3, 4 or 5 decimal places.



4.11. STATION PRESSURE & TEMPERATURE 1 & 2 The Station Pressure and Temperature Transmitter inputs (two of each ) for the system can be set up on this page. Pressure Max and Pressure Min are the range of the pressure transmitter inputs connected to the Station Controller. If the measured pressure should rise above these values then an accountable pressure alarm would be indicated. Pressure High and Pressure Low alarms operate at the high alarm set value PHi and the low alarm set value PLo pressure measurement outside these values will cause a non accounta ble alarm to be indicated. The Model 2000 can also be configured so that the connected Pressure Sensor can be scaled using a simple equation as follows:-

)TxP1.R(1.OffsetScaleP 11 ×+= Where P1 Scale Pressure P1Scale is the value displayed. R.1 Pressure P1 Range Scaling Factor. Offset.1 Pressure P1 Offset Scaling Factor. P1 Tx Pressure P1Tx Actual measured value. Scaling factors R.1 and Offset.1 are entered on this page if required. If this function is not required the value R.1 should be left in its default of 1 and the value Offset.1 in its default of 0 when this is done the equation will not affect the value of pressure. Temperature Max and Temperature Min are the range of the temperature transmitter inputs connected to the Station Controller. If the measured temperature should rise above these values then an accountable temperature alarm would be indicated. Temperature High and Temperature Low alarms operate at the high alarm set value THi and the low alarm set value TLo temperature measurement outside these values will cause a non accountable alarm to be indicated. The Model 2000 can also be configured so that the connected Temperature Sensor can be scaled using a simple equation as follows:-

)TxT1.R(1.OffsetScaleT 11 ×+= Where T1 Scale Temperature T1Scale is the value displayed. R.1 Temperature T1 Range Scaling Factor. Offset.1 Temperature T1 Offset Scaling Factor. T1 Tx Temperature T1Tx Actual measured value. Scaling factors R.1 and Offset.1 are entered on this page if required. If this function is not required the value R.1 should be left in its default of 1 and the value Offset.1 in its default of 0 when this is done the equation will not affect the value of temperature.



4.12. TURBINE METER The Turbine Meter input for the system can be set up on this page. If the corrector type requires a High Frequency Turbine input then the Meter input characteristics are set-upon this page. The meter impulse factors for both hf impw meter and rf (lf) impw monitor inputs together with maximum flow rate figures Q max and High flow Hi q and Low flow Lo q alarm figures can be entered. If a blade ratio Tu BR check is required then the Ratio between Meter and Monitor input should be set, if no check is required or only one input is available then the Blade Ratio Tu BR should be set to Zero (0). Adjacent to the Tu BR input box is a Calc button this will automatically calculate a Tu BR value if pressed from the currently entered values for hf impw meter and rf (lf) impw monitor. A Preset Flow figure can be entered, for flow simulation purposes, this figure can only be entered if the Mode switch Preset Flow rate in maintenance mode is enabled. The Preset Flow figure will only be used when the Maintenance mode is set to be ON. The Meter can be corrected for non-linearity if required The Meter nonlinearity Correction can be selected from None or 20 point. 20 point allows for up to 20 points of meter error to be entered at their corresponding flow rate, a linear interpolation between each point is then carried out to correct the flow rate for all values. It is not necessary to enter values for all 20 points, any points that are not required should be “invalidated” see following paragraph. It is recommended that the error points are entered from the zero point first in ascending order from the lowest (or most negative) flow rate, and that all unused error points be left at the top most order. When entering the Meter Correction this can either be entered as a % Error as is usually the case for Gas measurement or as a Meter Factor which is generally the case for Liquid measurement, the selection is made using the Meter Correction pull down menu, If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not the refore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by :- Highlighting or pointing to the component Right click on the mouse button Selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate" the invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value If read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38 If the Unit type is configured to be a Liquid Meter using an Input 2 Board then the following additional parameters need to be specified. Additional Pulse Limit specifies the number of additional pulses received on either the A or B input within the Additional Pulse Interval before an Alarm is raised. Additional Pulse Interval is the time period over which the number of Additional pulses is specified in seconds. Sensor Failure Limit is the number of pulses received on either the A or B input whilst no pulses are received on the other input before a sensor fail alarm is raised. Change Direction Limit is the number of consecutive seconds during which a Meter Change of Direction is detected before that Change of Direction is indicated. Frequency Deviation is the percentage deviation between the frequency measured on Input A and Input B before a deviation alarm is indicated.



4.13. LIQUID CORRECTION 1 The Liquid Correction details for the system can be set up on this page. This setup page contains all data relating to the CTS and CPS calculations for the meter these factors are calculated in accordance with the following equations:- 4)

)10)tt(1()10)tt(1(CTS 6mr0l

26mh0lm

−− ×λ×−+××λ×−+= 5)

)t2))RAT(1(E(

)e2(R2))pp(1(CPS2m

m

m0lm

×××π

−×

−××−+=

Where CTSm : Correction for meter expansion due to temperature from NORSOK I-105 Equation 4) CPSm : Correction for meter expansion due to pressure from NORSOK I-105 Equation 5) t0 : Reference Temperature of meter in °C DATA ENTRY tl : Line Liquid Temperature in °C MEASURED λmh : Linear expansion coeff icient of the meter housing/ °K DATA ENTRY λmr : Linear expansion coeff icient of the meter rotor/ °K DATA ENTRY Rm : Meter inner Radius in mm at p0 & t0 ref. pressure and temp. DATA ENTRY t : Wall thickness in mm at p0 & t0 ref. pressure and temp. DATA ENTRY AT : Area of Meter Rotor at p0 & t0 ref. pressure and temp. DATA ENTRY e : Poisson ratio DATA ENTRY Em : Modulus of Elasticity of meter material in Bar DATA ENTRY pl : Line Liquid pressure in Bar.a MEASURED p0 : Reference pressure in Bar.a DATA ENTRY Additional calculations for CTL and CPL are required these include alternative calculations for compressibility factor Beta which is selected by pull down menu as follows:- Calculation of Coefficient of Thermal Expansion CTL

6) 2s

12

s

0T KK

)(K

+ρ

+ρ

=α

Temp. Vol. Correction Factor Calculation (Density to Standard Conditions) 7) ])]tt[8.01()tt([EXPCTL bTbT −×α×+×−×α−= ρρρ Pres. Vol. Correction Factor Calculation (Density to Standard Conditions)

8) )]pp(1[

1CPLe−×β−

=ρ

ρ

Calculation of Compressibility Factor at density measuring point 9) )C(EXP00001.0 ×=β 10)

)1000

(In)t0161654.002909.3()t00343804.038315.1(C sρ××+−×+= ρρ

9a)

ρ

×ρ×+

ρ

×+ρ×+−

− ×=β2s

310t2092.42s

61087096.0t00021592.062080.14 e10

Calculation of Base Density



11) ρρ ×

ρ=ρ

CPLCTLtp

s

Where ρtp : Line Density of Liquid in kg/m3 ρs : Base Density of Liquid in kg/m3 Equation 11) tρ : Liquid Temperature at density measuring point in °C MEASURED pρ : Liquid pressure at density measuring point in Bar.a MEASURED αT : Coefficient of thermal expansion of liquid Alpha in °C-1 Equation 6) tb : Base temperature in °C DATA ENTRY pe : Equilibrium pressure in Bar.a (Use Pb) DATA ENTRY K0 : Temp. independent API constant ASTM-D-1250 DATA ENTRY K1 : Temp. independent API constant ASTM-D-1250 DATA ENTRY K2 : Temp. independent API constant ASTM-D-1250 DATA ENTRY β : Compressibility factor in bar-1 API MPMS 11.2.1 Equation 9) or 9a) CTLρ : Correction Factor to API MPMS 12.2.5.3 Equation 7) CPLρ : Correction Factor to API MPMS 12.2.5.4 Equation 8) Temperature Volume Correction Factor Calculation at metering conditions 12)

])]tt[8.01()tt([EXPCTL blTblTm −×α×+×−×α−= Pressure Volume Correction Factor Calculation at metering conditions

13) ]p1[

1CPLlm

m ×β−=

Calculation of Compressibility Factor at metering conditions 14) )C(EXP00001.0m ×=β 15)

)1000

(In)t0161654.002909.3()t00343804.038315.1(C sll

ρ××+−×+=

14a)

ρ

××+

ρ

×+×+−

− ×=β2s

310lt2092.42s

61087096.0lt00021592.062080.1

4m e10

Calculation of Density at meter conditions 16) mmsm CPLCTL ××ρ=ρ Where ρm : Line Density of Liquid in kg/m3 at metering conditions Equation 16) ρs : Base Density of Liquid in kg/m3 Equation 11) tl : Liquid Temperature at metering point in °C MEASURED pl : Liquid pressure at metering point in Bar.a MEASURED tb : Base temperature in °C DATA ENTRY pe : Equilibrium pressure in Bar.a (Use Pb) DATA ENTRY βm : Compressibility factor in bar-1 to API MPMS 11.2.1 Equation 14) or 14a) CTLm : Meter Correction Factor to API MPMS12.2.5.3 Equation 12) CPLm : Meter Correction Factor to API MPMS 12.2.5.4 Equation 13)



4.14. ULTRASONIC METER The Ultrasonic Meter input for the system can be set up on this page. If the corrector type requires an Ultrasonic Meter input, then the Meter input characteristics are set-up on this page. The number of acoustic Paths for the meter is set-up using the radio buttons 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5. Maximum flow rate figures Q max and High Hi q and Low Lo q alarm limits can be entered. It is possible to select different types of flow Equation for the Ultrasonic meter Standard, ISO 6976, ISO 6976 (No Z/Zb) or C.A.T.S. the calculation methods for each are as shown:- Volume, Mass and Energy Flow rate Standard Calculations

×

++

×

×=

ZZb

15.273t15.273tb

ppt/p.qbcqN

lb

l

bb airdqNqM ρ××=

vHqNqE ×= Where qN : Corrected Volume f low rate in m3/hr qM : Mass flow rate in kg/hr qE : Energy flow rate in MJ/hr qbc.p/t : Meter Flow corrected for Non linearity, p and t expansion db : Relative density of gas at base conditions INPUT DATA ρairb : Density of air at base conditions in kg/m3 DATA ENTRY t1 : Line gas Temperature in °C MEASURED tb : Base Temperature in °C DATA ENTRY p1 : Line gas Pressure in Bar.a MEASURED pb : Base Pressure in Bar.a DATA ENTRY Z : Gas compressibility (As selected) Zb : Base compressibility (As selected) Hv : Heating value of gas in MJ/m3 INPUT DATA Mass, Volume and Energy ISO 6976 or North Sea (STACA) Flow rate Calculations

t/p.qbcqM l ×ρ=

s

qMqNρ

= qNHqE v ×=

)15.273t(RZpM

l

lrl +××

×=ρ

)15.273t(RZpM

bb

brs +××

×=ρ

Where qN : Corrected Volume f low rate in m3/hr qM : Mass flow rate in kg/hr qE : Energy flow rate in MJ/hr qbc.p/t : Meter Flow corrected for Non linearity, p and t expansion t1 : Line gas Temperature in °C MEASURED p1 : Line gas Pressure in Bar.a MEASURED Z : Gas compressibility (As selected) tb : Base gas Temperature in °C INPUT DATA pb : Base gas Pressure in Bar.a INPUT DATA Zb : Base Gas compressibility Calculated from ISO 6976



Hv : Heating value of gas in MJ/m3 Calculated from ISO 6976 ρl : Density of gas at line conditions in kg/m3 (See Equation) Mr : Gas Molar Mass (molecular weight) Calculated from ISO 6976 R : Gas Constant 0.08314510 Bar.a m3/kg-mole Fixed Constant ρs : Gas density at base conditions in kg/m3 (See Equation) Mass, Volume and Energy ISO 6976 (No Z/Zb) Flow rate Calculations In this calculation the Standard flow rate calculations are used as however values for Hs, Hi rd, wobbe and Molar mass are calculated to the ISO6976 standard and Values for Z and Zb are calculated to the selected standard. Mass, Volume and Energy C.A.T.S. Flow rate Calculations

qbcqM 1 ×ρ=

s

qMqNρ

=

)t(HqmqE 10j

j

N

1j×∑=

=

)15.273t(RZpM

1

1r1 +××

×=ρ

)15.273tb(RZpbM

b

rs +××

×=ρ

'jj xqMqm ×=

∑=

=

N

1j j

'j

j

'j

j

Mx

Mx

x

∑ ×==

N

1jjjr MxM

2

N

1jjjb bx1Z

∑ ×−==

b

airN

1j air

jjb Z

ZMM

xd ×∑ ×== (Not Used)

Where qN : Corrected Volume f low rate in m3/hr qM : Mass flow rate in kg/hr qE : Energy flow rate in MJ/hr qbc : Meter Flow corrected for Non linearity, p and t expansion db : Relative density of gas at base conditions (Not USED) (ISO 6976) 1995 ρs : Gas density at base conditions in kg/m3 ρ1 : Density of gas at line conditions in kg/m3 R : Gas Constant 8.314510 J/mol/K DATA ENTRY t1 : Line gas Temperature in °C MEASURED tb : Base Temperature in °C DATA ENTRY (t1) : Combustion Temperature in °C DATA ENTRY p1 : Line gas Pressure in kPa.a MEASURED pb : Base Pressure in kPa.a DATA ENTRY Z : Gas compressibility CALCULATED TO AGA 8 Zb : Base compressibility (ISO 6976) 1995 bj : Base compressibility summation factors of component j INPUT DATA



)t(H 10j

: Heating value of component j in MJ/kg from Table 4 (ISO 6976) 1995 Mr : Gas Molar Mass (molecular weight) (ISO 6976) 1995 Mj : Molar Mass of component j INPUT DATA Mair : Molar Mass of air 28.9626 kg/kmol DATA ENTRY Zair : Base compressibility of air INPUT DATA xj : Molar Fraction of component j xj’ : Mass Fraction of component j INPUT DATA qmj : Mass flow rate in kg/hr of gas component j A Preset Flow figure can be entered, for flow simulation purposes, this figure can only be entered if the Mode switch Preset Flow rate in maintenance mode is enabled. The Preset Flow figure will only be used when the Maintenance mode is set to be ON. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by :- Highlighting or pointing to the component Right click on the mouse button Selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate" the invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value If read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38 Correction for meter pressure and temperature expansion cor.eqn can be selected from the pull down menu, depending upon the function selected from the menu additional data may need to be entered. The P/T correction equation can be selected from None, Flange or Weld. Flange refers to meters with a flanged spool piece Weld refers to meters with a welded spool piece The selection of Q Sonic Conversion depends upon the type of units to be used for flow calculation and the units of the connected meter. For a Metric Meter and Metric flow units select No Conversion. For an Imperial meter and Imperial flow units select No Conversion For a Metric Meter and Imperial flow units select Metric to Imperial Conversion For a Imperial Meter and Metric Flow Units select Imperial to Metric Conversion Correction for meter nonlinearity cor.lin can be selected from the pull down menu, depending upon the function selected from the menu additional data may need to be entered. The Meter nonlinearity can be selected from None or 20 point. 20 point allows for up to 20 points of meter error to be entered at their corresponding flow rate , a linear interpolation between each point is then carried out to correct the flow rate for all values. It is not necessary to enter values for all 20 points any points that are not required should be “invalidated” see following paragraph. It is recommended that the error points are entered from the zero point first in ascending order from the lowest (or most negative) flow rate, and that all unused error points be left at the top most order. If the US meter type to be used is a Daniel Senior Sonic then additional data entry parameters required by that type of meter must be entered under the tab Daniels Senior Sonic. For information on the values of these parameters refer to the operating specification for the meter and calibration sheet for the meter. The type of US meter to be used is selected on the Port set-up page of the M2000 Windows operating software. Volume of dry gas is calculated using the following formula: Dry Gas Volume from Vdry = (Vcorrected) x (100 - %H20) Where %H20 is a preset number entered in the H20 percent box. It is also possible to calculate Mass and Energy from Vdry using the Calc Mass and Calc Energy drop down boxes. VOS Deviation: This compares the Meter VOS against the VOS calculated from AGA10.



4.15. ORIFICE PLATE The Orifice Plate data and settings for the system can be set up on this page. There are a number of parameter that need to be correctly configured for Orifice plate operation these are as follows with the available options in each case:- Flow Calculation :- ISO 5167 (1997) AGA 3 Standard (1985) AGA 3 Standard (1965) ISO 5167/6976 (1997) ISO 5167/6976 (2003) Preset CoD ISO 5167 (2003) Coefficient of Discharge : Reader/Harris Gallagher Equation ISO 5167 (1997/2003) Stoltz Equation ISO 5167 (1980) Tappings : Flange Corner D & D/2 Temperature Measurement Upstream Downstream ISO 5167 1997 Downstream ISO 5167 2003 Expansion factor : Up Stream Pressure measurement Down Stream Pressure Measurement Transmitters : One Single Range Two High range and Low range Dynamic Viscosity : Calculated Method 1 Calculated Method 2 Preset Correction : Off 5 point Linear K(specific heat) : Calculated Preset Associated with all the above selections are a number of parameters which are required to be entered most are associated with the Pipe and or ifice installation and the gas medi um being measured. It is not possible to select all combinations of settings so selection boxes will become unavailable depending upon choices made in other selections. If only one single transmitter range is selected then the data for that range should be entered on the MT Dp High Range page only and not on the MT Dp Low Range page. Upstream Temperature and Pressure Calculations 1)

15.273p

)wp()15.273t(t4K

1

121 −

∆−×+=

2) h)C(1)C(1w

24

24

×β×+β−

β×−β−=∆

3) ( )( ) h

)C(C11)C(C11w

224

224

×β×+−β−

β×−−β−=∆

4) wpp 21 ∆+=

5) 11K 4 −

κ=



Equation for actual dynamic viscosity (Calculated Method 1)

6) ( )( )

( ))p00375.099625.0(

15.273t1641

15.273t1641

15.273t)15.273t(

l

l

0

0

10)t,p( ×+×

++

++×

++

µ=µ

Equation for actual dynamic viscosity (Calculated Method 2) 7) ( ) ( ) ( ) ( )( )100pKKtKMu1000 113l12111vt,p ××+ρ×+×+×=µ Equation for Specific Heat 8) ( ) ( ) ( )100pKKKKK 120l19l18v ××+ρ×+ρ×+= Where t1 : Upstream gas Temperature in °C (See Equation 1) t2 : Downstream Line gas Temperature in °C MEASURED p1 : Upstream Line gas Pressure in Bar.a MEASURED p2 : Downstream Line gas Pressure in Bar.a CALCULATED ∆w : Pressure Loss in Bar ISO 5167-1:1997 (See Equation 2) ∆w : Pressure Loss in Bar ISO 5167-2:2003 (See Equation 3) K4 : Coefficient (See Equation 5) C : Coefficient of discharge CALCULATED to ISO 5167 β : Beta ratio CALCULATED to ISO 5167 κ : Isentropic exponent of the gas DATA ENTRY h : Differential Pressure in bar MEASURED µ0 : Dynamic viscosity at standard conditions t0 default = 10.34 DATA ENTRY t0 : Reference Temperature in °C DATA ENTRY µ(p,t) : Dynamic viscosity at flowing conditions, in Pa.s × 106 Equation 6 or 7) K : Ratio of Specific Heats Equation 8) Muv : Reference viscosity PaS DATA ENTRY K : Reference Specific Heats ratio DATA ENTRY K11 : Correlation constants DATA ENTRY K12 : Correlation constants DATA ENTRY K13 : Correlation constants DATA ENTRY K18 : Correlation constants DATA ENTRY K19 : Correlation constants DATA ENTRY K20 : Correlation constants DATA ENTRY ρl : Line Density in kg/m3 MEASURED



4.16. VENTURI TUBE The Venturi tube data and settings for the system can be set up on this page. This input page is used when the Model 2000 is intended to be used for the calculation of the flow of steam through a Classical Venturi as defined in International Standard EN ISO5167-1 1997. There are a number of parameters that need to be correctly configured for Venturi tube operation these are as follows with the available options in each case:- Tube type : As Cast 100mm<D<800mm 0.3<β<0.75 C=0.984 Machined 50mm<D<250mm 0.4<β<0.75 C=0.995 Rough Weld 200mm<D<1200mm 0.4<β<0.7 C=0.985 Preset CoD Expansion factor : Up Stream Pressure measurement Down Stream Pressure Measurement Transmitters : One Single Range Two High range and Low range Correction : Off 5 point Linear Associated with all the above selections are a number of parameters which are required to be entered most are associated with the Pipe and Ventur i installation and the gas medium being measured. It is not possible to select all combinations of settings so selection boxes will become unavailable depending upon choices made in other selections. If only one single transmitter range is selected then the data for that range should be entered on the MT Dp High Range page only and not on the MT Dp Low Range page. It is possible that the relative density data can be set in the Model 2000 in a number of different ways as follows; For rd Values (normal) operation the data used can be selected from :- Use Modbus Use data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Use data from a 4-20mA transducer input. Use Hourly Average If available calculated from rd Averages menu. Use Daily Average If available calculated from rd Averages menu. For rd Values (alarm) operation i.e. in the event of a failure that causes an Accountable Alarm the data used can be selected from :- Use Keypad As entered on this page. Use Last Good Value As received as an input. Use Modbus Use data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Use data from a 4-20mA transducer input. Use Hourly Average If available calculated from rd Averages menu. Use Daily Average If available calculated from rd Averages menu. For rd Averages the value used to calculate the Hourly or Daily Averages is selected from the following options:- Use Modbus Received Use data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Received Use data from a 4-20mA transducer input. It is possible to set Preset, High, Low and Max and Min alarm levels for relative density. The Max and Min levels will generate an Accountable alarm when exceeded and the Hi and Lo will generate a Non accountable alarm. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by highlighting or pointing to the component, right click on the mouse butt on, selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate". The invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value, if read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38.



4.17. WET GAS VENTURI TUBE 1 The Wet Gas Venturi tube 1 data and settings for the system can be set up on this page. This input page is used when the Model 2000 is intended to be used for the calculation of the flow of wet gas through a Classical Venturi as defined in International Standard EN ISO5167-1 1997. There are a number of parameters that need to be correctly configured for Venturi tube operation these are as follows with the available options in each case:- Tube type : As Cast 100mm<D<800mm 0.3<β<0.75 C=0.984 Machined 50mm<D<250mm 0.4<β<0.75 C=0.995 Rough Weld 200mm<D<1200mm 0.4<β<0.7 C=0.985 Preset CoD Expansion factor : Up Stream Pressure measurement Down Stream Pressure Measurement Transmitters : One Single Range Two High range and Low range Pressure Loss : Preset Calculated Density Calculation : Use Tables Use Coefficients WGC Equation : Dickinson Jamieson Steven Chisholm Homogeneous De Leeuw Details of the different Calculations used in the above selections are as follows;- Associated with all the above selections are a number of parameters which are required to be entered most are associated with the Pipe and Ventur i installation and the gas medium being measured. It is not possible to select all combinations of settings so selection boxes will become unavailable depending upon choices made in other selections. If only one single transmitter range is selected then the data for that range should be entered on the MT Dp High Range page only and not on the MT Dp Low Range page. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by highlighting or pointing to the component, right click on the mouse butt on, selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate". The invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value, if read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38.



WET GAS EQUATIONS USED IN M2000 FLOW COMPUTER Mass and Volume Flow Rate Calculations

1) gl5

4

62tl

dg)UNCOR(g 10h241

10dC3600qM ρ××××

π×

β−

××ε××=

−

2) ( )

WGC qM

qM UNCORg)COR(g =

3) g(COR)mg

mg)COR(l qM

XX1qM ×

−=

4) gl

)COR(gg

qM)Line(qN

ρ=

5) gs

)COR(gg

qM)Base(qN

ρ=

6) )Flash(

qM)Line(qN

ll

)COR(ll ρ

=

7) )Flash(

qM)Base(qN

ls

)COR(ll ρ

=

8) MF)COR(lw WqMqM ×=

9) MF)COR(lc CqMqM ×= Where : qMg(UNCOR) : The two phase flow, as indicated Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 1) qMg(COR) : Gas (Corrected for Liquid content) Mass f low rate in kg/hr Equation 2) qMl(COR) : Liquid Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 3) qNg(Base) : Gas Volume flow at Base conditions in m3/hr Equation 4) qNg(Line) : Gas Volume flow at Line conditions in m3/hr Equation 5) qNl(Base) : Liquid Volume flow at Base conditions in m3/hr Equation 6) qNl(Line) : Liquid Volume flow at Line conditions in m3/hr Equation 7) qMw : Mass of Water flow rate in kg/hr Equation 8) qMc : Mass of Condensate flow rate in kg/hr Equation 9) Cdg : Coefficient of discharge DATA ENTRY ε1 : Upstream Expansion factor Equation 14) ρg(table)1 : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able ρgs : Gas Base Density in kg/m3 ISO 6976 Equation 35 ρgl : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 AGA 8 Equation 34 ρ1l(Flash) : Liquid Line Density in kg/m3 DATA ENTRY ρls(Flash) : Line Base Density in kg/m3 DATA ENTRY WMF : Water Mass Fraction DATA ENTRY CMF : Condensate Mass Fraction DATA ENTRY dtl : Venturi Diameter in mm at Line gas temperature tl DATA ENTRY β : Beta ratio Equation 10) h : Differential Pressure in bar MEASURED π : pi Constant 3.14159265358979 WGC : Wet Gas Correction Factor Equation 19), 20), 25), 27) or 28)



Equations for correction of thermal expansion of pipe and venturi

10) tl

tl

Dd

=β

11) ( )( )Dtt101DD 0l6

D0ttl −××λ+= −

12) ( )( )dtt101dd 0l6

d0ttl −××λ+= − Where : β : Beta ratio Equation 10) Dtl : Pipe Diameter in mm at Line gas temperature tl Equation 11) dtl : Venturi Diameter in mm at Line gas temperature tl Equation 12) Dt0 : Pipe Diameter in mm at reference temperature t0D DATA ENTRY dt0 : Venturi Diameter in mm at reference temperature t0d DATA ENTRY t0D : Reference Temperature of pipe in °C DATA ENTRY t0d : Reference Temperature of Venturi in °C DATA ENTRY tl : Line gas Temperature in °C MEASURED λD : Linear expansion coeff icient of the pipe/ deg.K default = 12.6 K-1 DATA ENTRY λd : Linear expansion coeff icient of the Venturi/ deg.K default = 12.6 K-1 DATA ENTRY Equation for Reynolds number

13)

10D360010qM4

R)t,p(

3tl

6)UNCOR(g

eD µ×××π×

××= −

Where : ReD : Reynolds Number Equation 13) qMg(UNCOR) : Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 1) Dt0 : Pipe Diameter in mm at reference temperature t0D DATA ENTRY µ(p,t) : Dynamic viscosity of gas at flowing conditions, in Pa.s × 106 DATA ENTRY π : pi Constant 3.14159265358979



Expansion factor Up stream Pressure tappings equation

14)

11

)(1

11

21

)1(

24

42

1

τ−τ−

×

τ×β−

β−×

−κτ×κ

=εκ

−κ

κ

κ

15)

ξ×

−=100hpp 12

16) 1

2

pp

=τ

17) 312 10wpp ∆

−=

18) ( ) ( )( ) h CBAw 2 ×+β×−β×=∆ Where : ε1 : Upstream Expansion factor Equation 14) β : Beta ratio Equation 10) h : Differential Pressure in Bar MEASURED p1 : Upstream Line gas Pressure in Bar.a MEASURED p2 : Downstream Line gas Pressure in Bar.a Equation 15) or 17) κ : Isentropic exponent of the gas DATA ENTRY τ : Pressure Ratio Equation 16) ξ : Relative Pressure Loss in percent DATA ENTRY ∆w : Intermediate calculation Equation 18) A : For 7° Cone = 0.38 For 15° Cone = 0.59 DATA ENTRY B : For 7° Cone = 0.42 For 15° Cone = 0.86 DATA ENTRY C : For 7° Cone = 0.218 For 15° Cone = 0.436 DATA ENTRY



Alternative Calculations for Wet Gas Correlation ρg(table)1 : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able ρl(table)1 : Liquid Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able Xmg : Gas Mass Fraction at t1 and p1 conditions From P and T look up t able Values for the above can either be derived from Look Up Tables of Variable size up to 25 Pressure Steps by 10 Temperature Steps. Or From Co-efficient Equations 38) to 41) DICKINSON JAMIESON CORRELATION:

19) ll

lg

l

1g

mg

mgDJ )table(

)table(Cd

CdX

X1M1WGC

ρρ

×ε

×−

×+=

Where : WGCDJ : Wet Gas Calculation to Dickinson Jamieson Equation 19) M : Murdock's calibration factor default M=1.26 DATA ENTRY ρg(table)1 : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able ρl(table)1 : Liquid Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able Xmg : Gas Mass Fraction at t1 and p1 conditions From P and T look up t able Cdg : Discharge gas coefficient DATA ENTRY Cdl : Discharge liquid coefficient default 0.995 DATA ENTRY ε1 : Upstream Expansion factor Equation 14) STEVEN CORRELATION:

20)

++

++=

g

gS DFrCX1

BFrAX1WGC

21)

ρρ

+=2

ll

lg

)table()table(

0060.0085.2A

22)

ρρ

+−=2

ll

lg

)table()table(

0001.008.0B

23)

ρρ

+=2

ll

lg

)table()table(

0042.0548.0C

24)

ρρ

+−=2

ll

lg

)table()table(

00009.0079.0D

Where : WGCS : Wet Gas Calculation to Steven Equation 20) A : Intermediate Calculation Equation 21) B : Intermediate Calculation Equation 22) C : Intermediate Calculation Equation 23) D : Intermediate Calculation Equation 24) ρg(table)1 : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up table ρl(table)1 : Liquid Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able X : Lockhart Martinelli parameter Equation 30) Frg : Froude Number Equation 31)



CHISHOLM CORRELATION:

25) 2C XCX1WGC ++=

26) 25.0

ll

lg

25.0

lg

ll

)table()table(

)table()table(C

ρρ

+

ρρ

=

Where : WGCC : Wet Gas Calculation to Chisholm Equation 25) C : Intermediate Calculation Equation 26) ρg(table)1 : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able ρl(table)1 : Liquid Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able X : Lockhart Martinelli parameter Equation 30) HOMOGENOUS CORRELATION (Measured Line Density) :

27) mx

lg

mgH

)table(1WGCρ

ρΧ

=

Where : WGCH : Wet Gas Calculation to Homogenous Equation 27) Xmg : Gas Mass Fraction at t1 and p1 conditions From P and T look up t able ρmx : Mixture Density MEASURED ρg(table)1 : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able



DE LEEUW CORRELATION (Chisholm var iant):

28) 2DL XCX1WGC ++=

29) n

ll

lg

n

lg

ll

)table()table(

)table()table(C

ρ

ρ+

ρρ

=

Where : 41.0n = for Frg < 1.5

and ( )gFr746.0e1606.0n −−= for Frg ≥ 1.5 WGCDL : Wet Gas Calculation to De Leeuw Equation 28) C : Intermediate Calculation Equation 29) ρg(table)1 : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able ρl(table)1 : Liquid Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up table X : Lockhart Martinelli parameter Equation 30) Frg : Froude Number Equation 31) LOCKHART-MARTINELLI PARAMETER:

30) ll

lg1

ld

gd

mg

mg

)table()table(

CC1

Xρρ

×ε××

ΧΧ−

=

Where : X : Lockhart Martinelli parameter Equation 30) ρg(table)1 : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able ρl(table)1 : Liquid Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able Xmg : Gas Mass Fraction at t1 and p1 conditions From P and T look up t able Cdg : Discharge gas coefficient DATA ENTRY Cdl : Discharge liquid coefficient default 0.995 DATA ENTRY ε1 : Upstream Expansion factor Equation 14) FROUDE NUMBER:

31) lgll

lg

0t

sgg )table()table(

)table(Dg

UFr

ρ−ρ

ρ×

×=

32)

×π×ρ×

=

4d)table(3600

qMU

0t2

lg

)COR(gsg

Where : Frg : Froude Number Equation 31) qMg(COR) : Corrected gas mass flow rate in kg/hr (Start with Equation 1) Equation 2) Dt0 : Pipe Diameter in mm at reference temperature t0D DATA ENTRY Usg : Superficial gas velocity Equation 32) dt0 : Venturi Diameter in mm at reference temperature t0d DATA ENTRY g : gravitational constant 9.81m/s2 CONSTANT ρg(table)1 : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able ρl(table)1 : Liquid Line Density in kg/m3 From P and T look up t able



Gas Density Calculations

34) )15.273t(RZ

1.0pM1

1r1g +××

××=ρ

35) )15.273t(RZ

1.0pMbb

brgs +××

××=ρ

36) ∑ ×==

N

1jjjr MxM

37) 2

N

1jjjb bx1Z

∑ ×−==

Where : ρgs : Gas density at base conditions in kg/m3 Equation 35) ρgl : Density of gas at line conditions in kg/m3 Equation 34) R : Gas Constant 0.008314510 Mpa m3/kmol.K DATA ENTRY tl : Upstream Line gas Temperature in °C MEASURED tb : Base Temperature in °C DATA ENTRY pl : Upstream Line gas Pressure in Bar.a MEASURED pb : Base Pressure in Bar.a DATA ENTRY Z : Gas compressibility Calculated to AGA 8 / ISO 12213 Zb : Base compressibility Equation 37 (ISO 6976) bj : Base compressibility summation factors of component j INPUT DATA Mr : Gas Molar Mass (molecular weight) Equation 36 (ISO 6976) Mj : Molar Mass of componen t j INPUT DATA xj : Molar Fraction of component j INPUT DATA



Look up table alternative calculations

38) ( )

×++×+

×+=ρ

2

l02l10

l0100ll p

1a)15.273ta(p1aa)table(

+×+

l

l11 p

)15.273t(a ( )2l20 )15.273t(a +×+

39) ( )

×++×+

×+=ρ

2

l02l10

l0100lg p

1b)15.273tb(p1bb)table(

+×+

l

l11 p

)15.273t(b ( )2l20 )15.273t(b +×+

40) ( )

×++×+

×+=

2

l02l10

l0100 p

1c)15.273tc(p1ccx

+×+

l

l11 p

)15.273t(c ( )2l20 )15.273t(c +×+

41) )x(COS5.05.0Xmg ×−= for 0 ≤ x ≤ π 0Xmg = for x < 0 1Xmg = for x > 0 Where : ρg(table)1 : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 Equation 39) ρl(table)1 : Liquid Line Density in kg/m3 Equation 38) Xmg : Gas Mass Fraction at t1 and p1 conditions Equation 41) x : Intermediate calculation Equation 40) tl : Upstream Line gas Temperature in °C MEASURED pl : Upstream Line gas Pressure in Bar.a MEASURED a00 to a20 : Liquid density co-efficient DATA ENTRY b00 to b20 : Gas density co-efficient DATA ENTRY c00 to c20 : Gas Mass Fraction co-efficient DATA ENTRY



4.18. WET GAS VENTURI TUBE 2 The Wet Gas Venturi tube 2 data and settings for the system can be set up on this page. This input page is used when the Model 2000 is intended to be used for the calculation of the flow of wet gas through a Classical Venturi as defined in International Standard EN ISO5167-1 1997/2003. There are a number of parameters that need to be correctly configured for Venturi tube operation these are as follows with the available options in each case:- Cod Sel : Interpolate Table of Cod against Reynolds number (up to 10 data items) Preset CoD Expansion factor : Up Stream Pressure measurement Down Stream Pressure Measurement Transmitters : One Single Range Two High range and Low range Pressure Loss : Preset Calculated Details of the different Calculations used in the above selections are as follows;- Associated with all the above selections are a number of parameters which are required to be entered most are associated with the Pipe and Ventur i installation and the gas medium being measured. It is not possible to select all combinations of settings so selection boxes will become unavailable depending upon choices made in other selections. If only one single transmitter range is selected then the data for that range should be entered on the MT Dp High Range page only and not on the MT Dp Low Range page. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by highlighting or pointing to the component, right click on the mouse butt on, selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate". The invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value, if read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38.



WET GAS EQUATIONS USED IN M2000 FLOW COMPUTER Calculation sequence is as follows:- 1) Select Starting Value for ReD 2) Derive Cdg f rom look up table. 3) Calculate Usg Superficial gas velocity Equation 29) 4) Calculate Frg Froude Number Equation 28) 5) Calculate n 6) Calculate C Equation 26) 7) Calculation Fchm-DL Wet Gas Factor to De Leeuw Equation 25) 8) Calculate The two phase mass flow rate qMg(uncor) Equation 1) 9) Calculate Water Saturated (Wet) Gas Mass Flow Rate qmg-saturated Equation 2) 10) Calculate Reynolds Number ReD Equation 16) 11) Derive adjacent points of Cdg from look up table 12) Perform linear interpolation between points of Cdg from table to derive new Cdg . 13) Return to point 3) iterate until convergence for ReD is achieved.



Gas Mass Flow Rate Calculations

1) g5

4

62tl

dg)UNCOR(g 10h241

10dC3600qM ρ××××π

×

β−

××ε××=

−

Water Saturated (Wet) Gas Mass Flow Rate (kg/hr) calculated using De-Leeuw 2) DL_chm)UNCOR(gsaturated_mg FqMq ×= Dry Gas Mass F low Rate 3) ( )gas_Wedmg_saturatdry_mg 1qq ψ−×= Liquid Mass Flow Rate

4)

χ

χ−×=

1qq saturated_mgml

Corrected two Phase Mass Flow Rate (including Water) 5) mlsaturated_mgcorr_tp_m qqq += Liquid Mass Flow Rates 6) corr_tp_mCmC Qq ×ζ=

7) corr_tp_mWmW Qq ×ζ=

8) corr_tp_mMmM Qq ×ζ= Total Hydrocarbon Mass Flow Rate 9) mCdry_mghc_m qqq += Where : qMg(UNCOR) : The two phase flow, as indicated Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 1) qmg-saturated : Water Sat. (Wet) De-Leeuw Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 2) qmg-dry : Dry Gas Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 3) qml : Liquid Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 4) qm-tp-corr : Corrected two Phase Mass Flow Rate (including Water) in kg/hr Equation 5) qmC : Condensate Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 6) qmW : Water Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 7) qmM : Methanol Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 8) qm-hc : Total Hydrocarbon Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 9) Cdg : Coefficient of discharge LOOK UP TABLE or DATA ENTRY ε1 : Upstream Expansion factor Equation 17) ρgl : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 to AGA 8 Equation 30) WMF : Water Mass Fraction DATA ENTRY CMF : Condensate Mass Fraction DATA ENTRY dtl : Venturi Diameter in mm at Line gas temperature tl DATA ENTRY β : Beta ratio Equation 13) h : Differential Pressure in bar MEASURED π : pi 3.14159265358979 CONSTANT Fchm-DL : Wet Gas Correction Factor Equation 25) ψW-gas : Mass Fraction of Water (Gas phase) DATA ENTRY χ : Gas Mass Fraction Equation 44) ζC : Condensate Mass Fraction Equation 45) ζW : Water Mass Fraction Equation 46) ζM : Methanol Mass Fraction Equation 47)



Component Standard Volume f low rates

10) gs

dry_mgg_std

qq

ρ=

11) std_C

mCcond_std

qqρ

=

12) std_W

mWwater_std

qqρ

=

Where : qstd-g : Dry gas Volume flow rate in m3/hr Equation 10) qstd-cond : Condensate Volume flow rate in m3/hr Equation 11) qstd-water : Water Volume flow rate in m3/hr Equation 12) qmg-dry : Dry Gas Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 3) qmC : Condensate Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 6) qmW : Water Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 7) ρgs : Gas Base Density in kg/m3 to ISO 6976 Equation 31) ρW-std : Base Density of Water in kg/m3 Equation 40) ρC-std : Line Density of Condensate in kg/m3 DATA ENTRY



Equations for correction of thermal expansion of pipe and venturi

13) tl

tl

Dd

=β

14) ( )( )Dtt101DD 0l6

D0ttl −××λ+= −

15) ( )( )dtt101dd 0l6

d0ttl −××λ+= − Where : β : Beta ratio Equation 13) Dtl : Pipe Diameter in mm at Line gas temperature tl Equation 14) dtl : Venturi Diameter in mm at Line gas temperature tl Equation 15) Dt0 : Pipe Diameter in mm at reference temperature t0D DATA ENTRY dt0 : Venturi Diameter in mm at reference temperature t0d DATA ENTRY t0D : Reference Temperature of pipe in °C DATA ENTRY t0d : Reference Temperature of Venturi in °C DATA ENTRY tl : Upstream Line gas/liquid Temperature in °C Equation 23) or MEASURED λD : Linear expansion coeff icient of the pipe/ deg.K default = 12.6 K-1 DATA ENTRY λd : Linear expansion coeff icient of the Venturi/ deg.K default = 12.6 K-1 DATA ENTRY Equation for Reynolds number

16)

10D360010q4

R)t,p(

3tl

6saturated_mg

eD µ×××π×××

= −

Where : ReD : Reynolds Number Equation 16) qmg-saturated : Mass flow rate in kg/hr Equation 2) Dtl : Pipe Diameter in mm at Line gas temperature tl Equation 14) µ(p,t) : Dynamic viscosity of gas at flowing conditions, in Pa.s × 106 DATA ENTRY π : pi 3.14159265358979 CONSTANT



Expansion factor Up stream Pressure tappings equation

17)

11

)(1

11

21

)1(

24

42

1

τ−τ−

×

τ×β−

β−×

−κτ×κ

=εκ

−κ

κ

κ

18) hpp 12 −=

19) 1

2

pp

=τ

20)

ξ×

−=100hpp 13

21) 313 10wpp ∆

−=

22) ( ) ( )( ) h CBAw 2 ×+β×−β×=∆

23) 15.273pp)15.273t(t

4K

1

321 −

×+=

24) 11K 4 −

κ=

Where : ε1 : Upstream Expansion factor Equation 17) β : Beta ratio Equation 13) h : Differential Pressure in Bar MEASURED p1 : Upstream Line gas Pressure in Bar.a MEASURED p2 : Downstream Line gas Pressure in Bar.a Equation 18) p3 : Fully recovered Downstream Line gas Pressure in Bar.a Equation 20) or 21) κ : Isentropic exponent of the gas DATA ENTRY τ : Pressure Ratio Equation 19) ξ : Relative Pressure Loss in percent DATA ENTRY t1 : Upstream Line gas/liquid Temperature in °C Equation 23) or MEASURED t2 : Downstream Line gas/liquid Temperature in °C MEASURED ∆w : Intermediate calculation Pressure Loss Equation 22) K4 : Intermediate calculation Equation 24) A : For 7° Cone = 0.38 For 15° Cone = 0.59 DATA ENTRY B : For 7° Cone = 0.42 For 15° Cone = 0.86 DATA ENTRY C : For 7° Cone = 0.218 For 15° Cone = 0.436 DATA ENTRY



DE LEEUW CORRELATION (Chisholm var iant) LOCKHART-MARTINELLI PARAMETER:

25)

2

DLchm

Y1

YC1

1F++

=−

26) n

l

g

n

g

lC

ρρ

+

ρρ

=

27) g

l

1Y

ρρ

×χ−

χ=

Where : 41.0n = for Frg < 1.5

and ( )gFr746.0e1606.0n −−×= for Frg ≥ 1.5 Fchm-DL : Wet Gas Calculation to De Leeuw Equation 25) C : Intermediate Calculation Equation 26) ρg : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 Equation 30) ρl : Liquid Line Density in kg/m3 Equation 42) Y : Lockhart Martinelli parameter Equation 27) Frg : Froude Number Equation 28) χ : Gas Mass Fraction Equation 42) FROUDE NUMBER:

28) gl

g

3tl

sgg

10Dg

UFr

ρ−ρρ

×××

=−

29) 3tlg

)t,p(eDsg 10D

RU

××ρµ×

=

Where : Frg : Froude Number Equation 28) Dtl : Pipe Diameter in mm at Line gas temperature tl Equation 14) Usg : Superficial gas velocity Equation 29) g : gravitational constant 9.806650m/s2 CONSTANT ρg : Gas Line Density in kg/m3 Equation 30) ρl : Liquid Line Density in kg/m3 Equation 42) ReD : Reynolds Number Equation 16) µ(p,t) : Dynamic viscosity of gas at flowing conditions, in Pa.s × 106 DATA ENTRY



GAS COEFFICIENT OF DISCHARGE: DATA ENTRY Selection from the following alternative: AS CAST

984.0C102R102

75.03.0mm800Dmm100

dg

6eD

5

=

×≤≤×

≤β≤≤≤

MACHINED

995.0C101R102

75.04.0mm250Dmm50

dg

6eD

5

=

×≤≤×

≤β≤≤≤

ROUGH WELDED

985.0C102R102

7.04.0mm1200Dmm200

dg

6eD

5

=

×≤≤×

≤β≤≤≤

LOOK UP TABLE Up to 10 user entered values of Cdg corresponding to 10 user entered values of ReD DATA ENTRY Single point user entered value of Cdg



Gas Density Calculations

30) )15.273t(RZ

1.0pM1

1rg +××

××=ρ

31) )15.273t(RZ

1.0pMbb

brgs +××

××=ρ

32) ∑ ×==

N

1jjjr MxM

33) 2

N

1jjjb bx1Z

∑ ×−==

Where : ρgs : Gas density at base conditions in kg/m3 Equation 31) ρg : Density of gas at line conditions in kg/m3 Equation 30) R : Gas Constant 0.008314510 Mpa m3/kmol.K DATA ENTRY tl : Upstream Line gas/liquid Temperature in °C Equation 23) or MEASURED tb : Base Temperature in °C DATA ENTRY pl : Upstream Line gas Pressure in Bar.a MEASURED pb : Base Pressure in Bar.a DATA ENTRY Z : Gas compressibility to AGA 8 / ISO 12213 CALCULATED Zb : Base compressibility to ISO 6976 Equation 33) bj : Base compressibility summation factors of component j INPUT DATA Mr : Gas Molar Mass (molecular weight) to ISO 6976 Equation 32) Mj : Molar Mass of componen t j INPUT DATA xj : Molar Fraction of component j INPUT DATA



Calculation of Coefficient of Thermal Expansion CTL

34) 2C_std

12

C_std

0T KK

)(K

+ρ

+ρ

=α

Temperature Correction Factor Calculation 35) ])]tt[8.01()tt([EXPCTL blTblTM −×α×+×−×α−= Pressure Correction Factor Calculation

36) )]pp(1[

1CPLelL

M −×β−=

Calculation of Compressibility Factors for densities of 638-1047 Kg/m3

37)

ρ

××+

ρ

×+×+−

− ×=β2)C_std(

310lt2092.42)C_std(

61087096.0lt00021592.062080.1

4L e10

Calculation of Condensate Density 38) MMC_stdC CPLCTL ××ρ=ρ Where αT : Coefficient of thermal expansion of liquid Alpha in °C-1 Equation 34) K0 : Temp. independent API constant ASTM-D-1250 DATA ENTRY K1 : Temp. independent API constant ASTM-D-1250 DATA ENTRY K2 : Temp. independent API constant ASTM-D-1250 DATA ENTRY ρstd-C : Base Density of Liquid in kg/m3 DATA ENTRY CTLM : Correction Factor Equation 35) tl : Upstream Line gas/liquid Temperature in °C Equation 23) or MEASURED tb : Base temperature in °C DATA ENTRY CPLM : Correction Factor Equation 36) pl : Upstream Liquid pressure in Bar.a MEASURED pe : Equilibrium pressure in Bar.a DATA ENTRY βL : Compressibility factor of Liquid in bar-1 Equation 37) ρC : Line Density of Condensate in kg/m3 Equation 38)



Calculation of Water and Methanol Density 39) FtEtD l

2llW +×+×=ρ

40) FtEtD b

2blstd_W +×+×=ρ

41) ll

2lM JtHtG +×+×=ρ

Liquid Mixture Density

42)

M

M

W

liquid_W

C

C

ll

ρψ

+ρ

ψ+

ρψ

ψ=ρ

43) Mliquid_WCl ψ+ψ+ψ=ψ Gas and Liquid Mass Fractions

44) l1

1ψ+

=χ

45) l

CC 1 ψ+

ψ=ζ

46) l

liquid_WW 1 ψ+

ψ=ζ

47) l

MM 1 ψ+

ψ=ζ

48) 0000.1MWC =χ+ζ+ζ+ζ Check Calculation Where ρW : Line Density of Water in kg/m3 Equation 39) ρW-std : Base Density of Water in kg/m3 Equation 40) ρM : Line Density of Methanol in kg/m3 Equation 41) ρC : Line Density of Condensate in kg/m3 Equation 38) ρl : Line Density of Liquid in kg/m3 Equation 42) ρg : Line Density of Gas in kg/m3 Equation 30) Dl : Constant DATA ENTRY E : Constant DATA ENTRY F : Constant DATA ENTRY G : Constant DATA ENTRY H : Constant DATA ENTRY Jl : Constant DATA ENTRY tl : Upstream Line gas/liquid Temperature in °C Equation 23) or MEASURED tb : Base Temperature in °C DATA ENTRY ψl : Liquid to Gas Mass Ratio Equation 43) ψC : Condensate to Gas Mass Ratio DATA ENTRY ψW-liquid : Water (Liquid phase) to Gas Mass Ratio DATA ENTRY ψM : Methanol to Gas Mass Ratio DATA ENTRY χ : Gas Mass Fraction Equation 44) ζC : Condensate Mass Fraction Equation 45) ζW : Water Mass Fraction Equation 46) ζM : Methanol Mass Fraction Equation 47)



4.19. CORIOLIS The Coriolis meter data and settings for the system can be set up on this page. This input page is used when the Model 2000 is intended to be used with a Coriolis flow transmitter PP-FT-1352 (Micro motion model RFT 9739). This device can use either a pulse input connection to the FC2000, a serial communication (Modbus) connection to the FC2000 or both. The Page is divided into four tabs Coriolis Data The FC 2000 will always communicate to the meter using Modbus Serial communication Modbus ID

sets the modbus communication address used. Use Coriolis Pulse determines if the Pulse input is to be used or No pulse input if not. If Pulse input is selected then the following data item s must also be entered:- Input Frequency Scaler Input Frequency min Pulse Output Frequency Pulse Output Value Deviation and Deviation Time which sets the allowable difference between the Pulse input Mass Flow and that read via serial communication and how often that comparison is made. The following pull down menus determine the operation and data to be read from the meter:- Use Coriolis Reset Yes or No Use Coriolis Alarm Yes or No Use Coriolis Density Yes or No Use Coriolis Pressure Yes or No Use Coriolis Temperature Yes or No Counter Selection Selects if Pulses or Modbus values are used to determine the Mass flow. Qm Max 100% Mass flow Hi q % High flow alarm level Lo q % Low flow alarm level are also entered on this page.

Coriolis Alarm Mask This tab contains the setup for individual status data bits that can be read from the meter, each item

can be enabled using a tick box. The operator should refer to the meter operating manual for details relating to each item.

Density Data This tab contains preset data relating to Density Inputs and Density Used the following data is

entered. Water line density Water base density Condensate line density Density keypad Value Density min Value Density max Value All values are entered in kg/m3

API Constants API Constants tab contains preset data relating to the Liquid flow calculations the following data is

entered. API Constant K0 API Constant K1 API Constant K2 Preset Equilibrium Pressure PE in bara Beta calculation method API 11.2.1(1984) or Alternative If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. The flow computer calculates the liquid totals and flow rates (gross volume, standard volume and mass) for total liquid, condensate and water. These calculations are based on the measured mass flow and density from the Coriolis flow transmitter.



Volume flow rate equations

1) LM

LL

qMqG ρ=

2) LS

LL

qMqN ρ=

Where qML : Mass flow rate in kg/hr Measured qGL : Volume flow rate at line conditions in m3/hr Equation 1) qNL : Volume flow rate at base conditions in m3/hr Equation 2) ρLM : Line Density of Liquid at metering conditions in kg/m3 Measured ρLS : Base Density of Liquid in kg/m3 Equation 9) Calculation of Coefficient of Thermal Expansion CTL

3) 2LS

12

LS

0T KK

)(K

+ρ

+ρ

=α

Temperature Volume Correction Factor Calculation at metering conditions 4) ])]tt[8.01()tt([EXPCTL blTblTm −×α×+×−×α−= Pressure Volume Correction Factor Calculation at metering conditions

5) )]pp(1[

1CPLelm

m −×β−=

Calculation of Compressibility Factor at metering conditions 6) )C(EXP00001.0m ×=β

7) )1000

(In)t0161654.002909.3()t00343804.038315.1(C LSll

ρ××+−×+=

8)

ρ

××+

ρ

×+×+−

− ×=β2

310t2092.42

61087096.0t00021592.062080.14

mLS

l

LSl

e10 Calculation of Liquid Density at base conditions

9) mm

LMLS CPLCTL ×

ρ=ρ

Where αT : Coefficient of thermal expansion of liquid Alpha in °C-1 Equation 3) CTLm : Meter Correction Factor to API MPMS 12.2.5.3 1st Edition Oct 1995 Equation 4) CPLm : Meter Correction Factor to API MPMS 12.2.5.4 1st Edition Oct 1995 Equation 5) ρLM : Line Density of Liquid at metering conditions in kg/m3 Measured ρLS : Base Density of Liquid in kg/m3 Equation 9) tl : Line Liquid Temperature in °C Measured/Data Entry pl : Line Liquid pressure in Bar.a Measured/Data Entry tb : Base temperature in °C Data Entry pe : Equilibrium pressure in Bar.a Data Entry K0 : Temp. independent API constant ASTM-D-1250 Data Entry K1 : Temp. independent API constant ASTM-D-1250 Data Entry K2 : Temp. independent API constant ASTM-D-1250 Data Entry βm : Compressibility factor in bar-1 API MPMS 11.2.1 Equation 6) or 8) C : Intermediate Calculation Equation 7) Condensate and Wat er Mass and Volume f low rate equations 10) 1WC =ς+ς

11) ( ) ( )CSCWSWLS ρ×ς+ρ×ς=ρ

12) MMCSCM CPLCTL ××ρ=ρ

13) CLC qMqM ς×=



14) CS

CC

qMqN ρ=

15) CM

CC

qMqG ρ=

16) WLW qMqM ς×=

17) WS

WW

qMqN ρ=

18) WM

WW

qMqG ρ=

Where qML : Mass flow rate Liquid in kg/hr Measured qMC : Mass flow rate Condensate in kg/hr Equation 13) qNC : Volume flow rate Condensate at base conditions in m3/hr Equation 14) qGC : Volume flow rate Condensate at line conditions in m3/hr Equation 15) qMW : Mass flow rate Water in kg/hr Equation 16) qNW : Volume flow rate Water at base conditions in m3/hr Equation 17) qGW : Volume flow rate Water at line conditions in m3/hr Equation 18) ρCM : Line Density of Condensate at metering conditions in kg/m3 Equation 12) ρWM : Line Density of Water at metering conditions in kg/m3 Data Entry ρLS : Base Density of Liquid in kg/m3 Equation 9) ρCS : Base Density of Condensate in kg/m3 Data Entry ρWS : Base Density of Water in kg/m3 Data Entry ζC : Condensate Mass Fraction Derived from Equations 10 & 11 ζW : Water Mass Fraction Derived from Equations 10 & 11 CTLm : Meter Correction Factor to API MPMS 12.2.5.3 1st Edition Oct 1995 Equation 4) CPLm : Meter Correction Factor to API MPMS 12.2.5.4 1st Edition Oct 1995 Equation 5) Water Mass and Volume percent flow rate equations

19) 100qMqMqM%

L

WW ×=

20) 100qNqNqN%

L

WW ×=

21) 100qGqGqG%

L

WW ×=

Where qML : Mass flow rate Liquid in kg/hr Measured qGL : Volume flow rate at line conditions in m3/hr Equation 1) qNL : Volume flow rate at base conditions in m3/hr Equation 2) qMW : Mass flow rate Water in kg/hr Equation 16) qNW : Volume flow rate Water at base conditions in m3/hr Equation 17) qGW : Volume flow rate Water at line conditions in m3/hr Equation 18) %qMW : Mass flow rate Water in % of Total Equation 19) %qNW : Normal Volume flow rate Water in % of Total Equation 20) %qGW : Gross Volume flow rate Water in % of Total Equation 21) A component can be made invalid by :- Highlighting or pointing to the component Right click on the mouse button Selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate" the invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value If read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38



4.20. GAS LINE DENSITY TABLE The values for Gas Line Density look up table can be set up on this page. This input page is used whe n the Model 2000 is intended to be used in the calculation of Wet gases through a Venturi Tube. Values of Gas Line Density at various Temperatures and Pressures are entered in a look up table. The number of Temperature readings and the number of Pressure Readings can be selected from the appropriate pull down menu, a Minimum of 3 to a maximum of 10 for Temperature and a Minimum of 3 to a maximum of 25 for Pressure. The size of the look up table will then be adjusted from a minimum of 3 by 3 to a maximum of 10 by 25. Values of Temperature, Pressure and Gas Line Density must then be entered in the table. The Model 2000 will then look up the nearest four Gas Line Density values to its measured Temperature and Pressure and linearly interpolate a value in between to arrive at a value of Gas Line Density at the measured Temperature and Pressure. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by highlighting or pointing to the component, right click on the mouse butt on, selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate". The invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value, if read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38.



4.21. LIQUID LINE DENSITY TABLE The values for Liquid Line Density look up t able can be set up on this page. This input page is used whe n the Model 2000 is intended to be used in the calculation of Wet gases through a Venturi Tube. Values of Liquid Line Density at various Temperatures and Pressures are entered in a look up table. The number of Temperature readings and the number of Pressure Readings can be selected from the appropriate pull down menu, a Minimum of 3 to a maximum of 10 for Temperature and a Minimum of 3 to a maximum of 25 for Pressure. The size of the look up table will then be adjusted from a minimum of 3 by 3 to a maximum of 10 by 25. Values of Temperature, Pressure and Liquid Line Density must then be entered in the table. The Model 2000 will then look up the nearest four Liquid Line Density values to its measured Temperature and Pressure and linearly interpolate a value in between to arrive at a value of Liquid Line Density at the measured Temperature and Pressure. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by highlighting or pointing to the component, right click on the mouse butt on, selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate". The invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value, if read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38.



4.22. GAS MASS FRACTION TABLE The values for Gas Mass Fraction look up table can be set up on this page. This input page is used whe n the Model 2000 is intended to be used in the calculation of Wet gases through a Venturi Tube. Values of Gas Mass Fraction at various Temperatures and Pressures are entered in a look up table. The number of Temperature readings and the number of Pressure Readings can be selected from the appropriate pull down menu, a Minimum of 3 to a maximum of 10 for Temperature and a Minimum of 3 to a maximum of 25 for Pressure. The size of the look up table will then be adjusted from a minimum of 3 by 3 to a maximum of 10 by 25. Values of Temperature, Pressure and Gas Mass Fraction must then be entered in the table. The Model 2000 will then look up t he nearest four Gas Mass Fraction values to its measured Temperature and Pressure and linearly interpolate a value in between to arrive at a value of Gas Mass Fraction at the measured Temperature and Pressure. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by highlighting or pointing to the component, right click on the mouse button, selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate". The invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value, if read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38.



4.23. STEAM DENSITY The values for Steam Density look up t able can be set up on this page. This input page is used when the Model 2000 is intended to be used for the calculation of the flow of steam through a Classical Venturi as defined in International Standard EN ISO5167-1 1997. Values of Steam Density at various Pressures and Temperatures are entered in a look up table. The number of Temperature readings and the number of Pressure Readings can be selected from the appropriate pull down menu, a Minimum of 3 to a maximum of 10. The size of the look up table will then be adjusted from a minimum of 3 by 3 to a maximum of 10 by 10. Values of Temperature, Pressure and Steam Density must then be entered in the table. The Model 2000 will then look up the nearest four Density values to its measured Pressure and Temperature and linearly interpolate a value in between to arrive at a value of Steam Density at the measured Pressure and Temperature. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by highlighting or pointing to the component, right click on the mouse butt on, selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate". The invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value, if read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38.



4.24. LIQUIDS (CTL ONLY) The set up Liquid correction are input on this page. The M2000 can apply a Liquid Correction factor CTL to the Flow, a single table of corrections at set temperatures can be entered, these Temperatures are in degrees F and the corrections entered should correspond to those value. If the M2000 is set to operate in other temperature units then it will convert internally. The M2000 employs an interpretation technique to derive a correction at a specific temperature. It is possible that gas data can be set in the Model 2000 in a number of different ways as follows; For Liquid Values (normal) operation the Liquid data used can be selected from :-

Use Chromat Use data read serially from a chromatograph. Use Modbus Use data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Use data from a 4-20mA transducer input. Use Hourly Average If available calculated from Liquid Averages menu. Use Daily Average If available calculated from Liquid Averages menu.

For Liquid Values (alarm) operation i.e. in the event of a chromatograph failure or communication failure that causes an Accountable Alarm the data used can be selected from :-

Use Keypad As entered on this page. Use Last Good Value As received as an input. Use Chromat Use data read serially from a chromatograph. Use Modbus Use data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Use data from a 4-20mA transducer input. Use Hourly Average If available calculated from Liquid Averages menu. Use Daily Average If available calculated from Liquid Averages menu.

For Liquid Averages the value used to calculate the Hourly or Daily Averages is selected from the following options:-

Use Chromat Received Use data read serially from a chromatograph. Use Modbus Received Use data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Received Use data from a 4-20mA transducer input.

If a Relative Density transducer is enabled (See Relative Density Meter Page) then the M2000 will assume that the value received from the Relative density transducer is to be used and under these circumstances any value received from the Chromatograph, serially or from an analogue transducer will be ignored. For Specific Gravity data value it is possible to set Preset, High, Low and Max and Min alarm levels. The Max and Min levels will generate an Accountable alarm when exceeded and the Hi and Lo will generate a Non accountable alarm. Keypad, preset or initialise values for all required data values can be entered, together with the chromatograph stream Chromat Stream No. to be used on t his flow computer stream if a chromatograph is being used. If no chromatograph is to be used in this set-up then the Chromat stream No should be set to None. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by highlighting or pointing to the component, right click on the mouse butt on, selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate". The invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value, if read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38.



4.25. LIQUIDS The set up Liquid correction are input on this page. The M2000 can apply a number of corrections for measurement of the flow of Liquids CTS Correction for Temperature of Steel (Meter). This can be selected to Use CTS when it is calculated or not to Use CTS when the correction is set to 1. The correction for CTS is Calculated from the following equation:- 1) 6

m0lts 10)tt(1C −×λ×−+= Where Cts : Correction for meter expansion due to temperature Equation 1) t0 : Reference Temperature of meter in °C DATA ENTRY tl : Line gas Temperature in °C MEASURED λm : Linear expansion coeff icient of the meter/ °K DATA ENTRY CPS Correction for Pressure on Steel (Meter) This can be selected to Use CPS when it is calculated or not to Use CPS when the correction is set to 1. The correction for CPS is Calculated from the following equation:-

2) tE

D)pp(1Cm

m0lps ×

×−+=

Where Cps : Correction for meter expansion due to pressure Equation 2) Dm : Meter inner Dia. in mm at p0 & t0 ref. pressure and temp. DATA ENTRY t : Wall thickness in mm at p0 & t0 ref. pressure and temp. DATA ENTRY Em : Modulus of Elasticity of meter material in Bar DATA ENTRY pl : Line gas pressure in Bar.a MEASURED p0 : Reference pressure in Bar.a DATA ENTRY The Calculation for Base Density from Line Density requires the Value of CTL and CPL and Alpha and Beta to be Calculated and used in the following Equations:- Calculation of CTL based upon Table 54A

3) ( ) [ ]( )[ ]blTblT1

tt8.01tteCTL −×α×+×−×α−=

4) 2s

12

s

0T KK

)(K

+ρ

+ρ

=α

Calculation of CTL based upon ASTM D1250; IP200 5) 2

bl2bl12 )tt(Q)tt(Q1CTL −×+−×+=

6)

×ρ−=

−3s

121 10

PPQ

7)

×ρ−=

−3s

342 10

PPQ

Calculation of CPL

8) ( )[ ]el pp11CPL

−×β−=

Calculation of Base Density

9) CPLCTL

as ×

ρ=ρ



Where ρa : Line Density of Liquid in kg/m3 MEASURED ρs : Base Density of Liquid in kg/m3 Equation 9) tl : Line Liquid Temperature in °C MEASURED pl : Line Liquid pressure in Bar.a MEASURED αT : Coefficient of thermal expansion of liquid Alpha in °C-1 DATA ENTRY tb : Base temperature in °C DATA ENTRY pe : Equilibrium pressure in Bar.a (Use Pb) DATA ENTRY K0 : Temp. independent API constant ASTM-D-1250 (See Table 1) DATA ENTRY K1 : Temp. independent API constant ASTM-D-1250 (See Table 1) DATA ENTRY K2 : Temp. independent API constant ASTM-D-1250 (See Table 1) DATA ENTRY β : Compressibility factor in bar-1 Equation 10) CTL1 : Meter Correction Factor Equation 3) CTL2 : Meter Correction Factor Equation 5) CPL : Meter Correction Factor Equation 8) Q1 : Factor equation Equation 6) Q2 : Factor equation Equation 7) P1 : API constant ASTM-D-1250 (See Table 2) DATA ENTRY P2 : API constant ASTM-D-1250 (See Table 2) DATA ENTRY P3 : API constant ASTM-D-1250 (See Table 2) DATA ENTRY P4 : API constant ASTM-D-1250 (See Table 2) DATA ENTRY TABLE 1 Density Range K0 K1 K2 839-1075 Kg/m3 186.9696 0.4862 0 788-839.5 Kg/m3 594.5418 0 0 770.5-787.5 Kg/m3 2680.320 0 -0.003363 653-770 Kg/m3 346.4228 0.4388 0 TABLE 2 Interval Range of d60 P1 × 106 P2 × 106 P3 × 106 P4 × 106 1 0.560 – 0.570 3576.4 4256.1 1.493 1.786 2 0.570 – 0.585 3343.1 3845.6 1.492 1.786 3 0.585 – 0.600 3012.3 3280.0 1.492 1.785 4 0.600 – 0.620 2448.9 2340.9 1.589 1.947 5 0.620 – 0.640 2225.1 1980.0 1.588 1.946 6 0.640 – 0.660 1936.6 1529.1 1.588 1.946 7 0.660 – 0.680 1817.7 1348.9 1.588 1.945 8 0.680 – 0.700 1756.4 1258.7 1.588 1.945 9 0.700 – 0.750 1806.8 1330.8 1.588 1.945 10 0.750 – 0.770 2226.8 1889.8 1.588 1.946 11 0.770 – 0.790 1949.2 1529.1 1.588 1.946 12 0.790 – 0.810 1734.8 1258.7 1.588 1.945 13 0.810 – 0.830 1515.9 988.4 1.588 1.945 14 0.830 – 0.850 1291.7 718.1 1.587 1.945 15 0.850 – 0.875 1108.1 502.0 1 1.587 1.945 16 0.875 – 0.900 919.1 285.9 1.586 1.944 17 0.900 – 1.000 708.2 51.8 1.587 1.944 18 1.000 – 1.100 984.2 328.0 -7.481 -7.129 18 1.100 – 1.200 890.0 242.3 -7.830 -7.453 Beta can be derived from four possible sources as selected by the pull down menu Beta Source the options are:- Low Range densities of 350-637 Kg/m3

10) ( ))pp(100BA100

bl −××+=β

11) 3s 10G −×ρ=



12) 001.0)5.01000d(INTd

999012.0)G32478413.0()G73861488.0()G63291568.0()G24446244.1(03689636.0d

432

×+×=

×−×+×−×+−=

13) )d86.1737d686.822418.621(96.0T 2c +−=

14) )t8.1(79.491T lr ×+= If Tr is greater than Tc then Calculation for A and B should not be done and an ALARM raised )dT)5E0502139.1(()dT)5E577439.1(()T)6E1465891.2((894757.6A 42

r22

r2r ××−−××−+×−−×=

)dT)8E2900662.7((95495939.0)dT)7E8324481.2(( 23r

63r ××−+−××−+

15) )dT05110158.0()dT03645838.0()dT)7E7769343.2(( r2

r43

r ××−××+××−− )d1311491.9()T00795529.0( r ×+×+ )5.00.100000A(INTA +×=

16) 001.0)5.00.100000000B(INTB

)d00204016.0()d00088384.0()dT)6E2112678.2(()T)10E0357667.6((B 22r

2r

×+×=

×−×+××−+×−−=

Where β : Compressibility factor in bar-1 Equation 10) A : Factor A Equation 15) B : Factor B Equation 16) pl : Line gas Pressure in Bar.a MEASURED pb : Base pressure in Bar.a DATA ENTRY ρs : Base Density of gas in kg/m3 Equation 9) d : Relative Density at 15°C Equation 12) G : ρs Base Density of gas divided by 1000 Equation 11) Tc : Critical Temperature in °R Equation 13) Tr : Line Temperature in °R Equation 14) tl : Line gas Temperature in °C MEASURED High range densities of 638-1047 Kg/m3

17)

ρ

××+

ρ

×+×+−

− ×=β2

310t2092.42

61087096.0t00021592.062080.14 s

l

sl

e10 Where ρs : Base Density of gas in kg/m3 Equation 9) tl : Line gas Temperature in °C MEASURED β : Compressibility factor in bar-1 Equation 17) Table Where the Density can be directly entered into a Table of Density against Temperature of from 3*3 up to 10*10 points. See Liquid Density Set-up Page. Preset Where the Density rhos can be entered as a preset value. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by highlighting or pointing to the component, right click on the mouse butt on, selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate". The invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value, if read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38.



4.26. LIQUID BASE DENSITY TABLE The values for Liquid Base Density look up table can be set up on this page. This input page is used whe n the Model 2000 is intended to be used for the calculation of the flow of Liquids through a Turbine Meter and the Base Density is derived from a Table of entered values. Values of Liquid Base Density at various Temperatures and Line Densities are entered in a look up table. The number of Temperature readings and the number of Density Readings can be selected from the appropriate pull down menu, a Minimum of 3 to a maximum of 10. The size of the look up table will then be adjusted from a minimum of 3 by 3 to a maximum of 10 by 10. Values of Temperature, Line Density and Base Density must then be entered in the table. The Model 2000 will then look up the nearest four Base Density values to its measured Line Density and Temperature and linearly interpolate a value in between to arrive at a value of Base Density at the measured Line Density and Temperature. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by highlighting or pointing to the component, right click on the mouse butt on, selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate". The invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value, if read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38.



4.27. MT PRESSURE The Multiple Pressure Transmitter inputs for the system can be set up on this page. Number of Transmitters selects from a pull down menu the number of transmitters or inputs that will be used in the determination of the used pressure value. This can be 1 Sensor (for single transmitter operation), 2 Sensors or 3 Sensors for multiple transmitter operation or No Sensors in which case the value used will be either the Keypad or Serial check value in this case no alarm will be raised. The Model 2000 can also be configured so that each of the connected Pressure Sensors can be scaled using a simple equation as follows:-

)TxP1.R(1.OffsetScaleP 11 ×+= Where

P1 Scale Pressure P1Scale is the value passed to the multiple transmitter selection process. R.1 Pressure P1 Range Scaling Factor. Offset.1 Pressure P1 Offset Scaling Factor. P1 Tx Pressure P1Tx Actual measured value.

Scaling factors R.1 and Offset.1 are entered on this page if required. If this function is not required the value R.1 should be left in its default of 1 and the value Offset.1 in its default of 0 when this is done the equation will not affect the value of pressure. Deviation Limit sets the allowable difference between all pressure transmitter values, before an accountable pressure deviation alarm is raised. The Deviation Timeout sets the delay time before a Deviation Limit alarm will be indicated in seconds, if this parameter is set a Deviation Limit alarm must be set continuously for that time period before the alarm will be indicated. The Average Deviation compares the Pressure used value aga inst the Calculated Average value and raises an alarm if the difference is greater than the Average Deviation value. The Keypad Value is the manually entered value of pressure that would be used if all normal values are in Alarm or if selected to be used. Pressure Max and Pressure Min are the range of the pressure transmitter inputs connected to the Corrector. If the measured pressure should rise above these values then an accountable pressure alarm would be indicated. Pressure High and Pressure Low alarms operate at the high alarm set value PHi and the low alarm set value PLo pressure measurement outside these values will cause a non accountabl e alarm to be indicated. The Selection List offers the selection of the available pressure values that can be used and the order in which those values would be used in the event of alarm or non availability of any parameters. The pull down menus 1st Choice through to 6th Choice determine the order in which parameters are used. For each choice the following parameters are available and can be selected. None, Sensor 1, Sensor 2, Sensor 3, Average of Valid Sensors, Serial Check Value and Keypad Value. The 6th choice is normally fixed as Keypad Value and cannot be altered , this is to ensure that the Model 2000 always has a default value of Pressure to use if all other values are not available. The units that the values should be entered in are shown adjacent to each parameter, where applicable. For Calibration purposes it is possible to force the M2000 to use the Serial Check Value as the in-use value even though the Sensor values may not be in alarm. The Serial Check Value must be entered as the 5th Selection in the list, the Calibrate function is then switched On or Off by writing to the Modbus Input parameter “P/T Calibrate”. The Max/Min Hysteresis sets the threshold that an Alarm value must move before the Alarm (Max/Min ) condition can be reset. e.g. if the Pmax value is 10bar and the Max/Min Hysteresis value is 1bar. If the measured pressure exceeds the Pmax value a Pmax alarm will be indicated. The measured pressure must then go below 9 bar (Pmax-Max/Min hysteresis) before the Alarm condition is reset. The Hi/Lo Hysteresis sets the threshold that an Alarm value must move before the Alarm (Hi/Lo) condition can be reset. e.g. if the P Hi value is 10bar and the Hi/Lo Hysteresis value is 1bar. If the measured pressure exceeds the P Hi value a P Hi alarm will be indicated. The measured pressure must then go below 9 bar (P Hi-Hi/Lo hysteresis) before the Alarm condition is reset.



4.28. MT TEMPERATURE The Multiple Temperature Transmitter inputs for the system can be set up on this page. Number of Transmitters selects from a pull down menu the number of transmitters or inputs that will be used in the determination of the used temperature value. This can be 1 Sensor (for single transmitter operation), 2 Sensors or 3 Sensors for multiple transmitter operation or No Sensors in which case the value used will be either the Keypad or Serial check value in this case no alarm will be raised. The Model 2000 can also be configured so that each of the connected Temperature Sensors can be scaled using a simple equation as follows:-

)TxT1.R(1.OffsetScaleT 11 ×+= Where

T1 Scale Temperature T1Scale is the value passed to the multiple transmitter selection process. R.1 Temperature T1 Range Scaling Factor. Offset.1 Temperature T1 Offset Scaling Factor. T1 Tx Temperature T1Tx Actual measured value.

Scaling factors R.1 and Offset.1 are entered on this page if required. If this function is not required the value R.1 should be left in its default of 1 and the value Offset.1 in its default of 0 when this is done the equation will not affect the value of temperature. Deviation Limit sets the allowable difference between all temperature transmitter values, before an accountable temperature deviation alarm is raised. The Deviation Timeout sets the delay time before a Deviation Limit alarm will be indicated in seconds, if this parameter is set a Deviation Limit alarm must be set continuously for that time period before the alarm will be indicated. The Average Deviation compares the Temperature used value against the Calculated Average value and raises an alarm if the difference is greater than the Average Deviation value. The Keypad Value is the manually entered value of temperature that would be used if all normal values are in Alarm or if selected to be used. Temperature Max and Temperature Min are the range of the temperature transmitter inputs connected to the Corrector. If the measured temperature should rise above these values then an accountable temperature alarm would be indicated. Temperature High and Temperature Low alarms operate at the high alarm set value THi and the low alarm set value TLo temperature measurement outside these values will cause a non accountable alarm to be indicated. The Selection List offers the selection of the available temperature values that can be used and the order in which those values would be used in the event of alarm or non availability of any parameters. The pull down menus 1st Choice through to 6th Choice determine the order in which parameters are used. For each choice the following parameters are available and can be selected. None, Sensor 1, Sensor 2, Sensor 3, Average of Valid Sensors, Serial Check Value and Keypad Value. The 6th choice is normally fixed as Keypad Value and cannot be altered , this is to ensure that the Model 2000 always has a default value of Temperature to use if all other values are not available. The units that the values should be entered in are shown adjacent to each parameter, where applicable. For Calibration purposes it is possible to force the M2000 to use the Serial Check Value as the in-use value even though the Sensor values may not be in alarm. The Serial Check Value must be entered as the 5th Selection in the list, the Calibrate function is then switched On or Off by writing to the Modbus Input parameter “P/T Calibrate”. The Max/Min Hysteresis sets the threshold that an Alarm value must move before the Alarm (Max/Min ) condition can be reset. e.g. if the Tmax value is 100C and the Max/Min Hysteresis value is 10C. If the measured temperature exceeds the Tmax value a Tmax alarm will be indicated. The measured temperature must then go below 90C (Tmax-Max/Min hysteresis) before the Alarm condition is reset. The Hi/Lo Hysteresis sets the threshold that an Alarm value must move before the Alarm (Hi/Lo) condition can be reset. e.g. if the T Hi value is 100C and the Hi/Lo Hysteresis value is 10C. If the measured temperature exceeds the T Hi value a T Hi alarm will be indicated. The measured temperature must then go below 90C (T Hi-Hi/Lo hysteresis) before the Alarm condition is reset.



4.29. MT Dp High Range The Multiple Differential Pressure (high range) Transmitter inputs for the system can be set up on this page. Number of Transmitters selects from a pull down menu the number of transmitters or inputs that will be used in the determination of the used dp high value. This can be 1 Sensor (for single transmitter operation), 2 Sensors or 3 Sensors for multiple transmitter operation or No Sensors in which case the value used will be either the Keypad or Serial check value in this case no alarm will be raised. Deviation Limit sets the allowable difference between all dp high transmitter values, before an accountable dp high deviation alarm is raised. The Deviation Timeout sets the delay time before a Deviation Limit alarm will be indicated in seconds, if this parameter is set a Deviation Limit alarm must be set continuously for that time period before the alarm will be indicated. The Average Deviation compares the DP used value against the Calculated Average value and raises an alarm if the difference is greater than the Average Deviation value. The Keypad Value is the manually entered value of dp high that would be used if all normal values are in Alarm or if selected to be used. dp High Max determines the range of the dp high transmitter inputs connected t o the Corrector. If the measured dp high should rise above this value then an accountable dp high range alarm would be indicated. dp High Min determines the minimum value of the dp high transmitter inputs connected to the Corrector. If the measured dp high should go below this value then an accountable dp high range alarm would be indicated. dp High (High) and dp High (Low) alarms operate at the high alarm set value dp High Hi and the low alarm set value dp High Lo, dp measurement outside these values will cause a non accountabl e alarm to be indicated. The Selection List offers the selection of the available dp high values that can be used and the order in which those values would be used in the event of alarm or non availability of any parameters. The pull down menus 1st Choice through to 6th Choice determine the order in which parameters are used. For each choice the following parameters are available and can be selected. None, Sensor 1, Sensor 2, Sensor 3, Average of Valid Sensors, Serial Check Value and Keypad Value. The 6th choice is normally fixed as Keypad Value and cannot be altered , this is to ensure that the Model 2000 always has a default value of dp high to use if all other values are not available. The units that the values should be entered in are shown adjacent to each parameter, where applicable.



4.30. MT Dp Low Range The Multiple Differential Pressure (low range) Transmitter inputs for the system can be set up on this page. Number of Transmitters selects from a pull down menu the number of transmitters or inputs that will be used in the determination of the used dp low value. This can be 1 Sensor (for single transmitter operation), 2 Sensors or 3 Sensors for multiple transmitter operation or No Sensors in which case the value used will be either the Keypad or Serial check value in this case no alarm will be raised. Deviation Limit sets the allowable difference between all dp low transmitter values, before an accountable dp low deviation alarm is raised. The Deviation Timeout sets the delay time before a Deviation Limit alarm will be indicated in seconds, if this parameter is set a Deviation Limit alarm must be set continuously for that time period before the alarm will be indicated. The Average Deviation compares the DP used value against the Calculated Average value and raises an alarm if the difference is greater than the Average Deviation value. The Keypad Value is the manually entered value of dp low that would be used if all normal values are in Alarm or if selected to be used. dp Low Max determines the range of the dp low transmitter inputs connected to the Corrector. If the measured dp low should rise above these values then an accountable dp low range alarm would be indicated. dp Low Min determines the minimum value of the dp low transmitter inputs connected to the Corrector. If the measured dp low should go below these values then an accountable dp low range alarm would be indicated. dp Low (High) and dp Low (Low) alarms operate at the high alarm set value dp Low Hi and the low alarm set value dp Low Lo, dp measurement outside these values will cause a non accountabl e alarm to be indicated. The Selection List offers the selection of the available dp low values that can be used and the order in which those values would be used in the event of alarm or non availability of any parameters. The pull down menus 1st Choice through to 6th Choice determine the order in which parameters are used. For each choice the following parameters are available and can be selected. None, Sensor 1, Sensor 2, Sensor 3, Average of Valid Sensors, Serial Check Value and Keypad Value. The units that the values should be entered in are shown adjacent to each parameter, where applicable. If The system is set up such that a there are High Range Dp cells and Low Range Dp cells. The point at which the change over occurs is set from Hi to low and from Low to High in two data entry boxes, in both cases the value is entered as a percentage of the Dp Low Range Maximum value.



4.31. ISO 6976 DATA The Data to calculate values to the International Standard ISO 6976 are input on this page. This page will only appear if in the Ultrasonic set-up the ISO 6976 or ISO 6976 (No Z/Zb) options are selected or in the Orifice set-up the ISO5167/6976 equation option is selected. If this option is selected then the following parameters will be calculated in accordance with the ISO 6976 standard Relative density (d) of the gas Wobbe index of the gas Base compressibility (Zb) of the gas (Only in the ISO 6976 option) Molecular weight (Mr) of the gas Superior heating value (Hs) of the gas in MJ/m3 (Volume) Inferior heating value (Hi) of the gas in MJ/m3 (Volume) Wobbe index of the gas (Volume)

or Superior heating value (Hs) of the gas in MJ/Kg (Mass) Inferior heating value (Hi) of the gas in MJ/Kg (Mass) Wobbe index of the gas (Mass) The Calculation Base pull down menu determines if the Heating Values are calculated on a Volume basis or a Mass basis. These values are calculated in accordance with the standard using the Molar percent for each gas component as received from serial communication, the superior heating value Hs (in KJ/mol) as entered on this page for each component, the inferior heating value Hi (in KJ/mol) as entered on this page for each component and the √β Sqrt Beta value for each component as entered on this page. Additionally a value of Z Air at the used base conditions must be entered. The values entered must apply to the base temperature and combustion temperatures being used. Values for the Calorific values of components at combustion reference temperatures from tables in ISO 6976 :1995 can be preset into the table by use of the Hs & Hi Preset buttons for 0 °C, 15 °C, 20 °C & 25 °C. Similarly values for the compression factor values of components at combustion reference temperatures from tables in ISO 6976 :1995 can be preset into the table by use of the √β Sqrt Beta Preset buttons for 0 °C, 15 °C & 20 °C. Other values such as the Universal gas constant and the Molecular weight of each component are preset in the Model 2000 and do not need to be entered.



4.32. C.A.T.S. DATA The Data to calculate values to the C.A.T.S. Standard are input on this page. This page will only appear if in the Ultrasonic set-up the C.A.T.S option is selected. If this option is selected then the following parameters will be calculated in accordance with the ISO 6976 standard Relative density (d) of the gas (not used.) Base compressibility (Zb) of the gas Molecular weight (Mr) of the gas Molar fraction of each gas component. The Mass fraction values for each component must be entered on this page these are the preset or default values, any values of Mass fraction received via the serial communication link will be used once t hey are received. The superior heating value Hs (in KJ/mol) as entered on this page for each component, the inferior heating value Hi (in KJ/mol) as entered on this page for each component and the √β Sqrt Beta value for each component as entered on this page These values are normally in accordance with Tables 2 and 4 from the ISO 6976 standard. The values entered must apply to the base temperature and combustion temperatures being used. Other values such as the Universal gas constant and the Molecular weight of each component are preset in the Model 2000 and do not need to be entered. NOTE that values entered on the compressibility page for Molar percent of each gas component have no function when the C.A.T.S. option is selected, the values used in the compressibility calculation are derived from the received Mass fraction values.



4.33. SCALING FACTORS The Scaling Factors for all display totals to be used are input on this page. All totals displayed on the M2000 will require a scaling or multiplying factor, these factors are divided into 4 types. twfb for uncorrected volume flows twfn for corrected volume flows twfe for Energy flows twfm for mass flows The values used will generally be multiples of 0.1, 1, 10, 100, 1000. The value entered represents the value of one digit of the total displayed. i.e. if 100 is entered for twfn then the display will increment in units of 100 m3



4.34. UNITS & FORMATTING The Units page selects units for Pressure, Temperature, Density and Dp used in the system. Under the Units tab. The units of pressure to be used can be selected on this page, the Pressure Units pull down menu offers the choice between bar, kPa, MPa, kg/cm2 and psi. The Abs/Gau pull down menu offers the use of absolute or gauge pressure measurement, if gauge is selected then a value for mean atmospheric pressure p.atmos will need to be entered, in the units selected. The units of temperature to be used can be selected on this page, the Temperature Units pull down menu offers the choice between °C, °K or °F. The units of density to be used can be selected on this page, the Density Units pull down menu offers the choice between kg/m3 or lbs/ft3. The units of Differential pressure to be used can be selected on this page, the DP Units pull down menu offers the choice between barg, m bar, psig, mm w.g (water gauge) and inches w.g.(water gauge). Under the Formatting tab. The number of decimal places used to display the parameters Pressure, Temperature, Dp High range and Dp Low range can also be set on this page, for each item the choice is 2, 3, 4 or 5 decimal places. The number of significant figures used for values of relative density can be selected using the pull down menu rd sig fig this is selectable from 2 to 8. The number of significant figures used for values of heating value and wobbe can be selected using the pull down menu Hs sig fig this is selectable from 2 to 8. The number of significant figures used for values of gas data can be selected using the pull down menu gasdata sig fig this is selectable from 2 to 8.



4.35. DENSITY SET-UP The Multiple Density Transmitter inputs for the system can be set up on this page. Number of Sensors selects from a pull down menu the number of sensors or inputs that will be used in the determination of the used Line Density value. This can be 1 Sensor (for single transmitter operation) or 2 Sensors for multiple transmitter operation. Deviation Limit sets the allowable difference between the Line Density transmitter values, before an accountable deviation alarm is raised. The Keypad Value is the manually entered value of Line Density that would be used if all normal values are in Alarm or if selected to be used. The Selection List offers the selection of the available Line Density values that can be used and the order in which those values would be used in the event of alarm or non availability of any parameters. The pull down menus 1st Choice through to 6th Choice determine the order in which parameters are used. For each choice the following parameters are available and can be selected. None, Sensor 1, Sensor 2, AGA 8 Calculation and Keypad Value. The 6th choice is normally fixed as Keypad Value and cannot be altered, this is to ensure that the Model 2000 always has a default value of Line Density to use if all other values are not available. The units that the values should be entered in are shown adjacent to each parameter, where applicable. AGA 8 Calculation means that the value for Line Density is calculated in accordance with the AGA 8 Standard ,using input values for Pressure, Temperature and gas component values. For both Sensor 1 and Sensor 2 various selections need to be set: Density High and Density Low alarms operate at the high alarm set value Density Hi and the low alarm set value Density Lo density measurement outside these values will cause a non accoun table alarm to be indicated. Values of Dens. High Alarm and Dens.Low Alarm can be entered on this page these are the values where a non accountable High or Low Alarm would be indicated. A value for Dens. Keypad can also be entered this value would be used in the case of an accountable density alarm, such an alarm would be indicated if the input frequency fell below 500Hz or rose above 5000Hz. Freq. Offset allows a small Frequency offset in Hz to be entered which is added to the measured Frequency from the Density Transmitter, this allows for small adjustments of calibration as may be needed, or if no input is connected allows for an input to be simulated. Equation determine which type of Density Sensor is to be used either Solartron or Sarasota. See the Density Input Pages for details. The Hi/Lo Hysteresis sets the threshold that an Alarm value must move before the Alarm (Hi/Lo) condition can be reset. e.g. if the Density Hi value is 100kg/m3 and the Hi/Lo Hysteresis value is 10kg/m3. If the measured density exceeds the Density Hi value a Density Hi alarm will be indicated. The measured density must then go below 90kg/m3 (Density Hi-Hi/Lo hysteresis) before the Alarm condition is reset. The Temperature value used to compensate the Density cells against changes in ambient temperature is selected from a pull down menu Source this can be either Keypad, Upstream Line value, Downstream Line Value or from the Density Sensor temperature sensor. Values for the Keypad value and Max and Min scaling for the Density sensor can also be entered in this section. NOTE If the Internal Density Sensor is selected then the Analogue Input for that Sensor needs to be configured on the Analogue Inputs set up page. The Variable Dens.1 tsensor.1 needs to be set up as an Analogue or PRT input (Analogue Input page for details).



4.36. COMPRESSIBILITY EQUATION (Z FACTOR) The Gas Compressibility Equation to be used and associated gas data are input on this page. To select the method used to calculate the gas compressibility use the Equation pull down menu. The menu lists the gas parameters used to calculate the compressibility in accordance with various standards. The standards supported are :-

AGA8 American Gas Association Standard full analysis ISO 12213 -2 ISO 12213-3 :-

SGERG(rd, Hs, CO2) Using Superior Heating Value, CO2 and relative density. SGERG(rd, Hs, N2) Using Superior Heating Value, N2 and relative density. SGERG(rd, Hs, CO2, H2) Using Superior Heating Value, CO2, H2 and relative density. SGERG(rd, Hs, N2, H2) Using Superior Heating Value, N2, H2 and relative density. SGERG(rd,CO2, N2) Using CO2, N2 and relative density.

NX19 AGA 3 NX19 Using N2, CO2 and relative density. NX19 GOST AGA 3 NX19 (Modified to GOST Standard) Using N2, CO2 and relative density. FIXED Z Factor Z and Zn Preset are entered. TABLE Z FACTOR

Depending upon the equation selected from the above lists the page will prompt for the gas parameters which can be used for calculation. When any of the ISO 12213 SGERG Equations, that use Heating Value are selected it is possible to adjust the Calorific conversion temperature and base temperatures to suit the country standard that is going to be used. The available options are selected from a pull down menu which is only available when SGERG is selected.

Hs combustion 25°C & Hs base 0°C Hs combustion 0°C & Hs base 0°C Hs combustion 15°C & Hs base 15°C Hs combustion 25°C & Hs base 20°C Hs combustion 25°C & Hs base 15°C

Keypad, preset or initialise values for all required gas components can be entered, together with the gas chromatograph stream Chromat Stream No. to be used on this flow computer stream if a chromatograph is being used. If no gas chromatograph is to be used in this set-up then the Chromat stream No should be set to None. For Gas Values (normal) operation the Gas data used can be selected from :- Use Chromat Use gas data read serially from a gas chromatograph. Use Modbus Use gas data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Use gas data from a 4-20mA transducer input. Use Hourly Average If available calculated from Gas Averages menu. Use Daily Average If available calculated from Gas Averages menu. For Gas Values (alarm) operation i.e. in the event of a gas chromatograph failure or communication failure that causes an Accountable Alarm the Gas data used can be selected from :- Use Keypad As entered on this page. Use Last Good Value as received as an input. Use Chromat Use gas data read serially from a gas chromatograph. Use Modbus Use gas data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Use gas data from a 4-20mA transducer input. Use Hourly Average If available calculated from Gas Averages menu. Use Daily Average If available calculated from Gas Averages menu.



If a Relative Density transducer is enabled (See Relative Density Meter Page) then the M2000 will assume that the value received from the Relative density transducer is to be used and under these circumstances any value received from the gas Chromatograph, serially or from an analogue transducer will be ignored. For Gas Averages the value used to calculate the Hourly or Daily Averages is selected from the following options:- Use Chromat Received Use gas data read serially from a gas chromatograph. Use Modbus Received Use gas data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Received Use gas data from a 4-20mA transducer input. Accountable alarms sett ings for the value of Zn can be entered at the locations Zn.hi 1 and Zn lo.1. If Compressibility is selected as FIXED then values for Z preset and Zn preset can be entered. If Compressibility is selected as TABLE Z FACTOR then the values for Z are entered in a table on a separate page (See Table Z Factor 1) and the value used for Zn is entered as Zn preset. The Normalisation pull down menu selects the method of Normalisation used for all the gas componen t values. None assumes that the values received will all total 100% or are not required to total 100% and no normalisation will occur. 100% means that all values will be normalised to 100% irrespective of the value that they actually total to. 100%-non measureds , means that the gas components will be normalised to all received values not including any non measured components Which are H2, H2O, H2S, CO, O2, He and Ar. For some installations it may be required to input the value of Normal density rn rather than relative density. For those applications where the input is rn the tick box Use Rn should be enabled. This assumes that the input value will be normal density in kg/m3 and this will then be converted to relative density using the formula as follows: 1) bb airdrn ρ×= Where rn : Normal density of Gas in kg/m3 INPUT VALUE db : Relative density of gas at base conditions CALCULATED ρairb : Density of air at base conditions in kg/m3 DATA ENTRY TABLE Z FACTOR If this is selected, a value for r1 (with the option of rair) is calculated when the rho air sel menu is set to "Use m air" as follows: Equation for calculation of density of gas at line conditions:

43) ZZ

tt

ppdair bb

b

lbb ×

++

×××=15.27315.273

11 ρρ

Where: r1 : Upstream density of gas at line conditions in kg/m3 Equation 43) rairb : Density of air at base conditions in kg/m3 DATA ENTRY db : Relative density of gas at base conditions INPUT DATA t1 : Upstream line gas temperature in °C tb : Base temperature in °C DATA ENTRY p1 : Upstream line gas pressure in bar.a pb : Base pressure in bar.a DATA ENTRY Z : Gas Compressability Zb : Base Compressability Equation for Density of air at base conditions Preset Values: Pressure (bar.a) Temp (°C) Density (kg/m3) Z 1.01325 0 1.292923 0.99941 1.01325 15 1.225410 0.99958 1.01325 20 1.204449 0.99963 Calculated density of air at 1.01325 bar.a and tb



44) 256 10543333.11073236666.4292923.1 bbb ttair ××+××−= −−ρ Calculated at all values of pb and tb

45) ( )15.2731.0

+××××

=tbRZpbMair

air

airbρ

Where: rairb : Density of air at base conditions in kg/m3 Equation 44) tb : Base temperature in °C DATA ENTRY R : Gas Constant 0.008314510 Mpa m3/kmol.K DATA ENTRY pb : Base pressure in Bar.a DATA ENTRY Mair : Molar mass of air 28.9626 kg/kmol DATA ENTRY Zair : Base compressability of air at pb and tb INPUT DATA Calculate VOS using AGA10: Selecting this requires an AGA8 calculation, so a full gas composition is needed.



4.37. TABLE Z FACTOR The values for Z Factor look up table can be set up on this page. This input page is used when the Model 2000 is intended to be used where the line compressibility Z Factor is derived from a Table of entered values. Values of Line Compressibility Z Factor at various Temperatures and Pressures are entered in a look up table. The number of Temperature readings and the number of Pressure Readings can be selected from the appropriate pull down menu, a Minimum of 3 to a maximum of 10. The size of the look up table will then be adjusted from a minimum of 3 by 3 to a maximum of 10 by 10. Values of Temperature, Pressure and Line Compressibility must then be entered in the table. The Model 2000 will then look up the nearest four Line Compressibility values to its measured Temperature and Pressure and linearly interpolate a value in between to arrive at a value of Line Compressibility at the measured Temperature and Pressure. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by highlighting or pointing to the component, right click on the mouse butt on, selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate". The invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value, if read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38.



4.38. COMPRESSIBILITY EQUATION ORIFICE DENSITY VERSION The Gas Compressibility Equation to be used and associated gas data are input on this page. In this version of the M2000 flow computer the compressibility calculation is used as a backup measurement should the transducer value of Line Density fail a fixed method of calculation is used. The Equation pull down menu is now fixed in posi tion and cannot be altered from the selection American Gas Association Standard AGA8 full analysis Keypad, preset or initialise values for all required gas components can be entered, together with the gas chromatograph stream Chromat Stream No. to be used on this flow computer stream if a chromatograph is being used. If no gas chromatograph is to be used in this set-up then the Chromat stream No should be set to None. For Gas Values (normal) operation the Gas data used can be selected from :-

Use Chromat Use gas data read serially from a gas chromatograph. Use Modbus Use gas data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Use gas data from a 4-20mA transducer input. Use Hourly Average If available calculated from Gas Averages menu. Use Daily Average If available calculated from Gas Averages menu.

For Gas Values (alarm) operation i.e. in the event of a gas chromatograph failure or communication failure that causes an Accountable Alarm the Gas data used can be selected from :-

Use Keypad As entered on this page. Use Last Good Value as received as an input. Use Chromat Use gas data read serially from a gas chromatograph. Use Modbus Use gas data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Use gas data from a 4-20mA transducer input. Use Hourly Average If available calculated from Gas Averages menu. Use Daily Average If available calculated from Gas Averages menu.

For Gas Averages the value used to calculate the Hourly or Daily Averages is selected from the following options:-

Use Chromat Received Use gas data read serially from a gas chromatograph. Use Modbus Received Use gas data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Received Use gas data from a 4-20mA transducer input.

A value of Relative density Deviation can be entered which determines the allowable limits between the connected Relative Density transducer and the calculation to based upon the ISO 6976 equations. If a Relative Density transducer is enabled (See Relative Density Meter Page) then the M2000 will assume that the value received from the Relative density transducer is to be used and under these circumstances any value received from the gas Chromatograph, serially or from an analogue transducer will be ignored unless the Relative density Meter is in an Accountable Alarm condition in which case the select box Back up rd source is used. This can be selected from :-

ISO 6976 The Value is calculated from the ISO 6976 Standard Gas Data Selection The value is sourced from the selection for Gas Values (normal) as defined above.

Similarly the Value Used for Heating Value Hs and Hi can be selec ted using the select box Heating Value Source from either:- ISO 6976 The Value is calculated from the ISO 6976 Standard Gas Data Selection The value is sourced from the selection for Gas Values (normal) as defined above.



The Normalisation pull down menu selects the method of Normalisation used for all the gas componen t values. None assumes that the values received will all total 100% or are not required to total 100% and no normalisation will occur. 100% means that all values will be normalised to 100% irrespective of the value that they actually total to. 100%-non measureds , means that the gas components will be normalised to all received values not including any non measured components Which are H2, H2O, H2S, CO, O2, He and Ar. For some installations it may be required to input the value of Normal density rn rather than relative density. For those applications where the input is rn the tick box Use Rn should be enabled. This assumes that the input value will be normal density in kg/m3 and this will then be converted to relative density using the formula as follows: 1) bb airdrn ρ×= Where rn : Normal density of Gas in kg/m3 INPUT VALUE db : Relative density of gas at base conditions CALCULATED ρairb : Density of air at base conditions in kg/m3 DATA ENTRY



4.39. SOLARTRON MODEL 7835 LIQUID DENSITY METER The Density page sets the parameters associated with a measured Density input from a Solartron 7835 frequency output type device. The value Line density is calculated from the measured frequency(Period) of oscillation of the density transducer using the following equation. Measured Line Density 25) )T10K()T10K(K 23

23

10 ××+××+=ρ −− Where ρ : Line Density of liquid in kg/m3 Equation 25) K0 : Constant from 7835 data sheet DATA ENTRY K1 : Constant from 7835 data sheet DATA ENTRY K2 : Constant from 7835 data sheet DATA ENTRY T : Density Transducer period in µ Seconds MEASURED The value of line density is corrected for effects of ambient temperature by the following equation. Density corrected for Temperature

26) ( )[ ] )tt(10Ktt10K1 04

1904

18t −×+−×+×ρ=ρ ρ−

ρ−

Where ρt : Line Density of liquid corrected for temperature in kg/m3 Equation 26) K18 : Constant from 7835 data sheet DATA ENTRY K19 : Constant from 7835 data sheet DATA ENTRY tρ : Temperature of liquid at density measurement point in °C MEASURED to : Reference temperature in °C DATA ENTRY The value of line density corrected for both Temperature and Pressure is calculated from the following equations. Density corrected for Temperature and Pressure

27) ( )[ ] )pp(KppK1 021020ttp −×+−×+×ρ=ρ ρρ

28) )pp(BKAKK 0202020 −×+= ρ

29) )pp(BKAKK 0212121 −×+= ρ

Where ρtp : Line Density of liquid corrected for temperature and pressure in kg/m3 Equation 27) K20 : Constant from 7835 data sheet Equation 28) K21 : Constant from 7835 data sheet Equation 29) K20A : Constant from 7835 data sheet DATA ENTRY K20B : Constant from 7835 data sheet DATA ENTRY K21A : Constant from 7835 data sheet DATA ENTRY K21B : Constant from 7835 data sheet DATA ENTRY pρ : Pressure of liquid at density measurement point in bara MEASURED po : Reference pressure in bara a DATA ENTRY All Kxxx constants listed above as DATA ENTRY items are items usually supplied as values listed on the calibration certificate for the density transducer to be used, these values will change either with the type of sensor used or with each transducer.



4.40. SARASOTA DENSITY METER The Sarasota Density page sets the parameters associated with a measured Density input from a Sarasota frequency output type device. The value Line density is calculated from the measured frequency (Period) of oscillation of the density transducer using the following equation. Measured Line Density

1)

−×+×

−τ×=ρ '

0

'0

'0

'0'

0a t)tt(K2

t)t(d

Where ρm : Line Density of gas in kg/m3 Equation 1) d0’ : VOS corrected cal constant of spool in Kg/m3 Equation 3) t : Period of Densitometer in µS MEASURED t’0 : Corrected Calibration constant of Spool in µS Equation 2) K : Calibration constant of Spool in Kg/m3/°C DATA ENTRY The value of line density is corrected for effects of temperature and pressure by the following equation. Density corrected for Temperature and Pressure 2) )Pp(escoPr)Tt(TempcoTt cal1cal10

'0 −×+−×+=

Where T0 : Calibration constant of Spool µS DATA ENTRY Tempco : Temperature coefficient of spool in µS/°C DATA ENTRY Presco : Pressure coefficient of spool in µS/BAR DATA ENTRY t1 : Line gas Temperature in °C MEASURED pl : Line gas pressure in Bar.a MEASURED Tcal : Calibration Temperature of Densitometer 15°C DATA ENTRY Pcal : Calibration Pressure of Densitometer 1.01325 Bara DATA ENTRY VOS Correction Calculation

3)

τ×α×

−×=

− 2

0'0

RVIBDEM1Dd

4)

2/1

a

l Lp

ρ××κ

=α

−

If pl = 0 or d0’ < 0.8 D0 then d0’ = D0 Where ρa : Line Density of Gas in kg/m3 Equation 1) d0’ : VOS corrected cal constant of spool in Kg/m3 Equation 3) α : Calculation intermediate Equation 4) D0 : Calibration constant of spool in Kg/m3 DATA ENTRY τ : Period of Densitometer in µS MEASURED T0 : Calibration constant of Spool µS DATA ENTRY VIBDEM : Characteristics of vibrating element in mm DATA ENTRY κ : Isentropic exponent of Gas DATA ENTRY pl : Line Gas pressure in Bar.a MEASURED L : Speed of Sound factor 100000pa/Bar DATA ENTRY R : VOS correction to density 1000 DATA ENTRY



4.41. DENSITY METER (ORIFICE) SOLARTRON The Density page sets the parameters associated with a measured Density input from a Solartron frequency output type device. The value Line density is calculated from the measured frequency(Period) of oscillation of the density transducer using the following equation. Measured Line Density 1) )T10K()T10K(K 23

23

10 ××+××+=ρ −− Where ρ : Line Density of gas in kg/m3 Equation 1) K0 : Constant DATA ENTRY K1 : Constant DATA ENTRY K2 : Constant DATA ENTRY T : Density Transducer period in µ Seconds MEASURED The value of line density can be se lected to be corrected for effects of ambient temperature by selecting the item Density corrected for temperature and choosing either None or Calculated, if none is selected then no correction is applied if calculated is selected then the following equation is used. Density corrected for Temperature 2) ( )[ ] )tt(10Ktt10K1 01

41901

418t −×+−×+×ρ=ρ −−

Where ρt : Line Density of gas corrected for temperature in kg/m3 Equation 2) K18 : Constant DATA ENTRY K19 : Constant DATA ENTRY t1 : Line gas Temperature in °C MEASURED to : Reference temperature in °C DATA ENTRY The value of line density can be selected to be corrected for effects of Velocity of Sound by alternative methods. By selecting the item Density corrected for Vos and temperature and choosing either None or VOS Calculate or User Gas Data, if None is selected then no correction is applied if VOS Calculate is selected then equations 3) , 4) and 5) are used and if User Gas Data is selected then equations 6) and 7) are used. Density corrected for Velocity of Sound and Temperature VOS Calculate

3)

××

+

×

×+

ρ=ρ 2

g

4VOS

2

c

4VOS

ta

CT10K1

CT10K1

Where ρa : Line Density of gas corrected for VOS and temp. in kg/m3 Equation 3) Kvos : Constant DATA ENTRY Cc : Velocity of Sound in Calibration gas (See Equation 5) Cg : Velocity of Sound in Flowing gas (See Equation 4) The value of Velocity of sound for flowing gas used in the above equation can be selected to be preset or calculated by selecting the item Vos in flowing gas if preset is selected then a fixed value is entered, if calculated is selected then the following equation is used. Velocity of Sound in Flowing gas

4) )10K()10K(10PC 3t

66

2t

65

t

50

g ρ××+ρ××+ρ

××γ= −−

Where



Cg : Velocity of Sound in Flowing gas Equation 4) γ 0 : Low Pressure Ratio of Specific Heats DATA ENTRY pl : Line gas Pressure in Bar.a MEASURED K5 : Constant DATA ENTRY K6 : Constant DATA ENTRY The value of Velocity of sound for calibration gas used in the above equation can be selected to be preset or calculated by selecting the item Vos in calibration gas if preset is selected then a fixed value is entered, if calculated is selected then the following equation is used. Velocity of Sound in Calibration Gas 5) )10K()10K()K(KC 3

t6

Cc42t

3Cc3tCc2Cc1c ρ××+ρ××+ρ×+= −−

Where Cc : Velocity of Sound in Calibration gas Equation 5) K1Cc : Constant DATA ENTRY K2Cc : Constant DATA ENTRY K3Cc : Constant DATA ENTRY K4Cc : Constant DATA ENTRY User Gas Data

6)

+

−×

+ρ

+ρ=ρ15.273t

GAK

K124t

3ta

7) 0

bdGγ

=

Where ρa : Line Density of gas corrected for VOS and temp. in kg/m3 Equation 6) G : Intermediate Equation Equation 7) K3 : Constant DATA ENTRY K4 : Constant DATA ENTRY γ0 : Low Pressure Ratio of Specific Heats DATA ENTRY A : Calibration Gas Constant (default 0.00281) DATA ENTRY t2 : Downstream Line gas T emperature in °C MEASURED db : Relative density of gas at base conditions MEASURED All Kxxx constants listed above as DATA ENTRY items are items usually supplied as values listed on the calibration certificate for the density transducer to be used, these values will change either with the type of sensor used or with each transducer. If required when used with an orifice plate installation only, the density can be measured downstream and corrected to an upstream measurement this is done by selecting the menu item Correct to Upstream density Yes or No. If Yes is selected the correction is carried out in accordance with equation 8. If No then it is assumed that the measurement is carried out upstream and no correction is applied. Density measured Downstream and corrected to upstream

8) )/1(

1

121 hp

pκ

−

×ρ=ρ

Where p1 : Upstream Line gas Pressure in Bar.a MEASURED κ : Isentropic exponent of the gas DATA ENTRY ρ1 : Density of gas upstream at line conditions in kg/m3 Equation 8) ρ2 : Density of gas downstream at line conditions in kg/m3 MEASURED h : Differential Pressure in bar MEASURED



4.42. SOLARTRON DENSITY METER The Density page sets the parameters associated with a measured Density input from a Solartron frequency output type device. The value Line density is calculated from the measured frequency(Period) of oscillation of the density transducer using the following equation. Measured Line Density 1) )T10K()T10K(K 23

23

10 ××+××+=ρ −− Where ρ : Line Density of gas in kg/m3 Equation 1) K0 : Constant DATA ENTRY K1 : Constant DATA ENTRY K2 : Constant DATA ENTRY T : Density Transducer period in µ Seconds MEASURED The value of line density can be se lected to be corrected for effects of ambient temperature by selecting the item Density corrected for temperature and choosing either None or Calculated, if none is selected then no correction is applied if Calculated is selected then the following equation is used. Density corrected for Temperature 2) ( )[ ] )tt(10Ktt10K1 01

41901

418t −×+−×+×ρ=ρ −−

Where ρt : Line Density of gas corrected for temperature in kg/m3 Equation 2) K18 : Constant DATA ENTRY K19 : Constant DATA ENTRY t1 : Line gas Temperature in °C MEASURED to : Reference temperature in °C DATA ENTRY The value of line density can be selected to be corrected for effects of Velocity of Sound by alternative methods. By selecting the item Density corrected for Vos and temperature and choosing either None or VOS Calculate or User Gas Data, if None is selected then no correction is applied if VOS Calculate is selected then equations 3) , 4) and 5) are used and if User Gas Data is selected then equations 6) and 7) are used. Density corrected for Velocity of Sound and Temperature VOS Calculate

3)

××

+

×

×+

ρ=ρ 2

g

4VOS

2

c

4VOS

ta

CT10K1

CT10K1

Where ρa : Line Density of gas corrected for VOS and temp. in kg/m3 Equation 3) Kvos : Constant DATA ENTRY Cc : Velocity of Sound in Calibration gas (See Equation 5) Cg : Velocity of Sound in Flowing gas (See Equation 4) The value of Velocity of sound for flowing gas used in the above equation can be selected to be preset or calculated by selecting the item Vos in flowing gas if preset is selected then a fixed value is entered, if calculated is selected then the following equation is used. Velocity of Sound in Flowing gas

4) )10K()10K(10PC 3t

66

2t

65

t

50

g ρ××+ρ××+ρ

××γ= −−



Where Cg : Velocity of Sound in Flowing gas Equation 4) γ 0 : Low Pressure Ratio of Specific Heats DATA ENTRY pl : Line gas Pressure in Bar.a MEASURED K5 : Constant DATA ENTRY K6 : Constant DATA ENTRY The value of Velocity of sound for calibration gas used in the above equation can be selected to be preset or calculated by selecting the item Vos in calibration gas if preset is selected then a fixed value is entered, if calculated is selected then the following equation is used. Velocity of Sound in Calibration Gas 5) )10K()10K()K(KC 3

t6

Cc42t

3Cc3tCc2Cc1c ρ××+ρ××+ρ×+= −−

Where Cc : Velocity of Sound in Calibration gas Equation 5) K1Cc : Constant DATA ENTRY K2Cc : Constant DATA ENTRY K3Cc : Constant DATA ENTRY K4Cc : Constant DATA ENTRY User Gas Data

6)

+

−×

+ρ

+ρ=ρ15.273t

GAK

K124t

3ta

7) 0

bdGγ

=

Where ρa : Line Density of gas corrected for VOS and temp. in kg/m3 Equation 6) G : Intermediate Equation Equation 7) K3 : Constant DATA ENTRY K4 : Constant DATA ENTRY γ0 : Low Pressure Ratio of Specific Heats DATA ENTRY A : Calibration Gas Constant (default 0.00281) DATA ENTRY t2 : Downstream Line gas T emperature in °C MEASURED db : Relative density of gas at base conditions MEASURED All Kxxx constants listed above as DATA ENTRY items are items usually supplied as values listed on the calibration certificate for the density transducer to be used, these values will change either with the type of sensor used or with each transducer. As an option the value of specific heat used in Equations 4) and 6) can be calculated using the following Equation. Equation for Specific Heat 7) ( ) ( ) ( )100pKKKK 120l19l18v0 ××+ρ×+ρ×+=γ Where γ0 : Low Pressure Ratio of Specific Heats DATA ENTRY K : Reference Specific Heats ratio DATA ENTRY K18 : Correlation constants DATA ENTRY K19 : Correlation constants DATA ENTRY K20 : Correlation constants DATA ENTRY ρl : Line Density in kg/m3 MEASURED



4.43. GAS DATA ALARMS The Gas Data Alarms to be used are input on this page. It is possible that gas component data can be set in the Model 2000 in three different ways as follows;

As serial data written into the M2000 via a Modbus communication port. As serial data received from a gas chromatograph. As an Analogue 4-20mA current input.

For each gas component value it is possible to set High, Low and Max and Min alarm levels. The Max and Min levels will generate an Accountable alarm when exceeded and the Hi and Lo will generate a Non accountable alarm. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by highlighting or pointing to the component, right click on the mouse butt on, selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate". The invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value, if read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38.



4.44. GAS DATA ALARMS (DENSITY VERSION) The Gas Data Alarms to be used are input on this page. It is possible that gas data can be set in the Model 2000 in a number of different ways as follows; For Gas Values (normal) operation the Gas data used can be selected from :-

Use Chromat Use gas data read serially from a gas chromatograph. Use Modbus Use gas data serially written in via a Modbus po rt. Use Analogue Use gas data from a 4-20mA transducer input. Use Hourly Average If available calculated from Gas Averages menu. Use Daily Average If available calculated from Gas Averages menu.

For Gas Values (alarm) operation i.e. in the event of a gas chromatograph failure or communication failure that causes an Accountable Alarm the Gas data used can be selected from :-

Use Keypad As entered on this page. Use Last Good Value As received as an input. Use Chromat Use gas data read serially from a gas chromatograph. Use Modbus Use gas data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Use gas data from a 4-20mA transducer input. Use Hourly Average If available calculated from Gas Averages menu. Use Daily Average If available calculated from Gas Averages menu.

For Gas Averages the value used to calculate the Hourly or Daily Averages is selected from the following options:-

Use Chromat Received Use gas data read serially from a gas chromatograph. Use Modbus Received Use gas data serially written in via a Modbus port. Use Analogue Received Use gas data from a 4-20mA transducer input.

If a Relative Density transducer is enabled (See Relative Density Meter Page) then the M2000 will assume that the value received from the Relative density transducer is to be used and under these circumstances any value received from the gas Chromatograph, serially or from an analogue transducer will be ignored. For each gas data value it is possible to set Preset, High, Low and Max and Min alarm levels. The Max and Min levels will generate an Accountable alarm when exceeded and the Hi and Lo will generate a Non accountable alarm. Keypad, preset or initialise values for all required gas data values can be entered, together with the gas chromatograph stream Chromat Stream No. to be used on this flow computer stream if a chromatograph is being used. If no gas chromatograph is to be used in this set-up then the Chromat stream No should be set to None. If any parameter is shown surrounded by a heavy raised border, this indicates that it is a component value that can be made invalid and does not therefore have to be entered. A component can be made invalid by highlighting or pointing to the component, right click on the mouse butt on, selecting the small box that appears "Invalidate". The invalidated component will then contain a hatched background. This component now has no assigned value, if read via Modbus an invalid number will return a value of 1E+38.



4.45. RELATIVE DENSITY METER The Relative Density Meter Density page sets the parameters associated with the measurement of Relative Density using a Solartron frequency output type device. The value of relative density used in the calculations of the Model 2000 flow computer can as an alternative be calculated from the measured frequency(Period) of oscillation of a relative density transducer. This function can be enabled by selecting the t ick box use relative density meter when enabled the value of relative density will be derived from the following equation, when not selected the value of relative density will be either be preset or written serially into the Model 2000. If the K Values K0 and K2 are to be Preset then equation 1) is used. 1) )T10K(Kd 26

20b ××+= − Where db : Relative density of gas at base conditions Equation 1) K0 : Constant DATA ENTRY K2 : Constant DATA ENTRY T : Relative Density Transducer period in µ Seconds MEASURED If the K Values K0 and K2 are to be Calculated from Calibration gas data then equations 2), 3) and 4) are used. 2) )TK(Kd 2

20b ×+=

3) 2y

2x

yx2 TT

GGK

−−

=

4) )TK(GK 2

y2y0 ×−= Where db : Relative density of gas at base conditions Equation 2) K0 : Transducer Constant (See Equation 4) K2 : Transducer Constant (See Equation 3) T : Relative Density Transducer period in µ Seconds MEASURED Gx : Relative density of Calibration Gas x DATA ENTRY Gy : Relative density of Calibration Gas y DATA ENTRY Tx : Periodic Time of Calibration Gas x in µ Seconds DATA ENTRY Ty : Periodic Time of Calibration Gas y in µ Seconds DATA ENTRY All Kxxx constants listed above as DATA ENTRY items are items usually supplied as values listed on the calibration certificate for the relative density transducer to be used, these values will change either with the type of sensor used or with each transducer.



4.46. PRESET COUNTERS The Main Totals of the unit can be Preset to any value by using this page. The total registers for :

Line volume +Vb Line volume cor rected for linearity +Vbc Corrected volume +Vn Energy +Ve Mass +Vm Mass corrected for linearity +Vmc Line volume f rom Monitor input +Vbm Line volume (un-haltable) +Vbu

In normal conditions, in Alarm conditions and in both positive and negative directions can have their initial value preset. This enables the line volume counter to be set to the same reading as any mechanical counter that may be used with the Converter. Enter the value for each totals starting value in the box, and enable the Update Unit tick box for each Value to be sent.



4.47. BASE CONDITIONS The Base Conditions to be used are input on this page. The Corrector calculates the corrected volume using the base pressure and base temperature entered for pn and tn. Values for base density of air dens air and temperature alarm te alm are also entered on this page. The function of te alm is that an alarm will be indicated if the gas temperature is below the te alm.1 level and the uncorrected flow has been above the Lo q setting for more than the programmable interval time te alarm delay in seconds. Value of acceleration due to Gravity 9.80665 m/s is entered on this page. Adjacent to the dens air input is a Calc button which will calculate a value for the Base density of air using the following Equation and using the current values of Pb, Tb and Zair as input to the calculation. Calculated at all values of pb and tb

1) )15.273tb(RZ

1.0pbMair

air

airb +××

××=ρ

Where ρairb : Density of air at base conditions in kg/m3 Equation 1) tb : Base Temperature in °C DATA ENTRY R : Gas Constant 0.008314510 Mpa m3/kmol.K DATA ENTRY pb : Base Pressure in Bar.a DATA ENTRY Mair : Molar Mass of air 28.9626 kg/kmol DATA ENTRY Zair : Base compressibility of air at pb and tb DATA ENTRY



4.48. MODE SWITCHES The M 2000 has a number of Mode functions which are set on this page as follows:- For all of the following the items the described function is enabled if the tick box is t icked. 1) Increment Vb Error/Alarm counters when in Accountable Alarm condition. On the M2000 display this function is called Alm

Vb.en.1. 2) Increment Vb Normal counters when in Accountable Alarm condition. On the M2000 display this function is called Vb.en.1. 3) Increment Vn Error/Alarm counters when in Accountable Alarm condition. On the M2000 display this function is called Alm

Vn.en.1. 4) Increment Vn Normal counters when in Accountable Alarm condition. On the M2000 display this function is called Vn.en.1. 5) Inhibit Totals when in a Low flow condition. On the M2000 display this function is called Tot Loq.1. 6) Set flow rates to zero when in a low flow condition. On the M2000 display this function is called Flw Loq.1. 7) Use Hi (Inferior Heating value) for calculation of Energy Totals and Flow rates, if ticked. If not ticked then Hs (Superior

Heating value ) will be used. On the M2000 display this function is called E. calc. 8) The unit can be set to Display Accountable Alarms on a Low Flow condition or not as selected. 9) The unit can be set to Display Non-Accountable Alarms on a Low Flow condition or not as selected. (this includes the

separate Temperature Alarm). 10) The unit can be set to Use the Non-Accountable LED on a Low Flow condition or not as selected. 11) The unit can be set to Stop the alarm output on Low flow condition or not, any digital output that is set to indicate any t ype

of alarm can be set to be reset whilst the unit is in a low flow condition. 12) The unit can be set to Preset the Flow rate when in maintenance mode, as an option the flow rate used can be entered as

a preset number instead using the measured/calculated value. This can only occur when the Maintenance mode is ON. 13) The unit can be set to Calculate the Emission Factor for CO2 Yes or No using the following equations:

1) 6

2

10)15.273()88%6(

)77%6()66%6(%2%

co

b

b

c

MTR

PsCC

sCCsCCCOMMEF

×+×

×××+

×××+×××++×= ∑

2) 995.0EF)3Nm(lumeTotalGasVo2TotalCO ××=

Where EF : CO2 Emission Factor in t CO2/m3 Equation 1) TotalCO2 : Total of Co2 in metr ic tonnes Equation 2) R : Gas Constant 0.008314510 Mpa m3/kmol.K DATA ENTRY tb : Base Temperature in °C DATA ENTRY Mco2 : Molar Mass of CO2 44.01 DATA ENTRY pb : Base Pressure in Bar.a DATA ENTRY CO2% : Molar percent of CO2 Gas Data Selection C6+% : Percentage of C6+ used. DATA ENTRY or From GC C6s : C6 split percentage DATA ENTRY C7s : C7 split percentage DATA ENTRY C8s : C8 split percentage DATA ENTRY

14) If the Model 2000 receives gas component data from any external source, particularly a Gas Chromatograph, and one of the

components is in an Accountable alarm condition, the Unit can be set to set all gas component values received at the same time into Alarm, and hence the alternative (LGV or Keypad) values will be used. This done by selecting the Mode switch entry Reject all components on Error input.

15) In the Orifice version the unit can be set to Use Dp High Max/Min Alarms or Ignore them. 16) In the Orifice version the unit can be set to Use Dp Low Max/Min Alarms or Ignore them.



4.49. PID CONTROLLER The M 2000 has an option where by up to 3 of the Analogue Outputs can function as PID control outputs which are set on this page as follows:- Each of the three PID Outputs contain separate set up boxes. Each output must be enable by use of the appropriate tick box, forward or reverse action is selected. The variable to be used for the PID output is selected from the Variables tree and dragging across to the output box that is going to be used f or that item. For each output the following parameters must be set up Time Delay in seconds, SP Preset (Set point) value, Integral Time, Proportional Band, Derivative Time, Minimum value and Maximum value. Note Minimum and Maximum values should be equal to the Minimum and Maximum values set for the Analogue output that is used for PID control, and should correspond to the limit values required. Calculations l inking these parameters are as follows:-

PPgain

band=

100

Epsilon, if “SP Control” is “As PV Control” e SP PVe SP PV

e e e

P

I

D P n P n

= −= −

= −−∆ , ,1

Epsilon, if “SP Control” is “Only I -action”:

n1nD

initialP

I

PVPVePVSPe

PVSPe

−=−=

−=

−∆

When the PID controller is used in reverse mode: e ee e

e e

P P

I I

D D

= −= −

= −∆ ∆

PID actions:

actionactionactioncalc

Ddgainaction

igainI1nactionncalc,action

gainPaction

DIPOutt

eTPD

TtPe)I()I(

PeP

++=

××=

××+=

×=

−

∆∆

∆

Where PV = Process value PV,n = Current Value of PV PV,n-1 = Previous Value of PV SP = Set point SPinitial = Initial set point ( = PV at start-up) eP = Epsilon for Proportional action eI = Epsilon for Integral action ∆eD = Epsilon for Derivative action eP,n = Current Value of eP eP,n-1 = Previous Value of eP Pgain = Proportional gain Pband = Proportional band



Paction = Proportional action Iaction,calc = Calculated Integral action Iaction = Finally used Integral action Daction = Derivative action Ti = Integration time Td = Derivation time ∆t = Last program cycle time Outcalc = Calculated Output value When setting up PID Control Outputs the Analogue Outputs (See Analogue Outputs page) will need to be selected from the Analogue Outputs variable tree and dragged across to the appropriate output as described on the analogue outputs page.



4.50. GRAB SAMPLER The M 2000 has an opt ion where by up to 2 of the Digital Outputs can function as Liquid Grab Sampler control outputs which are set on this page as follows:- Each of the two Grab Sampler Outputs contain separate set up pages Sampler 1 or Sampler 2. Each of the Sampler systems has Cylinder level indication inputs either as a digital switch input or analogue percentage level input. See Digital Input and Analogue Input pages for details. Both grab sampler systems can be started or stopped individual or at the same time. On start-up of the FC2000 flow computer the sampling system will be stopped on both samplers, and must be started manually by the operator. The sample system will take a sample of a certain size in order to fill the sample Cylinder within a pre determined production period. The Production period or Duration Mode can be selected to be Stop Date in which case a Start Date and Stop Date must be entered or Period in which case a Period in days is entered. The Sample Units are selected between cc or ml. The Select Flowrate to sample is selected from a pull down menu of most available flow rates. Stream selects the Stream Number from those available and Direction the flowing direction Positive or Negative. Unit Size can be selected to be Large (×1000 e.g. tonnes) or Small (×1 e.g. kgs.) Sampling will be disabled automatically when the flow rate is below an operator entered limit Low Flow Cut-off resumption of sampling can be set to be automatic when the flow rate rises above the cut off level or manually by the operator , by selecting Low Flow Resume to be Automatically or Manually. The following fixed values shall be entered by the operator.

Cylinder size (ml or cc) Cylinder Full alarm (%) Cylinder Alarm (%) Grab Size (ml or cc) Grab output Pulse Duration (seconds) Deviation between calculated and measured cylinder level (%) Max sampler speed (grabs/kg) or Large Max sampler speed (grabs/tonnes) Expected Production quantity in (kg) or Large Expected Production quantity in (tonnes)

If Can Update is set to After Reset the operator can only modify the cylinder size, grab size and output pulse duration samples if no sampling is in progress and the volume in the cylinder has been reset. If Can Update is set to Any Time the operator can modify the cylinder size, grab size and output pulse duration samples at any time if no sampling is in progress. The operator can modify the expected production to allow for changes in flow during the production period at any time. Grab Sampler Reset Whenever a sample cylinder is physically emptied, the operator must manually reset the displayed volume to zero. The operator can only reset the cylinder volume if no sampling is in progress. When the cylinder volume is reset the grab count is also reset to zero. Grab Sampler Cylinder Full Detection The Flow computer monitors the fill level of each sample cylinder with an analogue level indicator (4-20 mA) or with a digital switch input. When flow rates have changed during the specified period and the total exceeds the operator entered expected total, the sampling will be stopped as soon as the cylinder level exceeds the Cylinder full alarm (default 95%). A warning alarm will be raised when the cylinder level exceeds the Cylinder Alarm level (default 80%).



Grab Sampler Calculations The sampling is flow proportional, but will stop at the end of the specified period. To organize this flow proportional sampling, the expected liquid total for that period, the cylinder and grab size must be entered by an operator. The following equations will then calculate when a sample needs to be taken.

Size Grab0.01Limit FillSizeCylinder Samples ofNumber ××

= (1)

Samples TakenSamples ofNumber Samples Remaining −= (2)

Samples ofNumber Total Liquid ExpectedSamples between flow Mass = (3)

100SizeCylinder

Size GrabSamples TakenVolume Estimated ××

= (4)

Volume ActualLimit FillVolume Remaining −= (5)

Total Liquid ExpectedSize GrabRate Sample = (6)

Where: Number of Samples : Number of samples to fill the sample cylinder to 80% Equation 1 Cylinder Size : Size of cylinder in ml or cc Data Entry Grab Size : Size of the sample plunger in ml or cc Data Entry Fill Limit : Limit of cylinder used for filling Data Entry Remaining Samples : Number of grabs to fill the sample cylinder Equation 2 Taken Samples : Counter of the samples taken by the FC Measured Mass flow between Samples : Mass flow counted between two samples Equation 3 Expected Liquid Total : Expected period total Data Entry Estimated Volume : Current calculated volume in the sample cylinder Equation 4 Remaining Volume : Remaining volume required to fill the sample cylinder Equation 5 Actual Volume : Current volume in the sample cylinder Measured Sample Rate : Number of grabs taken per mass unit Equation 6



4.51. LUBRICATION MODULE There are 3 modes of operation for lubrication:

Off Time Based Flow Based

Time Based: When this is selected, the Model 2000 will lubricate the meter for the duration selected starting at the specified start time. Flow Based: Select a counter increment. The lubrication will be activated af ter a programmed number of pulses (pulse limit). Lubricate when: If this is set to always, the meter will always be lubricated, otherwise, it will only be lubricated when the flowrate is above a specified minimum. Cycle: Strokes specifies the number of strokes to perform. Duration specifies how long each stroke should take. Pause specifies if there should be a pause between each stroke. Alarms: Pressure Input: If the lubrication system uses a pressure regulator to control (and limit) the pressure used for the lubrication piston, then the pressure alarm can be asserted if the pressure input is used. Delay can be setup to change when this alarm is asserted. Oil Input: This is used to control if the oil level is too low. Piston Input: This is to verify the function of the lubrication system when a lubrication is initiated. For each stroke of lubrication, one pulse should be detected from the lubrication piston position to identify that the piston truly moved. Piston Dev can be setup to change when this alarm is asserted.



4.52. ANALOGUE OUTPUTS The Analogue Outputs for the system can be set up on this page. Analogue outputs 1, 2, 3 and 4 are current normally 4-20mA outputs, which can be altered to 0-20 mA or 0-24 mA by adjusting links on the Output circuit card. Each Output card contains four outputs which can individually be set up to be proportional to any selected parameter of any range. The output are set-up by a) Selecting the appropriate Output board from the pull down menu this will show the output boards available and their position in the corrector. b) Selecting the required output parameter from the Variables tree and dragging across to the output box that is going to be used for that item. c) Entering the required Maximum (20mA) value and required minimum value (4mA) for each current output. For Example if an output is required to be set to be proportional to Line Temperature over the range 0 °C to 50 °C and that 0 °C was to be represented by 0mA and t hat 50 °C was to be represented by 20mA. Then the minimum value should be entered as 0 and the maximum f igure entered as 50. For items such as flow rates that can be both positive and negative it is possible to set each output up to use the absolute value of the parameter by enabling the tick box Use Absolute on the appropriate output, this will give a current output irrespective of the sign of the variable. Each of the four Output selection boxes has a Calibration set-up area which allows the Output to be set to Min mA (i.e. 0mA or 4mA) or Max mA (i.e. 20mA or 24mA) when the M2000 is put into the P/T Calibrate mode, this only occurs if the P/T Calibrate Register is written to under a Modbus write command. Under all other circumstances the outputs will not be altered by the setting of the radio buttons.



4.53. DIGITAL OUTPUTS The Digital Outputs for the system can be set up on this page. The Model 2000 has twelve pulse outputs, available on each outpu t card these can be se lected to be either Alarm outputs or Pulse outputs or Flow Dir output or reproduce the Digital Switch Inputs as a pulse output or operate as Valve control On or Off Outputs or Fixed output for self test purposes. Pulse outputs. a) Selecting the appropriate Output board from the pull down menu this will show the output boards available and their

position in the corrector. b) Select the required output to be Pulse c) Selecting the required output parameter from the Variables tree and dragging across to the output box that is going to be

used for that item. d) Entering the required Divider, scaling factor or twf for each output this would normally be 1, 10, 100 or 1000 and is

selected so that the pulse output does not overrun and create an alarm. e) Entering the Pulse length for the pulse output can be selected from 500, 333, 250, 200, 167, 142, 125, 111, 100, 50, 33

and 25 mS. f) Entering the required Duty Cycle for the pulse output this would normally be 50% but can be selected from Minimum

pulse (>1mS), 25%, 50% & 75%. Alarm outputs. a) Selecting the appropriate Output board from the pull down menu this will show the output boards available and their

position in the corrector. b) Select the required output to be Alarm c) In the lower left hand selection box Status Bits select the required alarm items or group of alarms that are required to

provide an alarm output, and drag them across to the output box that is going to be used for that item. d) If the alarm output is required to be Inverted and to be Latched on when an Alarm occurs then select the appropriate tick

box. NOTE it is possible to set up a number of different Accountable and Non-accountable Alarm outputs all with different alarms set in each. Flow Dir outputs. a) Selecting the appropriate Output board from the pull down menu this will show the output boards available and their

position in the corrector. b) Select the required output to be Flow Direction. c) Selecting a flow rate parameter from the Variables tree and dragging across to the output box that is going to be used for

the flow direction indication. d) If the flow direction output is required to be Inverted then select the appropriate tick box. e) The selected output will indicate the flow direction as determined by the sign of the flow rate parameter and the Invert

function e.g.(On) for + direction or (Off) for – direction. Fixed outputs. a) Selecting the appropriate Output board from the pull down menu this will show the output boards available and their

position in the corrector. b) Select the required output to be Fixed c) Select the appropriate output to be Logic 1 (On) or Logic 0 (Off) Digital Switch Inputs reproduced as outputs. a) Selecting the appropriate Output board from the pull down menu this will show the output boards available and their

position in the corrector. b) Select the required output to be Swt Inp c) Selecting a digital switch input 1, 2 or 3 parameter from the Status Bits tree and dragging across to the output box that is

going to be used for the output indication. d) If the output is required to be Inverted then select the appropriate tick box. e) The selected output will indicate the status of the digital switch input.



Valve control outputs. a) Selecting the appropriate Output board from the pull down menu this will show the output boards available and their

position in the corrector. b) Select the required output to be Valve c) Selecting a Valve Control item Valve1 Open, Valve1 Closed, Valve2 Open or Valve2 Closed parameter from the Variables

tree and dragging across to the output box that is going to be used for the Valve control output. d) If the output is required to be Inverted then select the appropriate tick box. e) The selected output will give an output signal for a Duration of XX seconds as set by the duration programmable box.

Range is programmable from 1 to 65535 seconds. The output pulse will occur when a Modbus Control register for the appropriate Valve Control item is written to. oL1 Local Values Local Values Folder oL0 Stream 1 Stream 1 oL0 Stream 2 Stream 2 oL0 Stream 3 Stream 3 oL0 Time oL0 General General Folder oL1 Valve Switching Valve Switching Folder ML¡ Valve 1 Open Valve 1 Open Command Output ML¡ Valve 1 Closed Valve 1 Closed Command Output ML¡ Valve 2 Open Valve 2 Open Command Output ML¡ Valve 2 Closed Valve 2 Closed Command Output If the Value 255 is written then the Output is set ON permanently. If the Value 254 is written then the Output is set OFF permanently. Lubricate control outputs. a) Selecting the appropriate Output board from the pull down menu this will show the output boards available and their position

in the corrector. b) Select the required output to be Lubricate c) The Setup Lubrication Parameters button will enable a new setup window which allows the various Lubrication modes to

be enabled as follows:- 1) Lubrication Mode menu selects t he basic parameter that determines the interval between lubrication operations (outputs)

it can be selected between:- Time Based a set time interval Frequency of Lubrication between 1 day to 40 weeks. Vbu Based an interval based upon the Vbu flow between 0 and 2,000,000 m3 Vb Based an interval based upon the Vbu flow between 0 and 2,000,000 m3 Vn Based an interval based upon the Vbu flow between 0 and 2,000,000 m3 2) Lubricate When can be set to All the time or Only if Flow is above the Loq value. 3) Number of Strokes per pump cycle set from 1 to 65535. 4) Stroke Duration 1 to 255 seconds. 5) Pause between Strokes 1 to 255 seconds. 6) Stream Number selects the stream 1,2 or 3. d) If the output is required to be Inverted then select the appropriate tick box. e) The selected output will indicate the set status of the Lubrication Output. Grab Sample outputs. a) Selecting the appropriate Output board from the pull down menu this will show the output boards available and their position

in the corrector. b) Select the required output to be used for Grab Sample. c) Select Grab Now 1 or Grab Now 2 from the Variables tree and dragging across to the output box that is going to be used

for the Grab Sampler output. d) If the Grab Sampler output is required to be Inverted then select the appropriate tick box. e) The selected output will operate as a Grab Sampler as set up on the Grab Sampler page.



4.54. LOGGING The Logging set-up page allows the operator to set-up all of the data logging facilities within the Model 2000. There are five elements setting up the Logging Page 1) Logs This defines the Log definition number , it is possible to set up 16 different logging systems. Use the pull down menu to select the required number. 2) Log Entries This defines the number of logs to be made i.e. 100 , when the system has made 100 logs it will then overwrite the earliest data The log entries can be any number between 1 and 9999. 3) Use of Memory This item is an information box detailing how much memory is available and how much is being used. Warnings are issued if the total available is exceeded in any logging set-up. 4) Log Interval This sets the logging interval periods. Available periods can be selected from the pull down menus Period and Day. Period allows the logging period to be selected from the following:- 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, and 30 mins. 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12 hours or daily Weekly or Monthly If Weekly is selected then the day of the week to log on must be selected from the Day pull down menu. If Monthly is selected then the day of the month to log on must be selected from the Day pull down menu. In all cases of Daily, Weekly and Monthly logging the log will occur on the contract hour on the selected day. 5) Log Variables The items to be logged at the logging interval are selected from the variable tree on the left hand side and are dragged across to the log variables window. 6) Log on Event As well as logging on a Time Interval as defined above it is also possible to create a log when either a specific event or all recorded events occur. The tick box Log On event enables this function if a log on specific events are required then select the required event from the list of Status Codes. If a log on all events is required then enable the tick box Any Event.



4.55. MODBUS The Modbus set-up page allows the operator to set-up MODBUS COMMUNICATION data lists that can then be accessed via any of the communication ports of the Model 2000 that are set-up to send or receive MODBUS data. The Set up page is divided into two separate sections one for standard variables and presets etc. and one for all logged data. When a set-up is created it can contain both standard variables and logged data. The modbus page is divided into 3 different sections: Setup Allows the user to do the following functions: Create a new setup Rename an existing setup Delete an existing setup Variables, Log Data & Stat us Bits This contains all the possible data that can be accessed via a MODBUS communication port. Any required data item or data file can be dragged across to the MODBUS set-up window to be included in the active set-up. Switching between Log Data & Variables, or Log Data & Status Bits allows the user to switch between logged data setup and standard data setup Modbus Setup The modbus setup window assigned the necessary MODBUS communication setup to each data item or block of data items that are dragged into the window from the data tree. The items that need to be configured, and the options for each data item are as follows:- Address any address in the range 0H to FFFFH or 0D to 65535D Number type can be selected from :- Integer Char Float Unsigned Int Unsigned Char Double Unsigned Short Short Boolean Time or EG Time Default No Change Byte Order can be selected from 1234 4321 2143 3412 No Change Register size can be selected from 1 byte 2 bytes 4 bytes 8 bytes No Change Latch can be selected from No latch Latch on Read Latch on Write Latch on Read or Write No Change Each of the above parameters can be set by selecting the variable name to be formatted and double clicking on it. A selection box for each of the above items will appear and the format can be set. If it is required to set a complete column of items to have the same format then this can be achieved by instead of selecting an individual item, selecting the header for that column, a small menu will appear detailing the options for that column and the required item can then be selected. Modbus Logging Setup At the top of each logging MODBUS set up window will be a line of symbols similar to as follows;- Log : 1 AM : Address AI : Auto LE : 100 These symbols refer to the access methods for this MODBUS Logging set-up.



There are 2 basic access methods which can be altered by selecting the top line and clicking on the edit function. the methods are as follows;- Address Based Address Based means that each logged item will have a separate address, this method can be sub-divided into two further types Push Up and Push Do wn.

Push Up means that all addresses increment from a given starting address. Push Down means that all addresses decrement from a given starting address.

The definition line for an Address Based set-up would be as follows;- Log : 1 AM : Address AI : Auto LE : 100 Log means Log set-up number 1 to 16 AM means Access method can be Address Based or Register Based AI means Address increment this can be automatic or entered LE means the number of log entries

Register Based Register Based means that the address of the logged record to be read is defined in a separate register, this method can be sub-divided into two further types Push Up and Push Down.

Push Up means that all addresses increment from a given starting address. Push Down means that all addresses decrement from a given starting address.

This method is only intended to be used where the amount of logged data that is available in the Model 2000 far exceeds the available MODBUS addresses. The method used would then be to have Data stored for any particular log time stored at a range of defined addresses. Then the particular record to be accessed would always be read from the same range of addresses. The definition line for an Register Based set-up would be as follows;-

Log : 1 AM : Register EA : Fixed Log means Log set-up number 1 to 16 AM means Access method can be Address Based or Register Based. EA means Entry Address i.e. the Address of the register to be written to define the actual log required, for example if 1000 log entries exist and it is required to read 123 then 123 would be written in the Entry Address register and the logged data for record 123 out of 1000 could be read from the addresses set up in the Modbus window.

Validate The Validate button function checks to determine if the set-up that is currently in the MODBUS set-up window is valid and can be used. This function should be checked whenever a new set-up is created. Modbus Timeout The Modbus Timeout value allows a time in seconds to be set, if the Modbus comms register is not accessed within that time either by a valid Modbus read or write then a Modbus Communication Timeout alarm will be set.



4.56. ACTIVE DATA The Active Data set-up page allows the operator to set-up the active data variables to be included in the Active Data Report. Items of Data to be included in the Active Data printer report are selected from the data tree in the left hand window and dragged across and dropped in the Variables window on the right hand side. Up to a maximum of 50 Active Data items can be included in this Report. This Active Data report can then be Read out from the Model 2000 using the supplied windows software.



4.57. DATA TO PRINT The Data to Print set-up page allows the operator to set-up a number of different Printer Reports. Up to 10 separate Printer Reports can be created, each should be given a different Printout Name and can then be referred to when the various Print Jobs are set-up. The data to print page is split in to four different sections: Print Setups New Setup Create a new printout Rename Rename an existing setup Delete Delete an existing setup Resize Change the page size of the setup Variables & Log Data Normally the Data Tree contains all variable items and these can be selected and dragged across to the Printer set-up page. To select Logged items the Logged Data button should be operated and any available logged data will be shown instead. Page Selection << goto first page < goto previous page > goto next page >> goto last page New Page create a new page Delete Page delete the current page Get Clipboard get information from the clipboard Zoom (75%) zoom in or out of the page Page Setup A group of Text can be selected by operating the right mouse key this will show the selected text surrounded by a Green line any new or duplicate position will be shown by a blue shade d box options then exist to:- Cut Copy Clear Clipboard Delete A variable item can be selected by the right mouse key. The options then exist to:- Format Hide Units Removes Units Field Hide Name Removes Name Field No padding Removes all spaces etc. from fields Change Formatting Shortcut to Format Menu. Cut Copy Clear Clipboard Delete A log or group of log records can be selected by the right mouse key. The options then exist to:- Format Hide Units Removes Units Field Hide Name Removes Name Field No padding Removes all spaces etc. from fields Change Formatting Shortcut to Format Menu. Log order Most recent first Oldest First Create Log Statistic allows a group of log records to be selected and a statistic to be created this can then be selected from the options: Sum Sum of all items in log record Average Average of all items in log record Min Minimum value in the list



Max Maximum value in the list Cut Copy Clear Clipboard Delete If Time and Date are to be included in any report then the format can be set to include any of the following items Yes or No by enabling the appropriate tick box Hours Minutes Seconds Weekday Day Month Year Swap dd/mm for USA style In addition the Order of Time / Date / Day can be selected from the pull down menu.



4.58. PRINT JOBS The Print Jobs set-up page allows the operator to set-up all of the printer jobs that the M2000 is required to action. Up to a maximum of 10 Printer Jobs can be created these can be set to occur under any or all of the following circumstances.

• On an time Interval • On an Event such as an alarm occurring • When the M2000 front panel print button is operated menu. • When a Alarm print occurs

In addition to selecting the point at which a printer job will occur the operator can also select the particular printer report (Printout) that will occur and also the Printer port on which it will occur. To set the Printer job on t imed Interval the right hand boxes are set up, to set up a printer job on Event the left hand boxes are set up. If it is required to add the particular print job to the M2000 f ront panel print button menu (i.e. an operator manual print request) the tick box show on Print button menu should be enabled. Any or all of these functions can be set to produce a pr int out, so for example a particular print job could be set to occur on time, on an event and on an operator request. If the Enable alarm print box is enabled then one or more of the alarm boxes Warning, Non Accountable, Accountable or Fault can be selected. If this is done then when one of the selected types of alarm occurs the Alarm message as it appears on the Alarm display pages will be printed when the alarm is set or reset. Note in the case of an automatic Alarm print it is not necessary to select any printout to occur, if this is done then only the alarm message and time and date will be printed. It is also possible to create a Print of All Alarms by selecting the Print All Alarms tick box. Printout and the required Printer are selected from the pull down menus at the top of the page. Each different Printer Jobs set up must be given a different name. To set up a required printer Interval this must be selected from the available printer intervals. Available printer intervals can be selected from the pull down menus Period and Day. Period allows the printing interval to be selected from the following:- 1, 2, 4, 5, 10, 15, 20, and 30 mins. 1, 2, 4, 6, 8, 12 hours or daily Weekly or Monthly If Daily is selected then the hour of printing is selected from the pull down menu. If Weekly is selected then the day of the week to print on must be selected from the Day pull down menu. If Monthly is selected then the day of the month to print on must be selected from the Day pull down menu. In all cases of Weekly and Monthly printing the print will occur on the contract hour (i.e. start of Day) on the selected day. When printing Log records it is possible to select the records to be printed in a number of different ways. This section determines which records and from which time periods will be included in any report, however the time of actual printing is still determined by the Interval setting. If the log records consist of for example 100 records then specific records can be se lected from that list to form part of a report. If Print records from offset is selected then records from the specified Offset (an offset of 0 is the top of the list) to the beginning of the list will be printed. So if Offset is set to 10 the first ten records will be selected for inclusion in the report. If Print current day is selected then records from the specified Hour to the current time in the current day will be printed. If Print current day –1 or –2 etc. is selected then records from the specified Hour to the specified Hour (i.e. a 24 Hour report) on the appropriate day will be printed. This assumes that the data is available for that time period.



4.59. PORTS (MODBUS ASCII/RTU) The Modbus (ASCII /RTU) Serial Communication ports used in the system can be set up on this page. The Modbus Serial Communication ports available on this corrector are set-up and given functions on this set-up page. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-

SKT 1.1 MPU this means Microprocessor board in slot 1 upper connector SKT 1.2 MPU this means Microprocessor board in slot 1 lower connector SKT 2.1 COMMS this means Communication board in slot 2 upper connector SKT 2.2 COMMS this means Communication board in slot 2 lower connector

The Function menu will define the available funct ions in this case Modbus ASCII or Modbus RTU should be selected. Once a port has been assigned a function of Modbus ASCII or Modbus RTU other menu boxes appropriate to that function will appear as follows:-

Set-up Name Select the Modbus set-up to be used on this port. ID Modbus id address 1 to 255 are allowed Baud Rate Communication rate between 1200 and 115K Parity None, Odd, Even, Mark or Space Stop bits Number of stop bits 1 or 2 No bits Number of Data bits 7 or 8 RS232 or RS485 Communication type Enable Handshaking Enable or disable Hardware (RTS/CTS) handshaking Delay 0, 50, 100, 150 or 200 mS delay between Rx string and Tx Address Offset Enables Modbus Address Offsets Coil default offset 1 Input default offset 10001 Input Reg default offset 30001 Holding Reg default offset 40001

This should be used where systems require these address offsets to be used (See Modbus technical documentation for details).



4.60. PORTS (PASSWORD MODBUS ASCII/RTU) The Password Modbus (ASCII /RTU) Serial Communication ports used in the system can be set up on this page. The Password Modbus Serial Communication ports available on this corrector are set-up and given functions on this set-up page. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-


The Function menu will define the available funct ions in this case Password Modbus ASCII or Password Modbus RTU should be selected. Once a port has been assigned a function of Password Modbus ASCII or Password Modbus RTU other menu boxes appropriate to that function will appear as follows:-

Set-up Name Select the Modbus set-up to be used on this port. ID Modbus id address 1 to 255 are allowed Baud Rate Communication rate between 1200 and 115K Parity None, Odd, Even, Mark or Space Stop bits Number of stop bits 1 or 2 No bits Number of Data bits 7 or 8 RS232 or RS485 Communication type Enable Handshaking Enable or disable Hardware (RTS/CTS) handshaking Delay 0, 50, 100, 150 or 200 mS delay between Rx str ing and Tx Address Offset Enables Modbus Address Offsets Coil default offset 1 Input default offset 10001 Input Reg default offset 30001 Holding Reg default offset 40001

This should be used where systems require these address offsets to be used (See Modbus technical documentation for details). The operating function of Password Modbus is identical to that of normal or Standard Modbus except that access to the available data to read or write is controlled by three passwords. (See page Modbus Passwords). There are three Modbus Passwords each allowing a different level of security:- LEVEL 1 Highest security level this allows:- Read access to all registers Write access to allowable registers Change(edit) access to Level 2 and 3 passwords LEVEL 2 Medium security level this allows:- Read access to all registers Change(edit) access to Level 3 passwords LEVEL 3 Lowest security level this allows:- Read access to all registers Modbus Security setting item will return the current Modbus security setting when it is read, the possible replies are:- 0 No access (default setting) in this case this register is the only item that can be read , and the password registers are the

only items that can be written. Attempts to read or write other registers will return a Modbus exception. 1 Current Security Level is Level 1 2 Current Security Level is Level 2 3 Current Security Level is Level 3 Writing to a password with an address < 1000 will set the security level to that password, assuming that the password written is correct. If an incorrect password is written then the security level will be set to 0(No access). Writing to a password with an address > 1000 will change the password to that value, this assumes that this action is allowable within the current security level. If the action is not allowable then a Modbus exception will be returned. Setting of security levels and editing of passwords should only be performed one register at a time.



4.61. PORTS (CHROMAT ASCII/RTU) The Chromatograph Modbus (ASCII /RTU) Serial Communication ports used in the system can be set up on this page. The Gas Chromatograph Modbus Serial Communication ports available on this corrector are set-up and given functions on this set-up page. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-


The Function menu will define the available functions in this case Chromat ASCII or Chromat RTU should be selected. Once a port has been assigned a function of Chromat ASCII or Chromat RTU other menu boxes appropriate to that function will appear as follows:-

Baud Rate Communication rate between 1200 and 115K Parity None, Odd, Even, Mark or Space Stop bits Number of stop bits 1 or 2 No bits Number of Data bits 7 or 8 RS232 or RS485 Communication type Enable Handshaking Enable or disable Hardware (RTS/CTS) handshaking



4.62. PORTS (OSC-01-E) The Serial Communication port set up when gas data is read using the OSC-01-E protocol can be set up on this page. The OSC-01-E Serial Communication ports available on this corrector are set-up and given functions on this set-up page. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-

SKT 1.1 MPU this means Microprocessor board in slot 1 upper connector SKT 1.2 MPU this means M icroprocessor board in slot 1 lower connector SKT 2.1 COMMS this means Communication board in slot 2 upper connector SKT 2.2 COMMS this means Communication board in slot 2 lower connector

Function menus are as follows:-

Baud Rate Communication rate between 1200 and 115K Parity None, Odd, Even, Mark or Space Stop bits Number of stop bits 1 or 2 No bits Number of Data bits 7 or 8 RS232 or RS485 Communication type Enable Handshaking Enable or disable Hardware (RTS/CTS) handshaking Packet Timeout Communication received data timeout in seconds.



4.63. PORTS (PRINTER) The Printer Serial Communication ports used in the system can be set up on this page. The Printer Serial Communication ports available on this corrector are set-up and given functions on this set -up page. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-


The Function menu will define the available functions in this case serial Printer should be selected. Once a port has been assigned a function of serial Printer other menu boxes appropriate to that function will appear as follows:-

Baud Rate Communication rate between 1200 and 115K Parity None, Odd, Even, Mark or Space Stop bits Number of stop bits 1 or 2 No bits Number of Data bits 7 or 8 RS232 or RS485 Communication type Enable Handshaking Enable or disable Hardware (RTS/CTS) handshaking Invert CTS Inverts the polarity of the CTS handshaking signal Pending Timeout Handshaking Timeout in seconds Page Width in number of characters per line default 80 Page Height in number of lines default 60



4.64. PORTS (INSTROMET ULTRASONIC 1) The Instromet Ultrasonic meter Serial Communication port used in the system can be set up on this page. When the Model 2000 is used with a single Instromet Ultrasonic meter using the UNIFORM Serial Communication protocol the serial communication port used on this corrector is set-up and given functions on this set-up page. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-


The Function menu will define the available functions in this case Instromet Ultrasonic 1 meter should be selected. Once a port has been assigned a function of Instromet Ultrasonic 1 meter other menu boxes appropriate to that function will appear as follows:

Baud Rate Communication rate between 1200 and 115K Parity None, Odd, Even, Mark or Space Stop bits Number of stop bits 1 or 2 Number of Data bits 8 only RS232 or RS485 Communication type Enable Handshaking Enable or disable Hardware (RTS/CTS) handshaking Packet Timeouts Alarm default 20 Zero Flow default 7 seconds before flow set to 0 if no communication from meter.

For more detailed information relating to the setting up and configuration of the Instromet Ultrasonic meter see the operating instruction manuals for that device.



4.65. PORTS (INSTROMET THRU PORT 1) The Uniform software associated with the Instromet Ultrasonic meter Serial Communication port used in the system can be set up on this page. The Uniform software Serial Communication port available on this corrector is set-up and given functions on this set-up page. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-


The Function menu will define the available functions in this case Instromet Thru-port 1 should be selected. Once a port has been assigned a function of Instromet Thru-port 1 other menu boxes appropriate to that function will appear as follows:

Baud Rate Communication rate between 1200 and 115K Parity None, Odd, Even, Mark or Space Stop bits Number of stop bits 1 or 2 No bits Number of Data bits 8 only RS232 or RS485 Communication type Enable Handshaking Enable or disable Hardware (RTS/CTS) handshaking

For more detailed information relating to the setting up and configuration of the Instromet Ultrasonic meter see the operating instruction manuals for that device.



4.66. PORTS (INSTROMET ULTRASONIC MODBUS RTU) The Instromet Ultrasonic meter can be set to function in a Multi-drop Serial Communication manner, the port used in the system can be set up on this page. When the Instromet Ultrasonic meter is configured to be used in a M ulti-drop manner it uses the Modbus RTU Serial Communication protocol and the port used must be set accordingly. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-


The Function menu will define the available functions in this case Instromet Ultrasonic Modbus RTU meter should be selected. Once a port has been assigned a function of Instromet Ultrasonic Modbus RTU meter, other menu boxes appropriate to that function will appear as follows:

Baud Rate Communication rate between 1200 and 115K Parity None, Odd, Even, Mark or Space Stop bits Number of stop bits 1 or 2 Number of Data bits 8 only Communication type RS485 Only Enable Handshaking Not available in this function Packet Timeouts Alarm default 20 Modbus id Each connected Meter should be set to a different id. 0 in not allowed, it is suggested that id 1 = Stream 1 id 2 = Stream 2 id 3 = Stream 3

NOTE : When used in this configuration Communication using the Instromet Thru port function is not possible. For more detailed information relating to the setting up and configuration of the Instromet Ultrasonic meter see the operating instruction manuals for that device. The Model 2000 will read the following Modbus Parameters from the Ultrasonic Meter:

Address Measured value Units Meaning n000 Instrument Type - Flow meter type code as used by the UNIFORM software n001 Num Paths - Number of acoustic paths n002 Sequence Num LO - Measurement interval sequence number: 'Low-order' bytes n003 Sequence Num HI - Measurement interval sequence number: 'High-order' bytes n004 Sample Rate - Number of acquired samples (elementary measurements)

n005…n009 Valid Samples: L1…L5 - Number of valid samples of path 1…5 n010…n019 Agc Level: Trd 1A…5B - AGC level of transducer 1A,1B,2A,2B…5B n020…n029 Agc Limit: Trd 1A…5B - AGC limit of transducer 1A,1B,2A,2B…5B n030…n034 Diag. Bits: L1…L5 - Reserved for diagnostic information of path 1…5

n035 Status 1 (V-status) - Operating status of the V-Module n036 Status 2 (C/R-status) - Operating status of the optional C-Module (or, if applicable) the

Remote Unit n037 Checksum 1 - Program (=firmware ROM) checksum n038 Checksum 2 - Parameter set-up checksum n039 Mode of Operation - Actual mode of operation n400 Speed of Sound m/s Speed of sound (N-path average) n401 Gas Velocity m/s Flow velocity (N-path average) n402 Pressure kPa Absolute pressure n403 Temperature K Absolute temperature n404 QLine m3/h Volume flow at line conditions (= actual volume flow) n405 QBase m3/h Volume flow at base/reference conditions (= corrected volume flow)

n406…n410 Cpp: L1…L5 m/s Speed of sound per acoustic path (L1…L5) n411…n415 Vpp: L1…L5 m/s Flow velocity per acoustic path (L1…L5)

n416 Forward Volume 7 m3 Accumulated actual volume ‘forward’; 7-digit counter n417 Reverse Volume 7 m3 Accumulated actual volume ‘reverse’; 7-digit counter n418 Forward Error Volume 7 m3 Accumulated actual error volume ‘forward’; 7-digit counter n419 Reverse Error Volume 7 m3 Accumulated actual error volume ‘reverse’; 7-digit counter n420 Tspare - Reserved for future TwinSonic applications



4.67. PORTS (PANAMETRICS GM868 ULTRASONIC) The Panametrics GM868 Ultrasonic meter communication port can be set up on this page. When the Model 2000 is configured to be used with a Panametr ics GM868 Ultrasonic meter it uses the Modbus ASCII Serial Communication protocol and the port used must be set accordingly. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-


The Function menu will define the available functions in this case Panametrics GM868 meter should be selected. Once a port has been assigned a function of Panametrics GM868 meter, other menu boxes appropriate to that function will appear as follows:

Baud Rate Communication rate between 1200 and 115K Parity None, Odd, Even, Mark or Space Stop bits Number of stop bits 1 or 2 No bits Number of Data bits 8 only RS232 or RS485 Communication type RS485 Only Enable Handshaking Not available in this function Packet Timeouts Alarm default 20 Modbus id Each connected Meter should be set to a different id. 0 in not allowed, it is suggested that id 1 = Stream 1

The Model 2000 will read the following Modbus Parameters from the Ultrasonic Meter:

Address Measured value Units Meaning 5 & 6 Act Volumetric m3/hr Actual Volume flow rate as 32 bit IEEE float 7 & 8 Std Volumetric m3/hr Standard Volume Flow rate as 32 bit IEEE float

9 & 10 Fwd Totals m3 Forward Direction Totals 4 (2 16 bit int) 11 & 12 Rev Totals m3 Reverse Direction Totals 4 (2 16 bit int)

23 Error Code 0 = OK Any other value = meter alarm 2 byte Integer 24 & 25 Speed of Sound m/s Speed of Sound 4 (2 16 bit int) 28 & 29 Signal Strength Upstream Signal strength Upstream 4 (2 16 bit int) 30 & 31 Signal Strength Downstrm Signal strength Downstream 4 (2 16 bit int) 32 & 33 Temperature C Temperature 4 (2 16 bit int) 34 & 35 Pressure bara Pressure 4 (2 16 bit int)

For more detailed information relating to the setting up and configuration of the Panametrics GM868 Ultrasonic meter see the operating instruction manuals for that device.



4.68. PORTS (PANAMETRICS IGM 878 ULTRASONIC) The Panametrics GM868 Ultrasonic meter communication port can be set up on this page. When the Model 2000 is configured to be used with a Panametrics GM868 Ultrasonic meter it uses the Modbus RTU Serial Communication protocol and the port used must be set accordingly. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-


The Function menu will define the available functions in this case Panametrics GM868 meter should be selected. Once a port has been assigned a function of Panametrics GM868 meter, other menu boxes appropriate to that function will appear as follows:




The Model 2000 will read the following Modbus Parameters from the Ultrasonic Meter: Address Measured value Units Type 1 & 2 Actual Volume Flow am3/hr 32 bit IEEE float 3 & 4 Speed of Sound m/s 32 bit IEEE float 5 Measurement Status 2 byte integer 6 & 7 Area Average Velocity m/2 32 bit IEEE float 8 & 9 Normal Volumetric Flow sm3/hr 32 bit IEEE float 10-13 Actual Volume Forward Total am3 64 bit IEEE double 14-17 Actual Volume Reverse Total am3 64 bit IEEE double 18-21 Normal Volume Forward Total sm3 64 bit IEEE double 22-25 Normal Volume Reverse Total sm3 64 bit IEEE double 26 & 27 Mass Flow kg/hr 32 bit IEEE float 28 & 29 Forward Mass Total kg 32 bit IEEE float 30 & 31 Reverse Mass Total kg 32 bit IEEE float 32 & 23 Energy Flow J/hr 32 bit IEEE float 34 & 25 Forward Energy Total J 32 bit IEEE float 36 & 37 Reverse Energy Total J 32 bit IEEE float 38 & 39 Pressure Pa 32 bit IEEE float 40 & 41 Temperature °C 32 bit IEEE float 42 Super Compressability x1000 2 byte integer 43 Density kg/m3 x1000 2 byte integer 44 Kinematic Velocity m2/s x108 2 byte integer 45 Heating Value kJ/m3 2 byte integer 46 Path A Velocity m/s x1000 2 byte integer 47 Path A SoS m/s x10 2 byte integer 48 Path A % Error 2 byte integer 49 Path A Last Error 2 byte integer 50 Path B Velocity m/s x1000 2 byte integer 51 Path B SoS m/s x10 2 byte integer 52 Path B % Error 2 byte integer 53 Path B Last Error 2 byte integer 54 Path C Velocity m/s x1000 2 byte integer 55 Path C SoS m/s x10 2 byte integer 56 Path C % Error 2 byte integer 57 Path C Last Error 2 byte integer 58 Path D Velocity m/s x1000 2 byte integer 59 Path D SoS m/s x10 2 byte integer 60 Path D % Error 2 byte integer 61 Path D Last Error 2 byte integer 62 Path E Velocity m/s x1000 2 byte integer 63 Path E SoS m/s x10 2 byte integer 64 Path E % Error 2 byte integer 65 Path E Last Error 2 byte integer 66 Path F Velocity m/s x1000 2 byte integer 67 Path F SoS m/s x10 2 byte integer 68 Path F % Error 2 byte integer 69 Path F Last Error 2 byte integer 70 Update Rate Hz 2 byte integer 71 SoS Low Limit m/s 2 byte integer 72 SoS High Limit m/s 2 byte integer 73 Velocity High Limit m/s 2 byte integer 74 Velocity Low Limit m/s 2 byte integer 75 Signal Strength High dB 2 byte integer 76 Signal Strength Low dB 2 byte integer 77 Amplitude High 2 byte integer 78 Amplitude Low 2 byte integer 79 Num in Avg 2 byte integer 80 Software Version 2 byte integer 81 Checksum 2 byte integer 82 Paths 2 byte integer 83 Modbus 2 byte integer

For more detailed information relating to the setting up and configuration of the Panametrics IGM878 Ultrasonic meter see the operating instruction manuals for that device.



4.69. PORTS (DANIEL SENIOR SONIC ULTRASONIC) The Daniel Senior Sonic Ultrasonic meter communication port can be set up on this page. When the Model 2000 is configured to be used with a Daniel Senior Sonic Ultrasonic meter it uses the Modbus ASCII Serial Communication protocol and the port used must be set accordingly. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-


The Function menu will define the available functions in this case Daniels Senior Sonic meter should be selected. Once a port has been assigned a function of Daniels Senior Sonic meter, other menu boxes appropriate to that function will appear as follows:


The Model 2000 will read the following Modbus Parameters from the Ultrasonic Meter:

Address Measured value Units Meaning 62 Status A System Status for Chord A INT 63 Status B System Status for Chord B INT 64 Status C System Status for Chord C INT 65 Status D System Status for Chord D INT 66 System Status General Status Information INT 67 FailCntA1 No of failures per batch in upstream direction for chord A INT 68 FailCntB1 No of failures per batch in upstream direction for chord B INT 69 FailCntC1 No of failures per batch in upstream direction for chord C INT 70 FailCnD1 No of failures per batch in upstream direction for chord D INT 71 FailCntA2 No of failures per batch in downstream direction for chord A INT 72 FailCntB2 No of failures per batch in downstream direction for chord B INT 73 FailCntC2 No of failures per batch in downstream direction for chord C INT 74 FailCntD2 No of failures per batch in downstream direction for chord D INT 352 FlowVel A m/s flow velocity for chord A FP



354 FlowVel B m/s flow velocity for chord B FP 356 FlowVel C m/s flow velocity for chord C FP 358 FlowVel D m/s flow velocity for chord D FP 360 AvgFlow m/s corrected velocity after linearization FP 362 SndVelA m/s sound velocity for chord A FP 364 SndVelB m/s sound velocity for chord B FP 366 SndVelC m/s sound velocity for chord C FP 368 SndVelD m/s sound velocity for chord D FP 370 AvgSndVel m/s average sound velocity FP

1500 UnCorrVol m3 Uncorrected positive volume LINT 1502 NUncorrVol m3 Uncorrected negative volume LINT 1504 ColdStart System Flag LINT 1506 DataQlty flow data quality indicator LINT 1508 VolOflow count positive volume overflow count LINT 1510 NVolOFlow count negative volume overflow count LINT 1512 TimeLapse pulses Number of pulses LINT 1514 TimeOFlow count time overflow count LINT 1516 Time sec. Number of seconds LINT 1518 MaxSEA1 Maximum Chord A upstream signal energy LINT 1520 MaxSEA2 Maximum Chord A downstream signal energy LINT 1522 MaxSEB1 Maximum Chord B upstream signal energy LINT 1524 MaxSEB2 Maximum Chord B downstream signal energy LINT 1526 MaxSEC1 Maximum Chord C upstream signal energy LINT 1528 MaxSEC2 Maximum Chord C downstream signal energy LINT 1530 MaxSED1 Maximum Chord D downstream signal energy LINT 1532 MaxSED2 Maximum Chord D downstream signal energy LINT 1534 UnCorrVol m3 Uncorrected positive volume LINT 1536 UnCorrVolFrac 10-3 m3 Fractional part of positive uncorrected volume LINT 1538 NUnCorrVol m3 Uncorrected negative volume LINT 1540 NUnCorrVol-Frac 10-3 m3 Fractional part of negative uncorrected volume LINT

For more detailed information relating to the setting up and configuration of the Daniels Senior Sonic Ultrasonic meter see the operating instruction manuals for that device.



4.70. PORTS (FLOWSIC 600) The FlowSIC 600 meter Serial Communication port used in the system can be set up on this page. When the Model 2000 is used with a single FlowSIC 600 meter using Modbus Serial Communication protocol the serial communication port used on this corrector is set-up and given functions on this set-up page. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-


The Function menu will define the available functions in this case FlowSIC 600 meter should be selected. Once a port has been assigned a function of FlowSIC 600 other menu boxes appropriate to that function will appear as follows:

Baud Rate Communication rate between 1200 and 115K Parity None, Odd, Even, Mark or Space Stop bits Number of stop bits 1 or 2 No bits Number of Data bits 7 or 8 RS232 or RS485 Communication type RS232 or RS485 Enable Handshaking Not available in this function Retries Number of Communication retries default 3 Modbus id Meter communication Modbus id number default 1. 0 in not allowed.

The Model 2000 will read the following Modbus Parameters from the FlowSIC 600:

Address Units Meaning 3001 - Device identification (flow meter type) 3002 - System Control Register 3003 - System Status

3004…3007 - Status register for each path 1…4 3008…3011 - Number of valid samples of path 1…4(related to block size and measurement rate) 3012…3019 Digit AGC level of receiver 1A, 1B… , 4A, 4B

5010 - Forward Volume 5011 - Forward Volume in Error 5012 - Reverse Volume 5013 - Reverse Volume in Error 7001 m3/hr Volume flow rate at line conditions (=actual volume flow) 7002 m3/hr Volume flow rate at base conditions 7003 m/s Velocity of sound (N-path average value) 7004 m/s Gas velocity (N-path average value)

7005…7008 m/s Velocity of Sound per path 1…4 (averaged values) 7009…7012 m/s Velocity of gas per paths 1…4 (averaged values) 7013…7020 dB SNR receiver 1A, 1B…., 4A, 4B (averaged values)

For more detailed information relating to the setting up and configuration of the FlowSIC 600 meter see the operating instruction manuals for that device.



4.71. PORTS (STATION CONTROLLER) The Station Controller Serial Communication port used in the system can be set up on this page. The Station Controller Serial Communication port available on this corrector are set-up and given functions on this set-up page. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-


The Function menu will define the available functions in this case Station Controller should be selected. Once a port has been assigned a function of Station Controller other menu boxes appropriate to that function will appear as follows:-

Baud Rate Communication rate between 1200 and 115K The baud rate must be set to be the same as that used by the connected f low computers. All other boxes on this page will be grey.



4.72. PORTS (SMART INDEX) The Instromet SMART Index for Turbine meters Serial Communication port used in the system can be set up on this page. When the Model 2000 is used with a single Instromet SMART Index meter using the NAMUR Serial Communication protocol the serial communication port used on this corrector is set-up and given functions on this set-up page. The Left hand pull down menu Port defines the port to be set-up and the right hand pull down menu Function defines the required function for that port. The Port menu will refer to:-


The Function menu will define the available functions in this case Smart Index should be selected. Once a port has been assigned a function of Smart Index other menu boxes appropriate to that function will appear as follows:

Baud Rate Communication rate between 1200 and 115K default of 2400 Parity None, Odd, Even, Mark or Space default of Even Stop bits Number of stop bits 1 or 2 default of 1 No bits Number of Data bits 7 or 8 default of 7 RS232 or RS485 Communication type Enable Handshaking Enable or disable Hardware (RTS/CTS) handshaking Timeout Communication re-try timeout Use Status Use the received Status from the SMART Index

The Model 2000 will read and display the following Parameters from the SMART Index

Meaning a<US> start character a, data frame identifier “meter-readout”

zzzzzzzzzzzzzz<US> meter readout max. 14 digits in ASCII Decimal, no suppression of leading zeros ww<US> indication of the dec. pt. of meter-readout max. 2 digits optional + or – and power

of 10 in ASCII-Decimal Note 0, +0, -0 are equivalent and are all valid. eee<US> physical unit of meter readout, max. 3 characters as text e.g. m3

s<FS> Device Status 1 byte 0x30 to 0x3F where 0x30 means no fault

b<US> start character b, data frame identifier “identification” HHH<US> manufacturer code must be 3 capital letters e.g. INS

TTTTTT<US> device type or meter class max. 6 characters as text e.g. G1600 SSSSSSSSS<US> serial number of the meter max. 9 characters as text e.g. 123456789

JJJJ<US> year of manufacture of meter must be 4 digits in ASCII Decimal e.g. 2003 VVVV<FS> software version number of Smart Index , max 4 characters as text

<US> Unit separator <FS> File separator

For more detailed information relating to the setting up and configuration of the Instromet SMART Index see the operating instruction manuals for that device.



4.73. MODBUS PASSWORDS The Modbus Passwords used in the system can be set up on this page. If a communication port is set operate as a Password Modbus Serial Communication port (See page Password Modbus Port) then three passwords must be entered. These passwords correspond the three security levels that operate in this mode:-

Password 1 for security level 1 Password 2 for security level 2 Password 3 for security level 3

The Password has a range of allowable values between 0 and 65535 which corresponds to a U Short when written via the Modbus communication ports.



4.74. INFORMATION PAGE To set the Information pages of the M2000. The Model 2000 can display up to 6 var iable length information pages, it is intended that these pages can contain user entered text, data and bit maps relating to sensor, approval or other relevant information. The screen shows a copy (with the same resolution) of the Model 2000 display and the entered data and bit maps will be shown as they will appear on the Model 2000 display. To Enter a bitmap on the Information Page follow the procedure:- Select the required Info Page from the pull down menu. Place the arrow cursor on the Yellow screen area in the top left hand corner position where you wish to enter the bitmap. A Red rectangle outline will appear. Press the Define Bitmap button. The Red rectangle outline will convert to shaded blue. Use the keyboard arrow keys to define the area of the Bitmap. Press the Load Bitmap button. Select the .bmp file that you wish to display and load it. To Enter text on the Information page follow the procedure:- Select the required Info Page from the pull down menu. Place the arrow cursor on the Yellow screen area where you wish to enter the text. A Red rectangle outline will appear (this is your cursor). Begin typing the required text. If it is required to invert the text i.e. show as a negative image then tick the Invert tick box before typing. Any text typed after this operation will be inverted. There is a Clear Page button function which erases all text and bit maps on the current page. The lower Box Memory Stats gives information as to the amount of Memory used for the current page the maximum memory available (10,000 bytes) for information pages, the amount of memory used by any bitmap and the dimensions of the bitmap in display pixels.



4.75. DISPLAY PAGES To set the Display pages of the M2000. NOTE THIS IS AN ADVANCED FEATURE IN THE M2000 SET-UP SOFTWARE AND SHOULD ONLY BE ALTERED BY OPERATORS WITH EXPERIENCE OF SETTING UP THE DISPLAY PAGES. In its default condition the M2000 display will show all available items for each Main Menu Item and each Sub Menu Item. Using the functions available on this page it is possible to customise each of the Main Menu Items or Sub Menu Items to only display the user or operator required items. The Display Page Set-up is divided into three function areas: a) The left hand side is the Variables tree which lists all possible display items and Page Titles. Any items in this tree can be dragged across individually or as folders to the right hand side display window. b) The centre window is the List of the actual display items currently on each page. The current display page is determined by the pull down menus Main Menu Item and Sub Menu Item. c) The right hand side window houses the following functions:-

Restore All Restores all default settings for all display pages Restore Menu Restores all default settings for this menu item Restore Sub Menu Restores all default settings for this sub menu item Clear All Clears all display pages Clear Menu Clears all display pages for this menu item Clear Sub Menu Clears all display pages for this sub menu item Create from Station Controller Creates a stream display page set up from a Station Controller Copy from Stream 1 Creates a Copy of the Stream 1 display pages for stream 2 and 3

If the functions of the Model 2000 are altered on some of the previous pages, for example Compressibility is set to NX19 then only certain items of Gas Data are now required and a large number of items do not need to be displayed. Once all the funct ion changes have been set, if the operator then selects the display page set-up, information will be presented regarding the possible display changes that could be effected in order to Restore the default settings for the new functions. In this example it would be to remove the unwanted gas data items. It is therefore recommended to operate the Restore function after all functional changes have been effected and before any display customisation occurs.



4.76. UNIT SECURITY The Unit Security page is only available to Level 3 Users i.e. operators with full access to all areas of the set-up programme. The page has three basic functions:- 1) Assign EDIT and CALIBRATE Mode USER Names and allowed Passwords in the Model 2000 for the 3 possible operators Operator 1, Operator 2 and Operator 3. 2) Assign which Set-up pages are accessible to users when the M2000 is set to operate in its partially secure mode.(One M2000 Security Mode switch ON the other OFF) 3) Enable / Disable the Sending of the Serial Number to the FC2000 To set up the EDIT and CALIBRATE Mode User Names and Passwords the left hand boxes are filled in. The Operator Name serves to identify the User and can contain Alpha numeric characters up to a maximum of six. The Password must be capable of being entered on the M2000 and is therefore limited to numeric characters up to 4 digits. To enable the same Password to allow access to the CALIBRATE section of the M2000 the Calibrate page tick box must be enabled. To set up the partially secure mode of the M2000, each page is selected from the menu tree on the left hand side of the window using the alternative mouse key to allow the selected page or part of a page to be Editable i.e. Data or selected data on that page may be changed by this User or Read Only i.e. Data or selected data on that page may be viewed but not altered by this User or Hidden i.e. The Page or icon will not appear in the menu tree for this User.



4.77. ETHERNET 2 BOARD If an Ethernet 2 Board has been configured as part of the M2000 system, this page is used to configure the access to the network and the variable items that will be made available over it. The Page contains 2 set up tabs Network IP address The network addresses can be enabled to be set automatically the address of the item on the network using Dynamic Host Configuration Protocol (DHCP) by selecting the Use DHCP menu item. The network address can also be manually configured by selecting the Use Manual Setup menu item. If this is enabled then the following data will be required.

IP Address 0.0.0.0 Net Mask 0.0.0.0 Gateway 0.0.0.0 Name Server 0.0.0.0

The items Gateway and Name Server are optional. Tag Name: This allows you to name the flow computer (this name will be displayed on the web-page interface). TCP Port Setup It is possible to set up three different Modbus configurations using 3 separate Modbus over TCP I/P ports. Each of the Modbus Ports No, 1, 2 and 3 can be assigned a different Modbus configuration from the available list on the pull down menu. Each separate Modbus configuration must first be set up on the Modbus configuration page. Each of the Modbus TCP I/P Ports is assigned a port address as follows:-

Modbus Port 1 502 Modbus Port 2 503 Modbus Port 3 504

These addresses are the default values and can be altered although it is recommended that the defaults are used unless this causes an address conflict elsewhere. It is possible to enable two TCP I/P Pass Through Ports. One to enable remote communication through the Model 2000 to a connected Instromet Ultrasonic meter using the Uniform software package. The other to enable remote communication through the Model 2000 to any connected Hart transmitters using available third party software packages. In both cases guidance should be sort from the operating instructions for these software packages about correct operation and configuration. Master It is possible to setup a chromatograph port using the Ethernet Master tab. Specify the IP address and port of the chromatograph connected (this is using the Modbus TCP/IP protocol). Slave Address is the Modbus I D of the chromatograph. Port Send is the port number that the flow computer will use to send data. Timeout is specified in milliseconds and allows you to specify a timeout value for recieving data. NTP It is possible to configure the FC2000 to obtain it's time via the Network Time Protocol (NTP). This can be setup by ticking the Enable box on the NTP tab. Upto 3 NTP servers are configurable, each with it's own IP address and Port. Select the number of servers via the pull-down menu.

From Port: This is the Source port that the FC2000 will use. Variation From GMT: This is the time-zone that the FC2000 is in. Update rate: This is how often the FC2000 will poll the server Min & Max Adjust: These are the minimum and maximum amounts the FC2000's clock will be adjusted by. Timeout: After the specified period of time the FC2000 will move on to the next server if no response is recieved from the current server. Use Alarms: Select what level of alarm to raise should an error occur. Server Update Limit: Maximum amount of time since the last time-server adjustment.

The following is a descr iption of the active data used: Name Meaning

LI

Leap Indicator: This is a two-bit code warning of an impending leap second to be inserted/deleted in the last minute of the current day. This field is significant only in server messages, where the values are defined as follows: LI Meaning 0 no warning



1 last minute has 61 seconds 2 last minute has 59 seconds 3 alarm condition (clock not synchronized)

Version Version Number (VN): This is a three-bit integer indicating the NTP/SNTP version number, currently 4.

Mode

This is a three-bit number indicating the protocol mode. The values are defined as follows: Mode Meaning 0 reserved 1 symmetric active 2 symmetric passive 3 client 4 server 5 broadcast 6 reserved for NTP control message 7 reserved for private use

In unicast and manycast modes, the client sets this field to 3 (client) in the request, and the server sets it to 4 (server) in the reply. In broadcast mode, the server sets this field to 5 (broadcast). The other modes are not used by SNTP servers and clients.

Stratum

This is an eight-bit unsigned integer indicating the stratum. This field is significant only in SNTP server messages, where the values are defined as follows: Stratum Meaning 0 kiss-o'-death message 1 primary reference (e.g., synchronized by radio clock) 2-15 secondary reference (synchronized by NTP or SNTP) 16-255 reserved

Poll This is an eight-bit unsigned integer used as an exponent of two, where the resulting value is the maximum interval between successive messages in seconds. This field is significant only in SNTP server messages, where the values range from 4 (16 s) to 17 (131,072 s -- about 36 h)

Prec This is an eight-bit signed integer used as an exponent of two, where the resulting value is the precision of the system clock in seconds. This field is significant only in server messages, where the values range from -6 for mains-frequency clocks to -20 for microsecond clocks found in some workstations.

RootDelay This is a 32-bit signed fixed-point number indicating half the total roundtrip delay to the primary reference source, in seconds with the fraction point between bits 15 and 16.

RootDis This is a 32-bit unsigned fixed-point number indicating the maximum error due to the clock frequency tolerance, in seconds with the fraction point between bits 15 and 16.

RefId This is a 32-bit bitstring identifying the particular reference source. RefTs & RefTf This field is the time the system clock was last set or corrected, in 64-bit timestamp format.

OriTs & OriTf This is the time at which the request departed the client for the server, in 64-bit timestamp format.

RecTs & RecTf This is the time at which the request arrived at the server or the reply arrived at the client, in 64-bit timestamp format.

TraTs & TraTf This is the time at which the request departed the client or the reply departed the server, in 64-bit timestamp format.



4.78. STATION CONTROLLER This page sets up all the data to be read from each of the Flow computers and all of the data to be written to each of the flow computers. The page is split into a number of sections, on the left hand side a tree of all the component var iables as they appear on the display of the M2000. On the right hand side a page for the selected data to be shown under either a Read tab or a Write tab. The selected data to be Read should be dragged across from the Tree to the Read tab page. Once dropped onto this page the dat a will be given a default set of addresses and other data, THIS PROCESS IS AUTOMATIC and does not require any changes to be made by the user. The Start Address and Latch Address can be altered by changing the number in the appropriate box and then using the Update button adjacent to the Latch address window but this should not normally be necessary. The process for setting up the Write data is identical. Once the Station Controller Setup is complete it should be Saved using the Save Setup button it can be saved as a .mbs file for use in the M2000 f low computers and a .scs file for use in other station controllers. Previously saved files can be loaded using the Load Setup button.



4.79. CHANGE ID TEXT To Change the Display Text of the M2000. NOTE THIS IS AN ADVANCED FEATURE IN THE M2000 SET-UP SOFTWARE AND SHOULD ONLY BE ALTERED BY OPERATORS WITH EXPERIENCE OF SETTING UP THE DISPLAY PAGES AND TEXT ITEMS. The function of this set-up page is to allow the operator to alter the Variable description or Page Title to another form. For example the symbol +Vb could be changed into +VL or the Page Title “Main Totals” could be translated into a foreign language. The page is split into three sections, on t he left hand side a t ree of all the component variables and page t itles as they appear on the display of the M2000. On the right hand side a list of variables or Page titles that have been changed, showing both the original default symbols together with the new symbols or translation. At the bottom of the page some fixed functions:-

Counter Prefix positive Allows the + symbol used for positive counters to be changed to a different symbol e.g. A Counter Prefix negative Allows the - symbol used for negative counters to be changed to a different symbol e.g. B

The procedure for changing Text items is as follows:- a) Select the item to be changed from the tree and drag it into the right hand side of the page. b) A dialog box will appear containing the text of the item to be changed followed by the word INDEX (in reverse). The operator

is then free to alter erase or change the text as desired up to a maximum of 24 characters, if it is required to add the stream (or INDEX) number to the end of the item then the INDEX button should be pressed. If it is required to effect the same change to all streams then tick the Affect all streams tick box.

c) Once the new text has been entered, press the OK button, the old and new text /symbols will then appear in the list on the right hand side of the page. If the text string contains an “INDEX” then the word @INDEX@ will be at the end of the item.

The tree on the left hand side of the page and all other trees in the software will always appear in the default state and not as the changed text or symbols. Although the Windows software allows up to 24 characters to be entered some of the data fields on the Model 2000 display will not accommodate this number of characters, when this is attempted the M2000 will only display the first X characters that it is able to fit in the field space.



4.80. CHANGE ID UNITS NOTE: This is an advanced feature in the Model 2000 Setup Software and should only be altered by operators with experience of setting up the display pages and text items. To Change the Display Units of the M2000. The function of this set-up page is to allow the operator to alter the Variable units to another form. For example the units of +Vb could be changed into sm^3. The page is split into two sections, on the left hand side a tree of all the component variables and page titles as they appear on the display of the Model 2000. On the right hand side a list of variables that have been changed, showing both the original default units together with the new units. The procedure for changing ID units is as follows:- a) Select the item to be changed from the tree and drag it into the right hand side of the page. b) A dialog box will appear containing the units of the item to be changed. The operator is then free to alter erase or change the

units as desired up to a maximum of 24 characters. If it is required to effect the same change to all streams then tick the Affect all streams tick box.

c) Once the new units have been entered, press the OK button, the old and new units will then appear in the list on the right hand side of the page.

Although the Windows software allows up to 24 characters to be entered some of the data fields on the Model 2000 display will not accommodate this number of characters, when this is attempted the M2000 will only display the first X characters that it is able to fit in the field space.



Event log set-up This page sets up the Preset ids that will be monitored for change by the Event Log. In the Event log of the Model 2000 it is possible to specifically monitor the value of up to 20 preset parameters or ids. The operator selects the Preset variable from the tree on the left hand side of the page, that item can then be dragged and dropped across to the Monitored Preset ids list on the right hand side of the page. Up to a maximum of 20 items can be selected, these will be monitored for the value being changed within the Event log. If a change is detected then the Old value the new value and the time and date of the change will be recorded. The Event log byte order for communication out of the Model 2000 can be selected from the pull down menu items, 1234, 4321, 2143 and 3421.



4.81. AUDIT LOG It is possible to read the M2000 Audit Log using the M2000 Windows software. The Audit Log is divided into two sections:- EVENTS Items as listed together with the time and date that they occurred. and ALARMS Alarms, Faults or Warnings together with the time and date they were set and the time and date they were reset. Event Status Code EVENT TYPE 0 No Event 1 Power ON 2 Reset 3 New .S19 file downloaded 4 Event log cleared 5 Calibration Data changed 6 Front Panel Settings changed 7 New Time/Date Set using EDIT mode 8 New Time/Date Set using M2000 Windows Software 9 New Time/Date Set using Modbus communication 10 Preset Data changed using EDIT mode 11 Preset Data changed using M2000 Windows Software 12 Modbus Data written to M2000 13 Maintenance Mode switched ON 14 Maintenance Mode switched OFF 15 Proving Mode switched ON 16 Proving Mode switched OFF 17 P/T Calibrate Mode switched ON 18 P/T Calibrate Mode switched OFF 19 Security Switch No 1 changed from OFF to ON 29 Security Switch No 1 changed from ON to OFF 21 Security Switch No 2 changed from OFF to ON 22 Security Switch No 2 changed from ON to OFF 23 Security Switch No 3 changed from OFF to ON 24 Security Switch No 3 changed from ON to OFF 25 Security Switch No 4 changed from OFF to ON 26 Security Switch No 4 changed from ON to OFF 27 Totals Hold Button operated 28 All Alarm History cleared 29 Fault History cleared 30 Accountable Alarm History cleared 31 Non Accountable Alarm History cleared 32 Warnings History cleared 33 Display pages have changed 34 Information pages have changed 35 Input Board settings have changed 36 Output Board settings have changed by EDIT mode 37 Output Board settings have changed by M2000 Windows software 38 Modbus settings have changed 39 Print Job settings have changed



Event Status Code EVENT TYPE 40 Data to Print settings have changed 41 Port Settings have changed 42 Unit Security settings have changed 43 Ethernet settings have changed 44 Counter Prefix table has changed 45 Preset ids in Event log have changed 46 Lubrication Start 1 47 Lubrication Start 2 48 Lubrication Start 3 49 Lubrication Start 4 50 Lubrication Start 5 51 Lubrication Error 1 52 Lubrication Error 2 53 Lubrication Error 3 54 Lubrication Error 4 55 Lubrication Error 5 56 Time Set by digital Input 57 New meter K factor written Liquid M2000 only 58 Stream 1 switched Online 59 Stream 1 switched Offline 60 Stream 2 switched Online 61 Stream 2 switched Offline 62 Stream 3 switched Online 63 Stream 3 switched Offline 64 Stream 4 switched Online 65 Stream 4 switched Offline 66 Stream 5 switched Online 67 Stream 5 switched Offline 68 Active Data Report changed 69 Name text table changed 70 Units text table changed 71 to 74 Reserved for Future Use 75 to 94 Preset id Numbers 1 to 20 in Event log have changed



4.82. FUNCTION EDITOR This page sets up the Function Editor. NOTE THIS IS AN ADVANCED FEATURE IN THE M2000 SET-UP SOFTWARE AND SHOULD ONLY BE ALTERED BY OPERATORS WITH EXPERIENCE OF SETTING UP THE FUNCTION EDITOR. The Function Editor Page allows the operator to create Custom Status words that can be used simply as a means of transferring data (via Modbus communication) or for controlling digital outputs or similar functions. A New status word is created as follows:- Select the New button A Blank Status Word with 32 individual bits will be shown. This Word must first be assigned a name in the box ID to set . In general this is selected from the Variables Tree /Local Variables/Blank IDs where 20 blanks Unsigned Integers or 20 Blank Doubles are available for use. The selected ID should be dragged across to the ID to set box and dropped in it. The Status tab should now be pressed. Individual or multiple status bits can be dragged across to the appropriate status bit number as required. Bits that are not to be used can be left blank. The New status word can be set to follow the status bit settings or to Latch when the status bit is activated. This function is set by the tick box Latched for each status word. The Blank ID created can be accessed via any of the Variable Trees on the appropriate pages for Example the Modbus Page if it is required to remotely read the Status of the new Blank ID. The Name of the Blank ID can also be altered by using the Change ID text function.



4.83. READING EVENT LOG DATA VIA MODBUS As well as reading the EVENT Log Data via the Front Panel port of the M2000 the data can also be read using any configured Modbus port. (See Port Set up section) The data must be read using 3 special commands defined as follows;- Modbus Function 20 (14h) This function should be used to retrieve the next event number. Only the modbus ID, function code and CRC are required in the request. The reply will contain four bytes of data that form an unsigned short. This is the next event number that will be used. Request Modbus ID: Function Code: CRC:

Reply Modbus ID: Function Code: ---------------------- Event Number (Hi): Event Number: Event Number: Event Number (Lo): ---------------------- CRC:

Modbus Code 21 (15h) This function can be used to read a shortened version of the event log. This shortened event log only contains the basic information for each event. When requesting data the start event is the event number you want to read from, the first event is event number 1. The number of events is the number of events that you require, including the start event. To keep to existing modbus standards a packet should be no longer than 255 bytes, so the maximum number of events that can be read in one request is 19. If you try to read more than 19 events the M2000 will return exception code 03 (Illegal Data Value). The reply will consist of a modbus header, the data and a checksum. The header is formed of the modbus ID, function code and the number of bytes being sent. The data for each event will be 13 bytes long, so depending on the number of events requested the data will be repeated in multiples of 13. Request Modbus ID: Function Code: Start Event (Hi): Start Event: Start Event: Start Event (Lo): Number of Events: CRC:

Reply Modbus ID: Function Code: Number of Bytes: ------------------------- Event Status Code: Event Number (Hi): Event Number: Event Number: Event Number (Lo): Seconds (Hi): Seconds: Seconds: Seconds (Lo): Days (Hi): Days: Days: Days (Lo): ------------------------- CRC:

The 13 bytes of data that make up the event information are as follows: Event Status Code: 1 byte. As Listed. Event Number: 4 bytes. The order in which the events occurred. Seconds: 4 bytes. The number of seconds since 00:00 of the current day. Days: 4 bytes. The number of days since 01-01-2000.



Modbus Code 22 (16h). This modbus function reads the detailed version of the event log, it is designed to be used with software provided by Instromet. Code 16h is as code 15h with 2 exceptions. The maximum number of events that can be read in one request is 7, and the data for 1 event is 33 bytes long. Request Modbus ID: Function Code: Start Event (Hi): Start Event (Lo): Number of Events: CRC:

Reply Modbus ID: Function Code: Number of Bytes: ------------------------- Event Status Code: Event Number (Hi): Event Number: Event Number: Event Number (Lo): Seconds (Hi): Seconds: Seconds: Seconds (Lo): Days (Hi): Days: Days: Days (Lo): ID Number (Hi): ID Number (Lo): ID Index (Hi): ID Index (Lo): From Value (Hi): From Value: From Value: From Value: From Value: From Value (Lo): To Value (Hi): To Value: To Value: To Value: To Value: To Value (Lo): ------------------------- CRC:

The 33 bytes of data that make up the event information are as follows: Event Status Code: 1 byte. As Listed. Event Number: 4 bytes. The order in which the events occurred. Seconds: 4 bytes. The number of seconds since 00:00 of the current day. Days: 4 bytes. The number of days since 01-01-2000. ID Number: 2 bytes. The full ID number used by the windows software. ID Index: 2 bytes. The stream index used by the windows software. From: 8 bytes. The value that the ID has changed from. To: 8 bytes. The value that the ID has changed to.



4.84. PROVER LOOP UNITS The Prover Loop Units page selects units for Pressure and Temperature used in the prover system. The units of pressure to be used can be selected on this page, the Pressure Units pull down menu offers the choice between bar, kPa, kg/cm2 and psi. The Abs/Gau pull down menu offers the use of absolute or gauge pressure measurement, if gauge is selected then a value for mean atmospheric pressure p.atmos will need to be entered, in the units selected. The units of temperature to be used can be selected on this page, the Temperature Units pull down menu offers the choice between °C or °F. The number of decimal places used to display the parameters Pressure and Temperature can also be set on this page, for each item the choice is 2, 3, 4 or 5 decimal places.



4.85. PROVER LOOP PRESSURE The Pressure Transmitter inputs for the prover system can be set up on this page. This setup page consists of three set-up tabs, Inlet, Outlet and General. The Inlet tab sets parameters associated with pressure measurement on the inlet side of the prove loop. The Outlet tab sets parameters associated with pressure measurement on the outlet side of the prove loop. The general tab sets parameters associated with pressure measurement during the prove process. It is possible to have either inlet, outlet or both pressure sensor measurement. Inlet, pressure measurement on the Inlet side of the prover loop. Number of Transmitters selects from a pull down menu the number of transmitters or inputs that will be used in the determination of the used pressure value. This can be 1 Sensor (for single transmitter operation) or 2 Sensors for multiple transmitter operation. The Model 2000 can also be configured so that each of the connected Pressure Sensors can be scaled using a simple equation as follows:-



Scaling factors R.1 and Offset.1 are entered on this page if required. If this function is not required the value R.1 should be left in its default of 1 and the value Offset.1 in its default of 0 when this is done the equation will not affect the value of pressure. Sensor Deviation sets the allowable difference between all pressure transmitter values, before an accountable pressure deviation alarm is raised. The Deviation Timeout sets the delay time before a Deviation Limit alarm will be indicated in seconds, if this parameter is set a Deviation Limit alarm must be set continuously for that time period before the alarm will be indicated. Pressure Max and Pressure Min are the range of the pressure transmitter inputs connected to the Corrector. If the measured pressure should rise above these values then an accountable pressure alarm would be indicated. The Selection List offers the selection of the available pressure values that can be used and the order in which those values would be used in the event of alarm or non availability of any parameters. The pull down menus 1st Choice through to 3rd Choice determine the order in which parameters are used. For each choice the following parameters are available and can be selected. Sensor 1, Sensor 2 and Average. Outlet, pressure measurement on the Outlet side of the prover loop. Number of Transmitters selects from a pull down menu the number of transmitters or inputs that will be used in the determination of the used pressure value. This can be 1 Sensor (for single transmitter operation) or 2 Sensors for multiple transmitter operation. The Model 2000 can also be configured so that each of the connected Pressure Sensors can be scaled using a simple equation as follows:-



Scaling factors R.1 and Offset.1 are entered on this page if required. If this function is not required the value R.1 should be left in its default of 1 and the value Offset.1 in its default of 0 when this is done the equation will not affect the value of pressure. Sensor Deviation sets the allowable difference between all pressure transmitter values, before an accountable pressure deviation alarm is raised. The Deviation Timeout sets the delay time before a Deviation Limit alarm will be indicated in seconds, if this parameter is set a Deviation Limit alarm must be set continuously for that time period before the alarm will be indicated. Pressure Max and Pressure Min are the range of the pressure transmitter inputs connected to the Corrector. If the measured pressure should rise above these values then an accountable pressure alarm would be indicated. The Selection List offers the selection of the available pressure values that can be used and the order in which those values would be used in the event of alarm or non availability of any parameters. The pull down menus 1st Choice through to 3rd Choice



determine the order in which parameters are used. For each choice the following parameters are available and can be selected. Sensor 1, Sensor 2 and Average. General, pressure measurement on the Inlet side of the prover loop. The Input selection allows the selection between Inlet (only), Outlet (only) or Average (of Inlet and Outlet) Value to be used in the prove function. Average Sensor Deviation sets the allowable difference between pressure transmitter values. (Note this is only used if the average of Inlet and Outlet is selected). The Deviation Timeout sets the delay time in seconds during which the sensors must be in deviation before a Sensor Deviation Limit alarm will be indicated. Proving Deviation sets the allowable difference between the current pressure transmitter values and the value recorded at start of the prove sequence. The Deviation Timeout sets the delay time in seconds befor e a Proving Deviation Limit alarm will be indicated, if this parameter is set a Proving Deviation Limit alarm must be set continuously for that time period before the alarm will be indicated. Line Deviation sets the allowable difference between the measurement line pressure transmitter values and the prove pressure transmitter value. The Stability Timeout sets the stabilisation time at the beginning of the proving sequence in seconds.



4.86. PROVER LOOP TEMPERATURE The Temperature Transmitter inputs for the prover system can be set up on this page. This setup page consists of three set-up tabs, Inlet, Outlet and General. The Inlet tab sets parameters associated with temperature measurement on the inlet side of the prove loop. The Outlet tab sets parameters associated with temperature measurement on the outlet side of the prove loop. The general tab sets parameters associated with temperature measurement during the prove process. It is possible to have either inlet, outlet or both temperature sensor measurement. Inlet, temperature measurement on the Inlet side of the prover loop. Number of Transmitters selects from a pull down menu the number of transmitters or inputs that will be used in the determination of the used temperature value. This can be 1 Sensor (for single transmitter operation) or 2 Sensors for multiple transmitter operation. The Model 2000 can also be configured so that each of the connected Temperature Sensors can be scaled using a simple equation as f ollows:-



Scaling factors R.1 and Offset.1 are entered on this page if required. If this function is not required the value R.1 should be left in its default of 1 and the value Offset.1 in its default of 0 when this is done the equation will not affect the value of temperature. Sensor Deviation sets the allowable difference between all temperature transmitter values, before an accountable temperature deviation alarm is raised. The Deviation Timeout sets the delay time before a Deviation Limit alarm will be indicated in seconds, if this parameter is set a Deviation Limit alarm must be set continuously for that time period before the alarm will be indicated. Temperature Max and Temperature Min are the range of the temperature transmitter inputs connected to the Corrector. If the measured temperature should rise above these values then an accountable temperature alarm would be indicated. The Selection List offers the selection of the available temperature values that can be used and the order in which those values would be used in the event of alarm or non availability of any parameters. The pull down menus 1st Choice through to 3rd Choice determine the order in which parameters are used. For each choice the following parameters are available and can be selected. Sensor 1, Sensor 2 and Average. Outlet, temperature measurement on the Outlet side of the prover loop. Number of Transmitters selects from a pull down menu the number of transmitters or inputs that will be used in the determination of the used temperature value. This can be 1 Sensor (for single transmitter operation) or 2 Sensors for multiple transmitter operation. The Model 2000 can also be configured so that each of the connected Temperature Sensors can be scaled using a simple equation as f ollows:-



Scaling factors R.1 and Offset.1 are entered on this page if required. If this function is not required the value R.1 should be left in its default of 1 and the value Offset.1 in its default of 0 when this is done the equation will not affect the value of temperature. Sensor Deviation sets the allowable difference between all temperature transmitter values, before an accountable temperature deviation alarm is raised. The Deviation Timeout sets the delay time before a Deviation Limit alarm will be indicated in seconds, if this parameter is set a Deviation Limit alarm must be set continuously for that time period before the alarm will be indicated. Temperature Max and Temperature Min are the range of the temperature transmitter inputs connected to the Corrector. If the measured temperature should rise above these values then an accountable temperature alarm would be indicated. The Selection List offers the selection of the available temperature values that can be used and the order in which those values would be used in the event of alarm or non availability of any parameters. The pull down menus 1st Choice through to 3rd Choice



determine the order in which parameters are used. For each choice the following parameters are available and can be selected. Sensor 1, Sensor 2 and Average. General, temperature measurement on the Inlet side of the prover loop. The Input selection allows the selection between Inlet (only), Outlet (only) or Average (of Inlet and Outlet) Value to be used in the prove function. Average Sensor Deviation sets the allowable difference between temperature transmitter values. (Note this is only used if the average of Inlet and Outlet is selected). The Deviation Timeout sets the delay time in seconds dur ing which the sensors must be in deviation before a Sensor Deviation Limit alarm will be indicated. Proving Deviation sets the allowable difference between the current temperature transmitter values and the value recorded at start of the prove sequence. The Deviation Timeout sets the delay time in seconds before a Proving Deviation Limit alarm will be indicated, if this parameter is set a Proving Deviation Limit alarm must be set continuously for that time period before the alarm will be indicated. Line Deviation sets the allowable difference between the measurement line temperature transmitter values and the prove temperature transmitter value. The Stability Timeout sets the stabilisation time at the beginning of the proving sequence in seconds.



4.87. DENSITY LOOP UNITS The Density Loop Units page selects units for Pressure and Temperature used in the density loop of the prover system. The units of pressure to be used can be selected on this page, the Pressure Units pull down menu offers the choice between bar, kPa, kg/cm2 and psi. The Abs/Gau pull down menu offers the use of absolute or gauge pressure measurement, if gauge is selected then a value for mean atmospheric pressure p.atmos will need to be entered, in the units selected. The units of temperature to be used can be selected on this page, the Temperature Units pull down menu offers the choice between °C or °F. The number of decimal places used to display the parameters Pressure and Temperature can also be set on this page, for each item the choice is 2, 3, 4 or 5 decimal places. The prover calculates using the base pressure and base temperature entered for P Base and T Base. Alternative calculations for Beta factor compressibility can be selected by pull down menu, see section Liquid Correction for calculation details.



4.88. DENSITY LOOP PRESSURE The Density Loop Pressure Transmitter inputs for the system can be set up on this page. Number of Transmitters selects from a pull down menu the number of transmitters or inputs that will be used in the determination of the used pressure value. This can be 1 Sensor (for single transmitter operation), 2 Sensors or None in which case the value used will be the Keypad value in this case no alarm will be raised. The Model 2000 can also be configured so that each of the connected Pressure Sensors can be scaled using a simple equation as follows:-



Scaling factors R.1 and Offset.1 are entered on this page if required. If this function is not required the value R.1 should be left in its default of 1 and the value Offset.1 in its default of 0 when this is done the equation will not affect the value of pressure. The Keypad Value is the manually entered value of pressure that would be used if all normal values are in Alarm or if selected to be used. Pressure Max and Pressure Min are the range of the pressure transmitter inputs connected to the Corrector. If the measured pressure should rise above these values then an accountable pressure alarm would be indicated. Pressure High and Pressure Low alarms operate at the high alarm set value PHi and the low alarm set value PLo pressure measurement outside these values will cause a non accountabl e alarm to be indicated.



4.89. DENSITY LOOP TEMPERATURE The Density Loop Temperature Transmitter inputs for the system can be set up on this page. Number of Transmitters selects from a pull down menu the number of transmitters or inputs that will be used in the determination of the used tem perature value. This can be 1 Sensor (for single transmitter operation), 2 Sensors or None in which case the value used will be the Keypad value in this case no alarm will be raised. The Model 2000 can also be configured so that each of the connected Temperature Sensors can be scaled using a simple equation as follows:-



Scaling factors R.1 and Offset.1 are entered on this page if required. If this function is not required the value R.1 should be left in its default of 1 and the value Offset.1 in its default of 0 when this is done the equation will not affect the value of temperature. The Keypad Value is the manually entered value of temperature that would be used if all normal values are in Alarm or if selected to be used. Temperature Max and Temperature Min are the range of the temperature transmitter inputs connected to the Corrector. If the measured temperature should rise above these values then an accountable temperature alarm would be indicated. Temperature High and Temperature Low alarms operate at the high alarm set value THi and the low alarm set value TLo temperature measurement outside these values will cause a non accountable alarm to be indicated.



4.90. PROVER SETTINGS The basic operation of the prove loop is set up on this page. The page is divided into 5 separate functions all of which relate to the prove functions these are:- Connected Computers refers to the number of line measurement flow computers connected to the system the number is selected from the pull down menu Num.Units the allowable range is 1, 2, 3, 4 or 5. Associated with each connected flow computer is a communication id. these default to 1, 2, 3, 4 and 5 and normally would not be altered from those values. Initiate Sequence selects from a pull down menu the method used to initiate a prove sequence, either Automatic & Manual or Manual only. Automatic & Manual means that the proving sequence would re-start automatically when any of the re-prove conditions are met and it could also be initiated by manual command. Manual only means that the re-prove sequence can only be initiated by manual command. Proving Deviation sets up the allowable deviation in the Mass flow value and the density value, during a prove before the prove run would be aborted. Qm Deviation sets the deviation value in kg/hr and Deviation Timeout sets the time period that the deviation must be present for before the run is aborted, in seconds. Rho Deviation sets the deviation value in kg/m3 and Rho Deviation Timeout sets the time period that the deviation must be present for before the run is aborted, in seconds. Reprove Limits sets the limits in measured variables Pressure, Temperature, Density and flow rate so that if the measured variable exceeds the limit value a reprove sequence is initiated. Pres Reprove sets the value for Line Pressure in bara. Temp Reprove sets the value for Line Temperature in degrees C. Dens Reprove sets the limit in Line Density in kg/m3. Flow Reprove sets the limit in volume flow in m3. K Update relates to the actions taken once a prove sequence is complete. The K Download pull down menu offers the option of when the new meter K Factor is downloaded to the appropriate Line flow computer. Always means that any new value of K is always downloaded. Automatic means that the new K value is automatically downloaded provided the new va lue is within the Auto Deviation limit from the Ref K src. After User Acceptance means that the new K factor is downloaded provided the new value is within the Man. Deviation limit from the Ref K src. Never means the new value is never downloaded. Ref K src refers to the source of the Reference K factor which can either be a Preset Number or the Last Calculated Prove value. Qm Stab. Timeout determines the maximum length of time to wait for the value of Qm to be stable before commencing the Prove run. Qm Std Dev is the standard deviation value of Qm as measured over the previous 20 seconds of time, if the value of Qm is within this value and the time since start is less than the Qm Stab Timeout value then the prove run will commence.



4.91. FOUR WAY VALVE The basic operation of the four way valve in the prove loop is set up on this page. Pulse Length in seconds sets the duration of the pulse required to operate the Valve and to move it from one position to the next. Transition Time in seconds sets the length of the transition period of the valve during which valve leak detection is inh ibited. Leak Detection method is selected between Digital and Sensor. Digital refers to Leak detection using a pressure switch input which is ON or OFF and would normally be connected to a Digital status input. See Digital Input Section. Sensor refers to Leak detection using a pressure sensor analogue input. See Analogue Input Section. If Sensor is selected then the following additional items need to be entered. The units of Differential pressure to be used can be selected, the Dp Units pull down menu offers the choice between barg, m bar, psig, mm w.g (water gauge) and inches w.g.(water gauge). The number of decimal places used to display the Dp value can also be set the choice is 2, 3, 4 or 5 decimal places. The Dp Max and Dp Min values of the sensor input must also be set on this page in the selected units.



4.92. PROVER LOOP INFORMATION The basic information about the set up of the Prover Loop is set up on this page. The pull down menu determines which combinations of the prover ball Detector switches will be used. Allowable combinations are 1+3, 1+4, 2+4, 2+3 or All switches. Max Runs determine the maximum number of runs to make up a prove Sequence and Successful Runs is the number of runs in the maximum number that must be successful in order to complete a successful prove. The pull down menu determines if prover Pulse Interpolation is to be used No Interpolation means that every prover pulse is counted but not interpolation of data is required Pulse Limit sets the number of pulses to be counted. Dual Chronometry means that intermediate pulse timing is set which allows the maximum number of prover pulses required for each run is much lower due to the measurement of intermediate pulse times. Forward Time sets the time taken for the ball to travel from the last detector switch to the launch chamber in seconds. Reverse Time sets the time taken for the ball to travel from the first detector switch to the launch chamber in seconds. Loop Time sets the time taken to traverse the loop from Launch chamber to Launch chamber. It is recommended that all three of the traverse times should always be set on the high tolerance side of the value. Use Repeatability tick box, if not enabled then a prove cycle will complete if the Successful runs value has been exceeded and the Max runs value has not. Use Repeatability tick box, if enabled uses a statistical method to determine the number of successful runs needed to determine a new K factor value. The value of successful runs must exceed a minimum of 5 and be less than a maximum of 20 , the actual value of runs needed is determined using the following method. An estimator for the Mean K-factor ,µ, is given by Equation 1. Assuming that all K factors ,X, follow a normal distribution with standard deviation ,s, and average ,/X, the estimator for the Mean K factor ,µ, will follow a Student-t distribution with ,(n-1), degree of freedom.

1) α−=

+<µ<−

−α

−α

−

1nstX

nstXP

1n,2

1n,2

The uncertainty band ,δ, (confidence level) at 95% confidence level (α=5%) for the estimator for the Mean K-factor ,µ,. is given by Equation 2

2) nX

st200 _1n,2 ×

×=δ−

α %

Equation 2 gives an uncertainty band for the average of the proving results and shall be less or equal to the NPD repeatability of 0.050% band for an acceptable prove cycle.



4.93. PROVER CALCULATIONS The basic information about the calculations used in the Prover Loop is set up on this page. The majority of parameters entered on this page relate to the calculations for the prover that relate to thermal and pressure expansion. 18) )10)tt(1(CTS 6

p0pp−×λ×−+=

19) )tE(

D))pp(1(CPS

p

p0pp ×

×−+=

Where CTSp : Correction for prover expansion due to temperature to API 12.2.5.1 1st Edition Oct 1995 Equation 18) CPSp : Correction for prover expansion due to pressure to API 12.2.5.2 1st Edition Oct 1995 Equation 19) t0 : Reference Temperature of meter in °C DATA ENTRY tp : Prover Liquid Temperature in °C MEASURED λp : Cubical expansion coefficient of the prover (often used 3*Linear)/ °K DATA ENTRY Dp : Prover inner Diameter in mm at p0 & t0 ref. pressure and temp. DATA ENTRY t : Prover wall thickness in mm at p0 & t0 ref. pressure and temp. DATA ENTRY Ep : Modulus of Elasticity of prover material in Bar DATA ENTRY pp : Prover Liquid pressure in Bar.a MEASURED p0 : Reference pressure in Bar.a DATA ENTRY N : Number of turbine meter pulses generated during the prover period. MEASURED Vb : Prover base volume at p0 & t0 ref. pressure and temp. DATA ENTRY Vb Switches 1 + 3 , 1 + 4 , 2 + 4 , 2 + 3 set the prover base volume at reference conditions between each of the possible detector switch combinations. Compressibility factor Beta is selected from the pull down menu and API constants K0, K1 and K2 appropriate for the liquid being measured are entered.



4.94. VALVE CONTROL This page allows control of either analog or digital valves. Analog Controls a 4-20mA output that needs to be configured seperatly on the output board page using valve.ana.output# (where # is the valve selected). The setpoint for this valve is controlled by valve.ana.setpoint#. Data can be written via modbus or entered on the scren using the edit pages. The setpoint can be cleared by writing the value 1e+038 (--- on the display) and the default value used. The default value is used until a setpoint is provided. If a value greater then the maximum limit or less then the minimum limit is entered, the default value will be used. Digital The default state controls the valve output at power-up. The exact output settings need to be configured separatly on the output board page using the advanced valve setting and valve.dig.output# id. The digital value output is controlled using valve.dig.dur# and valve.dig.setpoint#. Valve.dig.dur# controls how long the valve should remain active if the setpoint is set to time. valve.dig.setpoint# controls the function of the valve using the following values:

0 - Valve idle: Default state is used. 1 - Valve Off: Output is switched off. 2 - Valve On: Output is switched on. 3 - Valve Timer: Output is switched on for the duration entered in valve.dig.dur#. The time remaining can be chekced by looking at valve.remaining#

Both valve.dig.dur# and valve.dig.setpoint# can be controlled via modbus or on the display using the edit pages.

Model 2000 Flow Computer Technical Manual 5.0 DATA TREE


5. DATA TREE Section 5 contains the details of the Data Tree Structure within the Model 2000 , this defines all the parameters that can appear on the display, be printed or can be accessed via any Modbus communication port. These items are split int a Number of Sections listed on the following pages:- Preset Data Active Data Local Values Counters Station Controller. Any items shown in italics indicates that item is not a numeric value but a selectable type e.g. on or off . It will however when read via the Modbus communication port be represented as a number 0, 1, 2, 3, 4 etc. Any items shown in the colour RED indicates that item is currently allowed to be written to via the Modbus communication port. Please note these pages are listed for Software version M2000 V5.2 and that earlier versions may not contain all the listed parameters.



5.1. PRESET DATA o–1 Preset Data Preset Data Folder ¦––¡ Machine Type Machine Type (Type of Flow Computer i.e. 1 Stream Turbine) o–1 PID Controller PID Controller Folder ¦ o–1 PID 1 PID Controller 1 Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ enable.1 Enable PID Controller 1 Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ reverse.1 Forward or Reverse direction ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SP_preset.1 Set Point Preset Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pband.1 Proportional Band Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Int_Time.1 Integral Time Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Der_Time.1 Derivative Time Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min.1 Minimum Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max.1 Maximum Value ¦ ¦ ¦ o–0 PID 2 PID Controller 2 Folder ¦ o–0 PID 3 PID Controller 3 Folder ¦ o–1 Grab Sampler Grab Sampler Folder ¦ o–1 Sampler 1 Grab Sampler 1 Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Units.1 Sampler Units ml or cc ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Low Flow Resume.1 Resume sampling after low flow condition Manually or Automatically ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Flow Rate Select.1 Flow Rate to be used for sampling calculation from list Vb, Vn, M etc. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cylinder Size.1 Cylinder Size in cc or ml ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cylinder Full.1 Cylinder full Alarm level in % ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Grab Size.1 Grab size in cc or ml ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Expected Production.1 Expected Production quantity in flow units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ End Date.1 End Sampling Time and Date ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Start Date.1 Start Sampling Time and Date ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Enabled.1 Sampler 1 enabled Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Direction.1 Flow Direction positive or negative ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Lo Flow Cut.1 Low Flow Cut-off value in flow rate units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cylinder Alarm.1 Cylinder level warning alarm in % ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Deviation.1 Deviation Alarm level in % between expected and actual production ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pulse Duration.1 Length of Sample Pulse in seconds ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stream.1 Flowing Stream to be sampled ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Unit Size.1 Unit Size Small (×1 ) or Large (×1000) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Large Expected Production.1 Expected Production quantity in flow units (×1000) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Use Duration.1 Sample Duration Mode Stop Date or Period ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Period.1 If Duration mode is Period, Time in days ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Sampler Speed.1 Maximum Sampler speed in grabs per flow unit ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Large Max Sampler Speed.1 Maximum Sampler speed in grabs per flow unit(×1000) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Can Update.1 Sampler values can be updated After a Reset or Any Time ¦ ¦ ¦ o–0 Sampler 2 Grab Sampler 2 Folder ¦ o–1 Station Station Folder ¦ o–1 Sum Flags Station Sum Flags Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.Sum.1 Stream 1 Sum, Subtract, Average or No sum ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.Sum.2 Stream 2 Sum, Subtract, Average or No sum ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.Sum.3 Stream 3 Sum, Subtract, Average or No sum ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Multiplying Factors Station Display Scaling Factor Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.twfb.1 Station Total scaling factor for Vb Totals ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.twfn.1 Station Total scaling factor for Vn Totals ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.twfe.1 Station Total scaling factor for E Totals ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.twfm.1 Station Total scaling factor for M Totals ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Temperature 1 Station Temperature Input 1 Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.temp.hi.1 Station Temperature 1 input high alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.temp.lo.1 Station Temperature 1 input low alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.temp.max.1 Station Temperature 1 input max alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.temp.min.1 Station Temperature 1 input min alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.temp.r.1 Station Temperature 1 input range calibration ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.temp.offset.1 Station Temperature 1 input offset calibration ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Use Station Temp.1 Station Temperature 1 input On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Temperature 2 Station Temperature Input 2 Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.temp.hi.2 Station Temperature 2 input high alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.temp.lo.2 Station Temperature 2 input low alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.temp.max.2 Station Temperature 2 input max alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.temp.min.2 Station Temperature 2 input min alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.temp.r.2 Station Temperature 2 input range calibration ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.temp.offset.2 Station Temperature 2 input offset calibration ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Use Station Temp.2 Station Temperature 2 input On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Pressure 1 Station Pressure Input 1 Folder



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.pres.hi.1 Station Pressure 1 input high alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.pres.lo.1 Station Pressure 1 input low alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.pres.max.1 Station Pressure 1 input max alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.pres.min.1 Station Pressure 1 input min alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.pres.r.1 Station Pressure 1 input range calibration ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.pres.offset.1 Station Pressure 1 input offset calibration ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Use Station Pres.1 Station Pressure 1 input On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Pressure 2 Station Pressure Input 2 Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.pres.hi.2 Station Pressure 2 input high alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.pres.lo.2 Station Pressure 2 input low alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.pres.max.2 Station Pressure 2 input max alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.pres.min.2 Station Pressure 2 input min alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.pres.r.2 Station Pressure 2 input range calibration ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ s.pres.offset.2 Station Pressure 2 input offset calibration ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Use Station Pres.1 Station Pressure 1 input On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Units Station Units Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ S. Pressure Units Station Pressure Units used ,bar, kg/cm2, Kpa, psi ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ S. Pressure Abs/Gauge Station Pressure Absolute or Gauge ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ S. Temperature Units Station Temperature Units C or F ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ S. Temperature DPs Station Temperature Display number of decimal places ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ S. Pressure DPs Station Pressure Display number of decimal places ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Comparison Flags Comparison Flags Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn.Comparison.1 Station Comparison 1 Stream 1,2 or3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn.Comparison.2 Station Comparison 2 Stream 1,2 or3 ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Counter Deviation Counter Deviation Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vb.deviation Hourly Vb Flow limit deviation in % ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vv.deviation Hourly Vn Flow limit deviation in % ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus Timeout Modbus Communication timeout before Modbus Alarm indicated ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Mode Switches Mode Switch Folder ¦ ¦–¡ S.Maintenance Mode Use extended maintenance mode Yes or No ¦ ¦–¡ S.Maintenance Cut Off Extended Maintenance Mode Low flow cut off in kg. ¦ ¦–¡ Stream Maintenance Mode Determines if the station maintenance mode is applied to all streams. ¦ o–1 General General Folder ¦ o–1 Gas Data Gas Data Folder ¦ ¦ o–1 Molar Masses Molar Masses Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Methane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Nitrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of CO2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Ethane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Propane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H20 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of H2O ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of H2S ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Hydrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of CO ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Oxygen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of iso-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of n-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of iso-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of n-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C6 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Hexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C7 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Heptane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C8 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Octane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C9 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Nonane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C10 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Decane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Helium ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Argon ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo-C5 (Molar Mass) Molar Mass of neo-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC6H14(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of 2, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H14(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of 3, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NEO_C6H14(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of 2,2, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DC6H14(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of 2,3, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H4(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Ethylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H6(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Propylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C4H8(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of 1, Butene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC4H8(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of cis 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TC4H8(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of trans 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC4H8(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of 2 Methylpropene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ PC5H10(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of 1 Pentene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H4(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Propadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ AC4H6(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of 1,2 Butadiene



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ BC4H6(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of 1,3 Butadiene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H2(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Acetylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC5H10(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Cyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H12(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Methylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC6H12(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Ethylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H12(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Cyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC7H14(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Methylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H16(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Ethylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H6(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Benzene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C7H8(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Toluene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H10(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Ethylbenzene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C8H10(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of 0 Xylene ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH3OH(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Methanol ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH4S(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Methanethion ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NH3(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Ammonia ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HCN(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Hydrogen Cyanide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ OCS(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Carbonyl sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CS2(Molar Mass) Molar Mass of Carbon disulphide ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Passwords Modbus Passwords Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Password 1 Modbus Password No 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Password 2 Modbus Password No 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Password 3 Modbus Password No 3 ¦ ¦–¡ Event log byte order Event log byte order ¦ ¦–¡ Counter Rollover Counter Rollover at 100 billion (64bit) or 1 billion (32bit) ¦ ¦–¡ Micromotion Rollover Counter Rollover value used for Micromotion Coriolis meters ¦ ¦–¡ Latch NAC LED Latch Non Accountable Alarms LEDs on Alarm Yes or No ¦ ¦–¡ Use HART Units Use or Ignore Units received from HART transmitters ¦ ¦–¡ Clear alarms when fully secure Determines if the alarms can be cleared when the unit is fully secure ¦ o–1 Lubrication Lubrication Folder ¦ o–1 Lubrication 1 Lubrication Module 1 ¦ ¦–¡ Mode Lubrication mode ¦ ¦–¡ Counter Counter lubrication intetrval should be based on ¦ ¦–¡ Frequency Manually configured lubrication frequency ¦ ¦–¡ Pulses between Number of pulses between lubrication intervals ¦ ¦–¡ Start time Time to begin lubrication ¦ ¦–¡ When If lubrication should only be carried out based on the flow rate ¦ ¦–¡ Min Flowrate Minimum flowrate to lubricate ¦ ¦–¡ Number of Strokes Number of strokes in the lubrication cycle ¦ ¦–¡ Duration Duration of stroke ¦ ¦–¡ Pause Pause between strokes ¦ ¦–¡ Use Pressure Input Select if pressure alarm should be used ¦ ¦–¡ Use Piston Input Select if piston alarm should be used ¦ ¦–¡ Use Oil Input Select if oil alarm should be used ¦ ¦–¡ Piston Deviation Allowable piston deviation before alarm is indicated ¦ ¦–¡ Pressure Delay Delay in seconds before the pressure alarm is activated ¦ o–1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Stream type.1 Stream 1 flow computer type ¦ o–1 Turbine Data Turbine Data Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ impw meter.1 Meter input impw scaling factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ impw monitor.1 Monitor input impw scaling factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Tu BR.1 Turbine Meter Blade Ratio ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meter correction.1 Meter Linearity correction entered as % Error or Meter Factor ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Ultrasonic Data Ultrasonic Meter Data Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL.Paths.1 Number of paths ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL.P/T corr.1 Pressure/Temperature correction off, weld or flange ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL.Linear.1 Linearity correction off or 20 point ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL.Ref.Temp.1 Reference Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL.Alpha.1 Alpha factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL.Ref.Pres.1 Reference Pressure ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL.Diameter.1 Meter Diameter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL.Thickness.1 Wall thickness ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL.E.1 Modulus of elasticity of meter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL.Efficiency.1 Measurement efficiency on per cent ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ US Meter Eq.1 Equation Standard or ISO6976 or ISO6976 (no z or Zb) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL Conversion.1 Units conversion None, Metric to Imperial or Imperial to Metric ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL.VoS Acc Deviation.1 Allowable deviation between measured and calculated VoS for accountable alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL. VoS nAcc Deviation.1 Allowable deviation between measured and calculated VoS for non-accountable alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL.VoS Acc Timeout.1 Time the VoS deviation must be present before an accountable alarm is raised ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ UL. VoS nAcc Timeout.1 Time the VoS deviation must be present before an non-accountable alarm is raised ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Orifice Data Orifice Data Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.Lo dp max.1 Low DP Range maximum ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.Hi dp max.1 High DP Range Maximum



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.dp Xmtrs.1 Number of DP transmitters 1 or 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.Exp Fac.1 Expansion factor equation Upstream or Downstream ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or Tapping.1 Tappings calculation Flange, Corner or D+D/2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.CoD Eqn.1 Coefficient of Discharge Calculation Reader Harris or Stolz ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.calc std.1 Orifice Calculation ISO 5167, AGA 3 (1995), Preset, ISO5167/6976 or AGA3 (1965) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.mu pt.1 Preset Value of Dynamic viscosity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.mu eqn.1 Dynamic viscosity calculated (Method 1), calculated (Method 2) or preset ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.mu 0.1 Reference Dynamic Viscosity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.t 0.1 Pipe Reference Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.t 1.1 Orifice Reference Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or Dt 0.1 Pipe Diameter in mm at reference Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.dt 0.1 Orifice Diameter in mm at reference Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.LD.1 Pipe Thermal expansion factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.Ld.1 Orifice Thermal expansion ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.K.1 Preset value of K Isentropic Exponent ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.Linear.1 Linearity correction Off or 5 point ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.qM max.1 Maximum Mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.Preset CoD.1 Preset Coefficient of Discharge ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Temp Up/Dn.1 Temperature measurement Upstream or Downstream ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.Hidp min.1 High range DP minimum value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.Lodp min.1 Low range DP minimum value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.joule thomson.1 Preset value of Joule Thomson coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.K Equation.1 Calculate Specific Heats Ratio or Preset (Isentropic Exponent) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.K Ref.1 Specific Heats calculation K reference value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.hi2lo.1 Dp High Range to Low range change over point in % of Dp Low Max. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.lo2hi.1 Dp Low Range to High range change over point in % of Dp Low Max. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.K11.1 Dynamic viscosity Calculation Method 2 Constant K11 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.K12.1 Dynamic viscosity Calculation Method 2 Constant K12 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.K13.1 Dynamic viscosity Calculation Method 2 Constant K13 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.K18.1 Specific Heats calculation K18 constant value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.K19.1 Specific Heats calculation K19 constant value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Or.K20.1 Specific Heats calculation K20 constant value ¦ ¦ o–1 GOST ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Bluntness.1 Method of bluntness calculation ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TauT yr.1 Year of Calibration ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TauT yr.1 Month of Calibration ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TauY yr.1 Year of Calibration ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TauY yr.1 Month of Calibration ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ri.1 Initial radius of the orifice plate entry edge ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ a.1 Bluntness parameter ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Length.1 Length of a linear section of the meter run ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Correction.1 Temperature correction method applied to the pipe ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ da0.1 Temperature correction factor ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ da1.1 Temperature correction factor ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ da2.1 Temperature correction factor ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Da0.1 Temperature correction factor ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Da1.1 Temperature correction factor ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Da2.1 Temperature correction factor ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dpT.1 Change in pressure over a length of run ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Venturi Tube (Type1 and 2) Venturi Tube Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ven.Tube Type.1 Venturi Tube Type As Cast, Machined, Rough Weld or Preset CoD ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ven.Exp Fac.1 Expansion Factor Upstream or Downstream ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ven Dt.1 Pipe Diameter in mm at Ref Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ven dt.1 Throat Diameter in mm at Ref Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ven K.1 Isentropic Exponent ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ven Dyn Visc.1 Dynamic Viscosity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ven Pre loss.1 Meter Pressure Loss ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ven Preset CoD.1 Preset Coefficient of Discharge ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ven LD.1 Thermal expansion factor of pipe ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ven Ld.1 Thermal expansion factor of Venturi ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ven t 1.1 Reference Temperature of pipe ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ven t 0.1 Reference Temperature of Venturi ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Coriolis Coriolis Meter Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho WM.1 Water Line Density in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho CS.1 Condensate Base Density in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho WS.1 Water Base Density in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Type.1 Coriolis meter Type Not Configured or RFT9739 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis ID.1 Coriolis meter Modbus communication ID ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Use Coriolis Pulse Input.1 Coriolis meter Use pulse input or No pulse input ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Deviation.1 Coriolis meter Deviation in kg between serial and pulse counters ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Freq Scale.1 Coriolis meter Frequency Input Scaler ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Alarm Mask.1 Coriolis meter Alarm mask individual bit settings ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Freq Min.1 Coriolis meter Minimum Input Frequency in Hz ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Frequency.1 Coriolis meter Pulse Output frequency in Hz ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Value.1 Coriolis meter Pulse Output scaling value in kg



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Use Reset.1 Coriolis Meter Mode switches Use Meter Reset Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Use Alarm.1 Coriolis Meter Mode switches Use Meter Alarm Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Use Density.1 Coriolis Meter Mode switches Use Meter Density Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Use Pressure.1 Coriolis Meter Mode switches Use Meter Pressure Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Use Temperature.1 Coriolis Meter Mode switches Use Meter Temperature Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Main Counter.1 Use Counter value from Serial Modbus or from Pulse Output ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Deviation Time.1 Coriolis Meter Deviation between Pulse and serial time between checks ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Wet Gas Equation (Type 1) Wet Gas Equation Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho calc.1 Density calculation Use co-efficient or Use Tables. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ WGCEQsel.1 Wet Gas Cor. selection, Dickinson/Jamieson, Steven, Chisholm, Homogeneous or De Leeuw ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ A0.1 Gas Line Density Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ A1.1 Gas Line Density Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ A2.1 Gas Line Density Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ A10.1 Gas Line Density Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ A11.1 Gas Line Density Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ A20.1 Gas Line Density Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ B0.1 Liquid Line Density Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ B1.1 Liquid Line Density Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ B2.1 Liquid Line Density Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ B10.1 Liquid Line Density Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ B11.1 Liquid Line Density Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ B20.1 Liquid Line Density Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C0.1 Gas Mass Fraction Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C1.1 Gas Mass Fraction Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2.1 Gas Mass Fraction Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C10.1 Gas Mass Fraction Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C11.1 Gas Mass Fraction Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C20.1 Gas Mass Fraction Calculation coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ cdl.1 Pipe Diameter in mm at Ref Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pllF.1 Liquid Line Density (FLASH) in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ plsF.1 Liquid Base density (FLASH) in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Wmf.1 Water Mass Fraction ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cmf.1 Condensate Mass Fraction ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ M.1 Murdock Calibration Factor default 1.26 ¦ ¦ o–1 Constants Venturi Constants Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ A.1 Venturi throat parameter A ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ B.1 Venturi throat parameter B ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C.1 Venturi throat parameter C ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Wet Gas Equation (Type2) Wet Gas Equation Type 2 Calculation folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Wmf Gas.1 Mass Fraction of Water (Gas phase) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rhoC Std.1 Standard Density for Condensate in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CoD sel.1 Coefficient of Discharge calculation method Preset or Interpolated from Table ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Red Reynolds Number Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Red1.1 Reynolds Number No.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ RedN.1 Reynolds Number No.N ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Red10.1 Reynolds Number No.10 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Cod Coefficient of Discharge Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cod1.1 Coefficient of Discharge No. 1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CodN.1 Coefficient of Discharge No. N ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cod10.1 Coefficient of Discharge No. 10 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Constants Calculation Constants Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ A.1 Calculation Constant ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ B.1 Calculation Constant ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C.1 Calculation Constant ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ D.1 Calculation Constant ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ E.1 Calculation Constant ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ F.1 Calculation Constant ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ G.1 Calculation Constant ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H.1 Calculation Constant ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ J.1 Calculation Constant ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ YC.1 Condensate to Gas Mass ratio ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ YW Liquid.1 Water (Liquid Phase) to Gas Mass ratio ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ YM.1 Methanol to Gas Mass ratio ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Expansion Equation.1 Temp. correction None (downstrm), Upstrm (ISO5167 1997), Upstrm (ISO 5167 2003) ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 API API Constants folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K0.1 API Constant K0 default 613.9723 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K1.1 API Constant K1 default 0 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K2.1 API Constant K2 default 0 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ PE.1 Equilibrium Pressure ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ beta.1 Beta equation selection API 11.2.1(1984) or Alternative (Downer equation)



¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Linearity Correction Linearity Correction Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Linear Corr.1 Linearity Correction Stream 1 ¦ ¦ o–1 Linearisation Linearisation Factors ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ % Qmax 0.1 Flow rate point 0 in percent of Q max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ % Qmax N.1 Flow rate point N in percent of Q max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ % Qmax 19.1 Flow rate point 19 in percent of Q max ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ %Er.rd 0.1 Percent Error in flow rate at point 0 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ %Er.rd N.1 Percent Error in flow rate at point N ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ %Er.rd 19.1 Percent Error in flow rate at point 19 ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Table Z Factor Table Z Factor Folder ¦ ¦ o–1 Table Headings Temperature and Pressure values for Z factor Table ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Temperature interval 1.1 Temperature value 1 in Z factor table ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Temperature interval N.1 Temperature value N in Z factor table ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Temperature interval 10.1 Temperature value 10 in Z factor table ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pressure interval 1.1 Pressure value 1 in Z factor table ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pressure interval N.1 Pressure value N in Z factor table ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pressure interval 10.1 Pressure value 10 in Z factor table ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Table Values Z factor Table Values ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Z (P1 : T1).1 Table Z Factor value at Pressure 1 and Temperature 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Z (PN : TN).1 Table Z Factor value at Pressure N and Temperature N ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Z (P10 : T10).1 Table Z Factor value at Pressure 10 and Temperature 10 ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Liquid Data Liquid Data Folder ¦ ¦ o–1 Specific Gravity Specific Gravity Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Spec Grav.1 Specific Gravity Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sg Max.1 Specific Gravity Maximum Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sg Min.1 Specific Gravity Minimum Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sg High.1 Specific Gravity High Alarm Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sg Low.1 Specific Gravity Low Alarm Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Line Density Line Density Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Line Density.1 Line Density Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Base Density Base Density Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Rho S Select.1 Source of Rho S Value Low Range, High Range, Table or Preset ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Rho S Preset1 Preset Value of Rho S ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 CTL CTL Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SG Temp 0 F.1 Specific Gravity Value at a temperature of 0 degrees F ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SG Temp 20 F.1 Specific Gravity Value at a temperature of 20 degrees F ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SG Temp 40 F.1 Specific Gravity Value at a temperature of 40 degrees F ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SG Temp 60 F.1 Specific Gravity Value at a temperature of 60 degrees F ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SG Temp 80 F.1 Specific Gravity Value at a temperature of 80 degrees F ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SG Temp 100 F.1 Specific Gravity Value at a temperature of 100 degrees F ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SG Temp 125 F.1 Specific Gravity Value at a temperature of 125 degrees F ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SG Temp 150 F.1 Specific Gravity Value at a temperature of 150 degrees F ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SG Temp 200 F.1 Specific Gravity Value at a temperature of 200 degrees F ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SG Temp 250 F.1 Specific Gravity Value at a temperature of 250 degrees F ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SG Temp 300 F.1 Specific Gravity Value at a temperature of 300 degrees F ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 CTS CTS Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ t 0.1 Reference Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ lambda m.1 Temperature coefficient of the Meter Body ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Use CTS.1 Use CTS Correction Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 CPS CPS Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dm.1 Meter Inner Diameter in mm at Ref. Pressure and Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ t.1 Wall thickness in mm at Ref. Pressure and Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Em.1 Modulus of Elasticity of Meter Material in bar ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ p0.1 Reference Pressure ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ alpha t.1 Preset (not used) Coefficient of Thermal expansion of Liquid. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K 0.1 API Constant K0 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K 1.1 API Constant K1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K 2.1 API Constant K2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Use CPS.1 Use CPS Correction Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Density Table Density Table Folder ¦ ¦ o–1 Table Headings ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Temperature Interval 1.1 Temperature Interval Value 1.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ to ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Temperature Interval 10.1 Temperature Interval Value 10.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Interval 1.1 Density Interval Value 1.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ to ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Interval 10.1 Density Interval Value 10.1



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Table Values Density Table Values ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density (1 : 1) .1 Density Value 1 1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ to to (Table Maximum size 10 * 10 ) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density (10 : 10) .1 Density Value 10 10 ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Mode Mode Switch Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ E.calc.1 Energy Calculation using Hi or Hs ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ATot en.1 Vb Alarm Totals enabled during an accountable alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Tot en.1 Vb Totals enabled during an accountable alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Tot Loq.1 Counters disabled when in Lo q condition ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Flw Loq.1 Flow rates set to 0 (zero) when in Lo q condition ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vn Error Cntrs.1 Vn Alarm Totals enabled during an accountable alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vn Normal Cntrs.1 Vn Totals enabled during an accountable alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Acc Alarm Low Flow.1 Accountable alarms disabled when in low flow condition ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Non Acc Alarm Low Flow.1 Non accountable alarms disabled when in low flow condition ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Non Acc LED Low Flow.1 Non accountable alarm LED disabled when in low flow condition ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stop Acc Alarm Flow Low.1 Stop any accountable alarm digital output when in low flow condition ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MM Preset Flow.1 When in Maintenance Mode enable Preset Value of line flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc CO2.1 Calculate CO2 Emission Factor Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Reject Invalid Gas Composition.1 Reject ALL gas data if any single component is in alarm Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dp High Acc.1 Use Dp High Range Max and Min Alarms Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dp Low Acc.1 Use Dp Low Range Max and Min Alarms Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Base Conditions Base condition folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ tb.1 Temperature base ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pb.1 Pressure base ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dens air.1 Base density of air ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gravity.1 Acceleration due to Gravity ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Equation Compressibility Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Z type.1 Z factor Equation type ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Zn preset.1 Zn preset value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Z preset.1 Z preset value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Zn hi.1 Zn high alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Zn lo.1 Zn low alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hs.comb.1 Hs combustion temperature factor used (SGERG only) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Use rn.1 Input is rn (normal density convert to relative density Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Normalisation.1 Normalisation is None, 100% or 100%-non-measured components ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Flow Flow Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ f min.1 f min cut-off value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Q max.1 Q max value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hi.q.1 High q alarm level ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Lo.q.1 Low q alarm level ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Preset Flow.1 Preset Flow rate for use in Maintenance Mode only (Must be enabled by Mode switch) ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Display Factors Display scaling factor folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ twfb.1 Stream Total scaling factor for Vb Totals ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ twfn.1 Stream Total scaling factor for Vn Totals ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ twfe.1 Stream Total scaling factor for E Totals ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ twfm.1 Stream Total scaling factor for M Totals ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Temperature Temperature Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ te hi.1 Temperature stream 1 input High alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ te lo.1 Temperature stream 1 input Low alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ te max.1 Temperature stream 1 input max alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ te min.1 Temperature stream 1 input min alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ te alm.1 Temperature alarm value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ te alm delay.1 Temperature alarm delay in seconds ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ te hi/lo hysteresis.1 Temperature Hi Lo alarm hysteresis value in deg C ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ te max/min hysteresis.1 Temperature Max/Min alarm hysteresis value in deg C ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Pressure Pressure Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pr hi.1 Pressure stream 1 input High alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pr lo.1 Pressure stream 1 input Low alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pr max.1 Pressure stream 1 input max alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pr min.1 Pressure stream 1 input min alarm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pr hi/lo hysteresis.1 Pressure Hi Lo alarm hysteresis value in bara ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pr max/min hysteresis.1 Pressure Max/Min alarm hysteresis value in bara ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Data Sources Gas Data Sources Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component Source (Normal).1 Gas component source in Normal operating conditions ¦ ¦ ¦ Chromat, Modbus, Analogue, Hourly Average or Daily Average ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component Source (Error).1 Gas component source in Error or Alarm operating conditions



¦ ¦ ¦ Keypad, Last Good Value, Chromat, Modbus , Analogue, Hourly Average or Daily Average ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component Averages.1 Gas component averages source ¦ ¦ Chromat, Modbus or Analogue ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Heating Value Source.1 Heating Value (Hs and Hi) source (Orifice Density type only) ¦ ¦ Modbus or ISO 6976 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Back up rd source.1 Back up Relative Density source (Orifice Density type only) ¦ ¦ Modbus or ISO 6976 (This assumes rd meter is first choice) ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Gas Data Gas Data Folders ¦ ¦ o–1 Keypad Gas Data Keypad Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Relative Density ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hs (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Superior Heating ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hi (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Inferior Heating ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Methane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Nitrogen ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Carbon Dioxide ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Ethane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Propane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Water Vapour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Hydrogen Sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Hydrogen ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Carbon Monoxide ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Oxygen ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of i-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of n-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of i-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of n-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C6 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of n-Hexane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C7 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of n-Heptane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C8 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of n-Octane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C9 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of n-Nonane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C10 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of n-Decane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Helium ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of Argon ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo-C5 (Keypad).1 Keypad Value of neo-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC6H14(Keypad) Keypad Value of 2, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H14(Keypad) Keypad Value of 3, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NEO_C6H14(Keypad) Keypad Value of 2,2, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DC6H14(Keypad) Keypad Value of 2,3, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H4(Keypad) Keypad Value of Ethylene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H6(Keypad) Keypad Value of Propylene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C4H8(Keypad) Keypad Value of 1, Butene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC4H8(Keypad) Keypad Value of cis 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TC4H8(Keypad) Keypad Value of trans 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC4H8(Keypad) Keypad Value of 2 Methylpropene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ PC5H10(Keypad) Keypad Value of 1 Pentene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H4(Keypad) Keypad Value of Propadiene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ AC4H6(Keypad) Keypad Value of 1,2 Butadiene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ BC4H6(Keypad) Keypad Value of 1,3 Butadiene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H2(Keypad) Keypad Value of Acetylene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC5H10(Keypad) Keypad Value of Cyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H12(Keypad) Keypad Value of Methylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC6H12(Keypad) Keypad Value of Ethylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H12(Keypad) Keypad Value of Cyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC7H14(Keypad) Keypad Value of Methylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H16(Keypad) Keypad Value of Ethylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H6(Keypad) Keypad Value of Benzene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C7H8(Keypad) Keypad Value of Toluene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H10(Keypad) Keypad Value of Ethylbenzene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C8H10(Keypad) Keypad Value of 0 Xylene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH3OH(Keypad) Keypad Value of Methanol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH4S(Keypad) Keypad Value of Methanethion ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NH3(Keypad) Keypad Value of Ammonia ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HCN(Keypad) Keypad Value of Hydrogen Cyanide ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ OCS(Keypad) Keypad Value of Carbonyl sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CS2(Keypad) Keypad Value of Carbon disulphide ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rn (Keypad).1 Normal Density Keypad Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Max Gas Data Maximum folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Low).1 Relative Density Max Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Min Gas Data Minimum folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Min).1 Relative Density Min Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 High Gas Data High Alarm folder



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (High).1 Relative Density High Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Low Gas Data Low Alarm folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Low).1 Relative Density Low Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 CATS Data CATS Data Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Calorific Values CATS Calorific Values for Gas Components ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Superior Gas Data Component Superior Heating Value Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C (Hs Cats).1 Methane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 (Hs Cats).1 Nitrogen Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 (Hs Cats).1 Carbon Dioxide Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 (Hs Cats).1 Ethane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 (Hs Cats).1 Propane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O (Hs Cats).1 Water Vapour Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S (Hs Cats).1 Hydrogen Sulphide Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2 (Hs Cats).1 Hydrogen Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO (Hs Cats).1 Carbon Monoxide Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2 (Hs Cats).1 Oxygen Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4 (Hs Cats).1 i-Butane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4 (Hs Cats).1 n-Butane Super ior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5 (Hs Cats).1 i-Pentane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5 (Hs Cats).1 n-Pentane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C6 (Hs Cats).1 n-Hexane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C7 (Hs Cats).1 n-Heptane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C8 (Hs Cats).1 n-Octane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C9 (Hs Cats).1 n-Nonane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C10 (Hs Cats).1 n-Decane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He (Hs Cats).1 Helium Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar (Hs Cats).1 Argon Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo-C5 (Hs Cats).1 neo-Pentane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Inferior Gas Data Component Inferior Heating Value Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C (Hi Cats).1 Methane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 (Hi Cats).1 Nitrogen Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 (Hi Cats).1 Carbon Dioxide Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 (Hi Cats).1 Ethane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 (Hi Cats).1 Propane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O (Hi Cats).1 Water Vapour Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S (Hi Cats).1 Hydrogen Sulphide Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2 (Hi Cats).1 Hydrogen Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO (Hi Cats).1 Carbon Monoxide Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2 (Hi Cats).1 Oxygen Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4 (Hi Cats).1 i-Butane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4 (Hi Cats).1 n-Butane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5 (Hi Cats).1 i-Pentane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5 (Hi Cats).1 n-Pentane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ /mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C6 (Hi Cats).1 n-Hexane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C7 (Hi Cats).1 n-Heptane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C8 (Hi Cats).1 n-Octane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C9 (Hi Cats).1 n-Nonane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C10 (Hi Cats).1 n-Decane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He (Hi Cats).1 Helium Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar (Hi Cats).1 Argon Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo-C5 (Hi Cats).1 neo-Pentane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 ISO 5167/6976 Data Gas Component Data for ISO 6976 calculation ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Z air.1 Compressibility of Air at Base conditions ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Calorific Values Calorific Values for Gas Components ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Superior Gas Data Component Superior Heating Value Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C (Hs).1 Methane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 (Hs).1 Nitrogen Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 (Hs).1 Carbon Dioxide Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 (Hs).1 Ethane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 (Hs).1 Propane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O (Hs).1 Water Vapour Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S (Hs).1 Hydrogen Sulphide Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2 (Hs).1 Hydrogen Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO (Hs).1 Carbon Monoxide Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2 (Hs).1 Oxygen Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4 (Hs).1 i-Butane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4 (Hs).1 n-Butane Super ior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5 (Hs).1 i-Pentane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5 (Hs).1 n-Pentane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C6 (Hs).1 n-Hexane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C7 (Hs).1 n-Heptane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C8 (Hs).1 n-Octane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C9 (Hs).1 n-Nonane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C10 (Hs).1 n-Decane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He (Hs).1 Helium Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar (Hs).1 Argon Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo-C5 (Hs).1 neo-Pentane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC6H14(Hs) 2, Methylpentane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H14(Hs) 3, Methylpentane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NEO_C6H14(Hs) 2,2, Dimethylbutane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DC6H14(Hs) 2,3, Dimethylbutane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H4(Hs) Ethylene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H6(Hs) Propylene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C4H8(Hs) 1, Butene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC4H8(Hs) cis 2 Butene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TC4H8(Hs) trans 2 Butene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC4H8(Hs) 2 Methylpropene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ PC5H10(Hs) 1 Pentene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H4(Hs) Propadiene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ AC4H6(Hs) 1,2 Butadiene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ BC4H6(Hs) 1,3 Butadiene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H2(Hs) Acetylene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC5H10(Hs) Cyclopentane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H12(Hs) Methylcyclopentane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC6H12(Hs) Ethylcyclopentane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H12(Hs) Cyclohexane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC7H14(Hs) Methylcyclohexane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H16(Hs) Ethylcyclohexane Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H6(Hs) Benzene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C7H8(Hs) Toluene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H10(Hs) Ethylbenzene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C8H10(Hs) 0 Xylene Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH3OH(Hs) Methanol Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH4S(Hs) Methanethion Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NH3(Hs) Ammonia Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HCN(Hs) Hydrogen Cyanide Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ OCS(Hs) Carbonyl sulphide Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CS2(Hs) Carbon disulphide Superior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Inferior Gas Data Component Inferior Heating Value Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C (Hi).1 Methane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 (Hi).1 Nitrogen Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 (Hi).1 Carbon Dioxide Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 (Hi).1 Ethane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 (Hi).1 Propane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O (Hi).1 Water Vapour Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S (Hi).1 Hydrogen Sulphide Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2 (Hi).1 Hydrogen Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO (Hi).1 Carbon Monoxide Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2 (Hi).1 Oxygen Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4 (Hi).1 i-Butane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4 (Hi).1 n-Butane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5 (Hi).1 i-Pentane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5 (Hi).1 n-Pentane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ /mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C6 (Hi).1 n-Hexane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C7 (Hi).1 n-Heptane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C8 (Hi).1 n-Octane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C9 (Hi).1 n-Nonane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C10 (Hi).1 n-Decane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He (Hi).1 Helium Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar (Hi).1 Argon Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo-C5 (Hi).1 neo-Pentane Value Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC6H14(Hi) 2, Methylpentane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H14(Hi) 3, Methylpentane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NEO_C6H14(Hi) 2,2, Dimethylbutane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DC6H14(Hi) 2,3, Dimethylbutane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H4(Hi) Ethylene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H6(Hi) Propylene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C4H8(Hi) 1, Butene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC4H8(Hi) cis 2 Butene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TC4H8(Hi) trans 2 Butene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC4H8(Hi) 2 Methylpropene Inferior Heating Value in KJ /mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ PC5H10(Hi) 1 Pentene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H4(Hi) Propadiene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ AC4H6(Hi) 1,2 Butadiene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ BC4H6(Hi) 1,3 Butadiene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H2(Hi) Acetylene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC5H10(Hi) Cyclopentane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H12(Hi) Methylcyclopentane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC6H12(Hi) Ethylcyclopentane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H12(Hi) Cyclohexane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC7H14(Hi) Methylcyclohexane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H16(Hi) Ethylcyclohexane Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H6(Hi) Benzene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C7H8(Hi) Toluene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H10(Hi) Ethylbenzene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C8H10(Hi) 0 Xylene Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH3OH(Hi) Methanol Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH4S(Hi) Methanethion Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NH3(Hi) Ammonia Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HCN(Hi) Hydrogen Cyanide Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ OCS(Hi) Carbonyl sulphide Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CS2(Hi) Carbon disulphide Inferior Heating Value in KJ/mol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Root B Gas Data Component Square Root of B Value Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C (Root B).1 Methane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 (Root B).1 Nitrogen Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 (Root B).1 Carbon Dioxide Superior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 (Root B).1 Ethane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 (Root B).1 Propane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O (Root B).1 Water Vapour Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S (Root B).1 Hydrogen Sulphide Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2 (Root B).1 Hydrogen Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO (Root B).1 Carbon Monoxide Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2 (Root B).1 Oxygen Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4 (Root B).1 i-Butane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4 (Root B).1 n-Butane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5 (Root B).1 i-Pentane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5 (Root B).1 n-Pentane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C6 (Root B).1 n-Hexane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C7 (Root B).1 n-Heptane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C8 (Root B).1 n-Octane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C9 (Root B).1 n-Nonane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C10 (Root B).1 n-Decane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He (Root B).1 Helium Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar (Root B).1 Argon Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo-C5 (Root B).1 neo-Pentane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC6H14(Root B) 2, Methylpentane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H14(Root B) 3, Methylpentane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NEO_C6H14(Root B) 2,2, Dimethylbutane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DC6H14(Root B) 2,3, Dimethylbutane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H4(Root B) Ethylene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H6(Root B) Propylene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C4H8(Root B) 1, Butene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC4H8(Root B) cis 2 Butene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TC4H8(Root B) trans 2 Butene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC4H8(Root B) 2 Methylpropene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ PC5H10(Root B) 1 Pentene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H4(Root B) Propadiene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ AC4H6(Root B) 1,2 Butadiene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ BC4H6(Root B) 1,3 Butadiene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H2(Root B) Acetylene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC5H10(Root B) Cyclopentane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H12(Root B) Methylcyclopentane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC6H12(Root B) Ethylcyclopentane Square Root of B Value l ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H12(Root B) Cyclohexane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC7H14(Root B) Methylcyclohexane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H16(Root B) Ethylcyclohexane Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H6(Root B) Benzene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C7H8(Root B) Toluene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H10(Root B) Ethylbenzene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C8H10(Root B) 0 Xylene Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH3OH(Root B) Methanol Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH4S(Root B) Methanethion Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NH3(Root B) Ammonia Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HCN(Root B) Hydrogen Cyanide Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ OCS(Root B) Carbonyl sulphide Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CS2(Root B) Carbon disulphide Square Root of B Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Mass/Volume Based.1 Heating Value Calculation based upon Volume or Mass ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Chrm Str.1 Gas Chromatograph Stream Number none or 1 to 12 to be used ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Multiple Transmitters Multiple transmitters folder



¦ ¦ o–1 Pressure Pressure Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr Sensors.1 Number of Sensors to be used 1, 2 or 3 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr Deviation.1 Deviation between sensors ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Selections Selection order folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr sel 1.1 1st choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr sel 2.1 2nd choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr sel 3.1 3rd choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr sel 4.1 4th choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr sel 5.1 5th choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr sel 6.1 6th choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr Keypad.1 Pressure Keypad Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr r1.1 Pressure sensor 1 range calibration value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr r2.1 Pressure sensor 2 range calibration value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr r3.1 Pressure sensor 3 range calibration value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr off1.1 Pressure sensor 1 offset calibration value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr off2.1 Pressure sensor 2 offset calibration value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr off3.1 Pressure sensor 3 offset calibration value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr dev Timeout.1 Timeout before Deviation is indicated ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.pr Ave.dev.1 Deviation from Average before an alarm is indicated ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Temperature Temperature Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te Sensors.1 Number of Sensors to be used 1, 2 or 3 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te Deviation.1 Deviation between sensors ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Selections Selection order folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te sel 1.1 1st choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te sel 2.1 2nd choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te sel 3.1 3rd choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te sel 4.1 4th choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te sel 5.1 5th choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te sel 6.1 6th choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te Keypad.1 Temperature Keypad Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te r1.1 Temperature sensor 1 range calibration value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te r2.1 Temperature sensor 2 range calibration value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te r3.1 Temperature sensor 3 range calibration value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te off1.1 Temperature sensor 1 offset calibration value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te off2.1 Temperature sensor 2 offset calibration value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te off3.1 Temperature sensor 3 offset calibration value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te dev Timeout.1 Timeout before Deviation is indicated ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.te Ave.dev.1 Deviation from Average before an alarm is indicated ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Dp High DP High range Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp hi Sensors.1 Number of Sensors to be used 1, 2 or 3 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp hi Deviation.1 Deviation between sensors ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Selections Selection order folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp hi sel 1.1 1st choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp hi sel 2.1 2nd choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp hi sel 3.1 3rd choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp hi sel 4.1 4th choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp hi sel 5.1 5th choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT. dp hi sel 6.1 6th choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp hi Key.1 DP High range Keypad value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp hi hi.1 DP High range High alarm value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp hi lo.1 DP High range Low alarm value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp hi dev Timeout.1 Timeout before Deviation is indicated ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp hi Ave.dev.1 Deviation from Average before an alarm is indicated ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Dp Low DP Low range Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp lo Sensors.1 Number of Sensors to be used 1, 2 or 3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp lo Deviation.1 Deviation between sensors ¦ ¦ o–1 Selections Selection order folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp lo sel 1.1 1st choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp lo sel 2.1 2nd choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp lo sel 3.1 3rd choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp lo sel 4.1 4th choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp lo sel 5.1 5th choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp lo sel 6.1 6th choice pressure used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp.lo Key.1 DP Low range Keypad value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp lo hi .1 DP Low range High alarm value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp lo lo.1 DP Low range Low alarm value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp lo dev Timeout.1 Timeout before Deviation is indicated ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT.dp lo Ave.dev.1 Deviation from Average before an alarm is indicated ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Units Units Folder



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pressure Units.1 Pressure Units used ,bar, Mpa, Kpa, kg/cm2 or psi ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Abs/Gau.1 Pressure Absolute or Gauge ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ p atmos.1 Mean Atmospheric pressure ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Temperature Units.1 Temperature Units in °C, °F or °K ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Units.1 Density Units ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ No Pressure DPs.1 Pressure Display number of decimal places ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ No Temperature DPs.1 Temperature Display number of decimal places ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ No DP Hi DPs.1 DP High range Display number of decimal places ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ No DP Lo DPs.1 DP Low range Display number of decimal places ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dp Units.1 DP Units used, bar, mbar or psi ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd Sig Fig..1 Relative Density Number of Significant Figures ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ gasdata Sig Fig..1 Gas Data Number of Significant Figures ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hs Sig Fig..1 Heating Value Number of Significant Figures ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Density Density Folder ¦ ¦ o–1 Density.1 Density Sensor 1Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Solartron Preset Data Solartron Preset Data Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Density coefficients Density coefficients folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K0m1.1 Density coefficient K0 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K1m1.1 Density coefficient K1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K2m1.1 Density coefficient K2 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K3m1.1 Density coefficient K3 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K4m1.1 Density coefficient K4 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K5m1.1 Density coefficient K5 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K6m1.1 Density coefficient K6 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K18m1.1 Density coefficient K18 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K19m1.1 Density coefficient K19 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Am1.1 Density coefficient A ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Calculated Calibration Gas Coefficients Gas coefficients folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ KVos m1.1 Density coefficient K Vos ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K1cc m1.1 Density coefficient K1cc ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K2cc m1.1 Density coefficient K2cc ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K3cc m1.1 Density coefficient K3cc ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K4cc m1.1 Density coefficient K4cc ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Specific Heat Specific Heat Calculation Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SH Source.m1.1 Specific Heat Source Preset or Calculated ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SH K18.m1.1 Specific Heat coefficient K18 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SH K19.m1.1 Specific Heat coefficient K19 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SH K20.m1.1 Specific Heat coefficient K20 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Y0 m1.1 Density coefficient Y0 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Preset Cc m1.1 Preset Velocity of sound in calibration gas ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Preset Cg m1.1 Preset Velocity of sound in flowing gas ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc or use preset Cc m1.1 Calculated or preset velocity of sound in calibration gas ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc or use preset Cg m1.1 Calculated or preset velocity of sound in flowing gas ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc or ignore pt m1.1 Calculate temperature correction for Density Yes or No ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Correction m1.1 Calculate Velocity of sound correction for density Yes , No or User Equations ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens High m1.1 Density High Alarm value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens Low m1.1 Density Low Alarm value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Freq Offset m1.1 Frequency offset value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calibration Temperature m1.1 Density Calibration Temperature value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Sarasota Preset Data Sarasota Preset Data Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ D0 m1.1 Density coefficient D0 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K m1.1 Density coefficient K ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ T0 m1.1 Density coefficient T0 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Tco.m1.1 Temperature coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pco.m1.1 Pressure coefficient ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Tcal.m1.1 Calibration Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pcal.m1.1 Calibration Pressure ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Equationl.m1.1 Sensor Type Solartron or Sarasota ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Hi/Lo Hysteresis.m1.1 Density Hi/Lo Alarm Hysteresis ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Temp Source.m1.1 Density temp. correction source, Keypad, upstrm, downstrm or internal ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Temp Max.m1.1 Density temperature Maximum value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Temp Min.m1.1 Density temperature Minimum value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Temp Keypad.m1.11 Density temperature Keypad value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–0 Density.2 Density Sensor 2 Folder (Duplicate of Stream 1) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Density Selection Density Selection Data Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens sel 1.1 1st choice density used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens sel 2.1 2nd choice density used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens sel 3.1 3rd choice density used value



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens sel 4.1 4th choice density used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens sel 5.1 5th choice density used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens sel 6.1 6th choice density used value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Number of Meters.1 Number of Density Meters 1 or 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Deviation.1 Density Deviation between sources ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Keypad.1 Density Keypad value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Max.1 Density Maximum Alarm value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Min.1 Density Minimum Alarm value ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Relative Density Relative Density Folder ¦ ¦–¡ K0.1 Relative Density coefficient K0 ¦ ¦–¡ K2.1 Relative Density coefficient K2 ¦ ¦–¡ Use Rel Dens meter.1 Use Frequency type Relative Density Meter Yes or No ¦ ¦–¡ rd Deviation.1 Relative Density deviation between sources ¦ ¦–¡ K Values.1 K0 and K2 Preset or Calculated ¦ ¦–¡ Gx.1 Constant Gx ¦ ¦–¡ Gy.1 Constant Gy ¦ ¦–¡ Tx.1 Constant Tx ¦ ¦–¡ Ty.1 Constant Ty ¦ o–0 Stream 2 Stream 2 Duplicate of Stream 1 o–0 Stream 3 Stream 3 Duplicate of Stream 1 o–1 Chromat Chromatograph folder ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat type Chromatograph type ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat ID Chromatograph Modbus communication ID ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat Time Chromatograph read interval ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat Status Use or ignore Chromatograph status information ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat C6code C6+ location code ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat hex Percentage of Hexane in the C6+ or C5+ value ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat hept Percentage of Heptane in the C6+ or C5+ value ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat oct Percentage of Octane in the C6+ or C5+ value ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat non Percentage of Nonane in the C6+ or C5+ value ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat dec Percentage of Decane in the C6+ or C5+ value ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat i-C5 Percentage of i-Pentane in the C5+ value ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat n-C5 Percentage of n-Pentane in the C5+ value ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat neo-C5 Percentage of neo-Pentane in the C5+ value ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat str Chromat Stream Number Used or Ignore (ABB Optichrome 4 Stream Only) ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat Use Time Use Chromat Time to update M2000 Yes or No (OSC-01-E Only) ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Addresses Modbus Gas Address Folder (Siemens Optichrome Only) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 addr Modbus Address for N2 value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 addr Modbus Address for CO2 value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ RD addr Modbus Address for Relative Density value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HS addr Modbus Address for Hs value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HI addr Modbus Address for Hi value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C addr Modbus Address for Methane value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 addr Modbus Address for Ethane value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 addr Modbus Address for Propane value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4 addr Modbus Address for i-Butane value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4 addr Modbus Address for n-Butane value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5 addr Modbus Address for i-Pentane value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5 addr Modbus Address for n-Pentane value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6+ addr Modbus Address for C6+ value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ wobbe.s addr Modbus Address for wobbe s value ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Max Maximum Scaling factor Folder (Siemens Optichrome Only) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 max Maximum scaled value for N2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 max Maximum scaled value for CO2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ RD max Maximum scaled value for Relative Density ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HS max Maximum scaled value for Hs ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HI max Maximum scaled value for Hi ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C max Maximum scaled value for Methane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 max Maximum scaled value for Ethane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 max Maximum scaled value for Propane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4 max Maximum scaled value for i-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4 max Maximum scaled value for n-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5 max Maximum scaled value for i-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5 max Maximum scaled value for n-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6+ max Maximum scaled value for C6+ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ wobbe.s max Maximum scaled value for wobbe s ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Min Minimum Scaling factor Folder (Siemens Optichrome Only) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 min Minimum scaled value for N2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 min Minimum scaled value for CO2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ RD min Minimum scaled value for Relative Density ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HS min Minimum scaled value for Hs



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HI min Minimum scaled value for Hi ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C min Minimum scaled value for Methane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 min Minimum scaled value for Ethane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 min Minimum scaled value for Propane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4 min Minimum scaled value for i-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4 min Minimum scaled value for n-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5 min Minimum scaled value for i-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5 min Minimum scaled value for n-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6+ min Minimum scaled value for C6+ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ wobbe.s min Minimum scaled value for wobbe s ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Data FS Full scale scaling factor for all data ¦ ¦–¡ Status FS Full scale scaling factor for status data ¦ ¦–¡ Analyser Analyser Number ¦ ¦–¡ ChAlive Send Keep Alive command Yes or No ¦ ¦–¡ Calibration Address Modbus address for Calibration command (ENSONIC Only) ¦ ¦–¡ Reset Address Modbus address for Reset command (ENSONIC Only) ¦ ¦–¡ Use Chromat rn Use the Value of rn received from the Gas Chromatograph Yes or No ¦ ¦–¡ Write time to encal ¦ o–1 Encal Component Codes ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 1 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 2 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 3 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 4 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 5 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 6 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 7 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 8 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 9 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 10 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 11 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 12 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 13 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 14 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 15 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 16 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 17 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 18 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 19 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 20 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 21 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 22 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 23 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Component 24 Component code for the Encal 3000 ¦ o–1 Ensonic Ensonic Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Significant Digits Significant Digits Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Sequence number ¦ ¦ o–1 Calculation Data Calculation Data Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Avg Z ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Avg RD ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Avg Wobbe ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Avg hs ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Avg hi ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Avg CO2 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Avg Density ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Output Z ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Output RD ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Output Wobbe ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Output hs ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Output hi ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Output CO2 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Output Density ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Input Th ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Input Ph ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Input Pl ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Input VOSh ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Calc Input VOSl ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD US H VCalc ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD US L VCalc ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Q Total ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD IPB T Temp ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD IPB H Temp ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD IPB L Temp ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD CO2 Pres



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Gas Composition Gas Composition Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Avg Nitrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Avg Methane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Avg Ethane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Avg Propane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Avg i-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Avg n-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Avg i-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Avg n-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Avg n-Hexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Avg n-Heptane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Avg n-Octane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SD Avg Helium ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Minimum Minimum Folder ¦ ¦ o–1 Calculation Data Calculation Data Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Avg Z ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Avg RD ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Avg Wobbe ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Avg hs ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Avg hi ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Avg CO2 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Avg Density ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Output Z ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Output RD ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Output Wobbe ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Output hs ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Output hi ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Output CO2 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Output Density ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Input Th ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Input Ph ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Input Pl ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Input VOSh ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Calc Input VOSl ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min US H VCalc ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min US L VCalc ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Q Total ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min IPB T Temp ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min IPB H Temp ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min IPB L Temp ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min CO2 Pres ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Gas Composition Gas Composition Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Avg Nitrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Avg Methane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Avg Ethane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Avg Propane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Avg i-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Avg n-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Avg i-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Avg n-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Avg n-Hexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Avg n-Heptane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Avg n-Octane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Min Avg Helium ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Maximum Maximum Folder ¦ o–1 Calculation Data Calculation Data Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Avg Z ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Avg RD ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Avg Wobbe ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Avg hs ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Avg hi ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Avg CO2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Avg Density ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Output Z ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Output RD ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Output Wobbe ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Output hs ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Output hi ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Output CO2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Output Density ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Input Th ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Input Ph



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Input Pl ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Input VOSh ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max Calc Input VOSl ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Max US H VCalc ¦ ¦–¡ Max US L VCalc ¦ ¦–¡ Max Q Total ¦ ¦–¡ Max IPB T Temp ¦ ¦–¡ Max IPB H Temp ¦ ¦–¡ Max IPB L Temp ¦ ¦–¡ Max CO2 Pres ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Gas Composition Gas Composition Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Max Avg Nitrogen ¦ ¦–¡ Max Avg Methane ¦ ¦–¡ Max Avg Ethane ¦ ¦–¡ Max Avg Propane ¦ ¦–¡ Max Avg i-Butane ¦ ¦–¡ Max Avg n-Butane ¦ ¦–¡ Max Avg i-Pentane ¦ ¦–¡ Max Avg n-Pentane ¦ ¦–¡ Max Avg n-Hexane ¦ ¦–¡ Max Avg n-Heptane ¦ ¦–¡ Max Avg n-Octane ¦ ¦–¡ Max Avg Helium ¦ o–1 Units Units Folder ¦–¡ Energy Units Calculation Energy Units GJ/m3, MJ/m3, kWh/m3, kcal/m3, thrms/m3 or btu ¦–¡ Metric/Imperial Volume Units in Metric or Imperial Units ¦–¡ Mass Units Mass Units in Metric or Imperial Units ¦–¡ Input Energy Units Units of Energy received as Input (same selection as Calculation Energy Units



5.2. ACTIVE DATA o–1 Active Data Active Data Folder o–1 PID Controller PID Controller Folder ¦ ¦–¡ PID output 1 Value of PID Output 1 ¦ ¦–¡ PID output 2 Value of PID Output 2 ¦ ¦–¡ PID output 3 Value of PID Output 3 ¦ o–1 Grab Sampler Grab Sampler Folder ¦ o–1 Sampler 1 Sampler 1 Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Current Volume.1 Current calculated Volume in sample can. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sample Volume.1 Current Volume between each sample. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Running Volume.1 Volume since last sample taken. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Remaining Volume.1 Remaining Volume required to fill the sample cylinder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sample Rate.1 Number of grabs taken per mass/volume unit ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Required Pulses.1 Total number of sample pulses required to fill can ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Current Pulses.1 Number of pulse taken so far ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Remaining Pulses.1 Number of pulse needed from present to fill can ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Alarm.1 Sampler 1 Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Alarm.La.Cur.Hr.1 Sampler 1 Latched current hour alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Alarm.La.Cur.Dy.1 Sampler 1 Latched current day alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Alarm.La.Last.Hr.1 Sampler 1 Latched previous (last) hour alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Alarm.La.Last.Dy.1 Sampler 1 Latched previous (last) day alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Can Input.1 Value of Can level indication ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Grab Now.1 Indicates when a sample taken, Output on (1) during sample otherwise off (0) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sample Count.1 Number of Samples taken ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Estimated Volume.1 Current calculated volume in the sample cylinder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status.1 Current Status of Sampler ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Large Sample Volume.1 Current Volume between each sample (Large Units) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Large Running Volume.1 Volume since last sample taken (Large Units) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Large Sample Rate.1 Number of grabs taken per mass/volume unit (Large Units) ¦ ¦ ¦ o–0 Sampler 2 Sampler 2 (Duplicate of Sampler 1) ¦ o–1 Lubrication Module Lubrication Folder ¦ o–1 Lubrication 1 Lubrication 1 Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Active Indicates if the current lubrication module is active ¦ ¦–¡ Output Indicates if the output to the lubrication system is active ¦ ¦–¡ Strokes remaining Strokes remaining in the current lubrication cycle ¦ ¦–¡ Strokes made Strokes made in the current lubrication cycle ¦ ¦–¡ Piston Inputs Number of piston pulses received in the current lubrication cycle ¦ ¦–¡ Last lubrication start Time the lubrication cycle last started ¦ ¦–¡ Last lubrication end Time the lubrication cycle last finished ¦ ¦–¡ Alarm Lubrication module alarm ¦ ¦–¡ Pressure Time remaining before pressure alarm is activated ¦ ¦–¡ Current Pulse Total Total number of pulses since last lubrication ended ¦ ¦–¡ Pulses Remaining Number of pulses remaining before next lubrication cycle starts ¦ o–1 Station Station Folder ¦ o–1 Modbus Gas Data Received Modbus Gas Data Received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd(Modbus Rec) Relative density ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hs(Modbus Rec) Superior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hi(Modbus Rec) Inferior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C(Modbus Rec) Methane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2(Modbus Rec) Nitrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2(Modbus Rec) Carbon Dioxide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2(Modbus Rec) Ethane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3(Modbus Rec) Propane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O(Modbus Rec) Water Vapour ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S(Modbus Rec) Hydrogen Sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2(Modbus Rec) Hydrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO(Modbus Rec) Carbon Monoxide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2(Modbus Rec) Oxygen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4(Modbus Rec) i-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4(Modbus Rec) n-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5(Modbus Rec) i-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5(Modbus Rec) n-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C6(Modbus Rec) n-Hexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C7(Modbus Rec) n-Heptane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C8(Modbus Rec) n-Octane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C9(Modbus Rec) n-Nonane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C10(Modbus Rec) n-Decane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He(Modbus Rec) Helium ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar(Modbus Rec) Argon ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ WOBBE.S(Modbus Rec) Wobbe Index (Superior) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ WOBBE.I(Modbus Rec) Wobbe Index (Inferior) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NeoC5(Modbus Rec) neo-Pentane



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6+(Modbus Rec) C6+ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ RN(Modbus Rec) Normal density ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Analog Gas Data Received Analog Gas Data Received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd(Analog Rec) Relative density ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hs(Analog Rec) Superior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hi(Analog Rec) Inferior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C(Analog Rec) Methane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2(Analog Rec) Nitrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2(Analog Rec) Carbon Dioxide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2(Analog Rec) Ethane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3(Analog Rec) Propane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O(Analog Rec) Water Vapour ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S(Analog Rec) Hydrogen Sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2(Analog Rec) Hydrogen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO(Analog Rec) Carbon Monoxide ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2(Analog Rec) Oxygen ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4(Analog Rec) i-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4(Analog Rec) n-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5(Analog Rec) i-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5(Analog Rec) n-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C6(Analog Rec) n-Hexane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C7(Analog Rec) n-Heptane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C8(Analog Rec) n-Octane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C9(Analog Rec) n-Nonane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C10(Analog Rec) n-Decane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He(Analog Rec) Helium ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar(Analog Rec) Argon ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ WOBBE.S(Analog Rec) Wobbe Index (Superior) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ WOBBE.I(Analog Rec) Wobbe Index (Inferior) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NeoC5(Analog Rec) neo-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6+(Analog Rec) C6+ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ RN(Analog Rec) Normal density ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Station Alarms Station Alarms Folder ¦ ¦ o–1 Normal Normal alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus Alarm Modbus Write Timeout Alarm (i.e. No Modbus write has occurred within a set time period) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EG Status General Alarm Register bit 0 General, bit1 Str1, bit2 Str2, bit3 Str3 bits 4-15 not used ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres 1 Alarm Station Pressure 1 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp 1 Alarm Station Temperature 1 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres 2 Alarm Station Pressure 2 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp 2 Alarm Station Temperature 2 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Latched Latched Alarms ¦ ¦ o–1 Current Current Time period ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Hourly Hours ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus Alarm.La.Cur.Hr Modbus Write Timeout Alarm (i.e. No Modbus write has occurred within a set time period) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EG Status.La.Cur.Hr General Alarm Register bit 0 General, bit1 Str1, bit2 Str2, bit3 Str3 bits 4-15 not used ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres 1 Alarm.La.Cur.Hr Station Pressure 1 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp 1 Alarm.La.Cur.Hr Station Temperature 1 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres 2 Alarm.La.Cur.Hr Station Pressure 2 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp 2 Alarm.La.Cur.Hr Station Temperature 2 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily Days ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus Alarm.La.Cur.Dy Modbus Write Timeout Alarm (i.e. No Modbus write has occurred within a set time period) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EG Status.La.Cur.Dy General Alarm Register bit 0 General, bit1 Str1, bit2 Str2, bit3 Str3 bits 4-15 not used ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres 1 Alarm.La.Cur.Dy Station Pressure 1 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp 1 Alarm.La.Cur.Dy Station Temperature 1 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres 2 Alarm.La.Cur.Dy Station Pressure 2 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp 2 Alarm.La.Cur.Dy Station Temperature 2 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Last Previous (or Last) Time period ¦ ¦ o–1 Hourly Hours ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus Alarm.La.Last.Hr Modbus Write Timeout Alarm (i.e. No Modbus write has occurred within a set time period) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EG Status.La.Last.Hr General Alarm Register bit 0 General, bit1 Str1, bit2 Str2, bit3 Str3 bits 4-15 not used ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres 1 Alarm.La.Last.Hr Station Pressure 1 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp 1 Alarm.La.Last.Hr Station Temperature 1 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres 2 Alarm.La.Last.Hr Station Pressure 2 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp 2 Alarm.La.Last.Hr Station Temperature 2 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily Days ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus Alarm.La.Last.Dy Modbus Write Timeout Alarm (i.e. No Modbus write has occurred within a set time period) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EG Status.La.Last.Dy General Alarm Register bit 0 General, bit1 Str1, bit2 Str2, bit3 Str3 bits 4-15 not used ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres 1 Alarm.La.Last.Dy Station Pressure 1 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp 1 Alarm.La.Last.Dy Station Temperature 1 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres 2 Alarm.La.Last.Dy Station Pressure 2 Input Alarm status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp 2 Alarm.La.Cur.Dy Station Temperature 2 Input Alarm status



¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Flow Rates Hourly Station Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqb Hourly Station flow rate from meter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqbc Hourly Station flow rate from meter corrected for nonlinearity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqn Hourly Corrected Volume Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqE Hourly Energy Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqM Hourly Mass Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMc Hourly Mass Station Flow rate corrected for nonlinearity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqbc(hr) Hourly Station flow rate from meter(US) corrected for Pressure and Temperature expansion. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqdry Hourly dry gas Volume Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqGw Coriolis Gross volume flow rate of Water at line conditions in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqNw Coriolis Normal volume flow rate of Water at base conditions in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqNc Coriolis Normal volume flow rate of Condensate at base conditions in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqGc Coriolis Gross volume flow rate of Condensate at line conditions in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMg Wet gas 2 Two phase mass flow rate in kg/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMg sa t Wet gas 2 Water saturated (Wet) De-Leeuw Mass flow rate in kg/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMg dry Wet gas 2 Dry gas mass flow rate in kg/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqML Wet gas 2 Liquid mass flow rate in kg/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqM_tp_corr Wet gas 2 Corrected two phase mass flow rate in kg/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMC Wet gas 2 Condensate mass flow rate in kg/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMW Wet gas 2 Water mass flow rate in kg/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMM Wet gas 2 Methanol mass flow rate in kg/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqM_hc Wet gas 2 Total Hydrocarbon mass flow rate in kg/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqnG Wet gas 2 Standard dry gas volume flow rate in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqnC Wet gas 2 Standard condensate volume flow rate in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqnW Wet gas 2 Standard water volume flow rate in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqE Wet gas 2 Gas Volume Energy flow rate in MJ/hr ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily Daily Station Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqb daily Daily Station flow rate from meter ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqbc p/t daily Daily Station flow rate from meter corrected for nonlinearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqn daily Daily Corrected Volume Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqE daily Daily Energy Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqM dai ly Daily Mass Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMc daily Daily Mass Station Flow rate corrected for nonlinearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqdry daily Daily dry gas Volume Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMg daily Wet gas 2 Two phase mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMg sat daily Wet gas 2 Water saturated (Wet) De-Leeuw Mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMg dry daily Wet gas 2 Dry gas mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqML daily Wet gas 2 Liquid mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqM_tp_corr daily Wet gas 2 Corrected two phase mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMC daily Wet gas 2 Condensate mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMW daily Wet gas 2 Water mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMM daily Wet gas 2 Methanol mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqM_hc daily Wet gas 2 Total Hydrocarbon mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqnG daily Wet gas 2 Standard dry gas volume flow rate in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqnC daily Wet gas 2 Standard condensate volume flow rate in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqnW daily Wet gas 2 Standard water volume flow rate in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqE daily Wet gas 2 Gas Volume Energy flow rate in MJ/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Per Second Per Second Station Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqb sec Per Second Station flow rate from meter ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqbc p/t sec Per Second Station flow rate from meter corrected for nonlinearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqn sec Per Second Corrected Volume Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqE sec Per Second Energy Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqM sec Per Second Mass Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMc sec Per Second Mass Station Flow rate corrected for nonlinearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqdry sec Per Second dry gas Volume Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMg sec Wet gas 2 Two phase mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMg sat sec Wet gas 2 Water saturated (Wet) De-Leeuw Mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMg dry sec Wet gas 2 Dry gas mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqML sec Wet gas 2 Liquid mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqM_tp_corr sec Wet gas 2 Corrected two phase mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMC sec Wet gas 2 Condensate mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMW sec Wet gas 2 Water mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMM sec Wet gas 2 Methanol mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqM_hc sec Wet gas 2 Total Hydrocarbon mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqnG sec Wet gas 2 Standard dry gas volume flow rate in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqnC sec Wet gas 2 Standard condensate volume flow rate in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqnW sec Wet gas 2 Standard water volume flow rate in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqE sec Wet gas 2 Gas Volume Energy flow rate in MJ/second ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Per Minute Per Minute Station Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqb min Per Minute Station flow rate from meter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqbc p/t min Per Minute Station flow rate from meter corrected for nonlinearity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqn min Per Minute Corrected Volume Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqE min Per Minute Energy Station flow rate



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqM min Per Minute Mass Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ SqMc min Per Minute Mass Station Flow rate corrected for nonlinearity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Sqdry min Per Minute dry gas Volume Station flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Temperature Station Temperature Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp 1 Station Temperature 1 sensor value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp 2 Station Temperature 2 sensor value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp Line 1 Station Temperature 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp Line Status 1 Station Temperature 1 Status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp Line 2 Station Temperature 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp Line Status 2 Station Temperature 2 Status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp Corr 1 Station Temperature 1 corrected for Range and Offset ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Temp Corr 2 Station Temperature 2 corrected for Range and Offset ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Pressure Station Pressure Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres 1 Station Pressure 1 sensor value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres 2 Station Pressure 2 sensor value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres Line 1 Station Pressure 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres Line Status 1 Station Pressure 1 Status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres Line 2 Station Pressure 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres Line Status 2 Station Pressure 2 Status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres Corr 1 Station Pressure 1 corrected for Range and Offset ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stn Pres Corr 2 Station Pressure 2 corrected for Range and Offset ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Comparison Station Comparison Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Comparison Vb Station Comparison Vb result ¦ ¦–¡ Comparison Vn Station Comparison Vn result ¦ o–1 Digital Inputs Digital Inputs Folder ¦ o–1 Digital Inputs Slot 2 Digital Inputs Slot N folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital i/p 1.2 Status of Digital input 1 on Input Board in Slot 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital i/p 2.2 Status of Digital input 2 on Input Board in Slot 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital i/p 3.2 Status of Digital input 3 on Input Board in Slot 2 ¦ ¦ o–1 Smart Index Smart Index results folder ¦ ¦–¡ SI readout Received Counter Value from Smart Index ¦ ¦–¡ SI TWF Smart Index scaling Factor ¦ ¦–¡ SI Status Status of Smart Index ¦ ¦–¡ SI Scaled cntr Counter Value of Smart Index scaled by TWF ¦ o–1 Stream 1 Stream 1 Folder ¦ o–1 Turbine Input Turbine Input Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ freq .1 Measured Frequency of Meter 1 input in Hz ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ freq mon.1 Measured Frequency of Monitor 1 input in Hz ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Liquid Data Liquid Input Folder ¦ ¦ o–1 sg SG Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 sg received SG Received Values ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ sg chr Rec.1 SG Value received from a Chromatograph ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ sg mod Rec.1 SG Value received from Modbus communication port ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ sg ang Rec.1 SG Value received from an Analogue Input ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 sg used ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ sg used.1 SG Value Used ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 sg hourly average ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ sg hr Avg.1 SG Hourly Average Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 sg daily average ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ sg day avg.1 SG Daily Average Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 CTL CTL Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CTL.1 CTL Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 CTS CTS Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CTS.1 CTS Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 CPS CPS Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CPS.1 CPS Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 CPL CPL Folder ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CPL.1 CPL Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho T .1 Density at base Temperature and Line Pressure ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho S.1 Base Density of Liquid ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Beta.1 Compressibility Factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ A.1 Factor A



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ B .1 Factor B ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ d.1 Relative Density at 15 C ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ G.1 Base Density of Liquid divided by 1000 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Tc.1 Critical Temperature in degrees R ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Tr.1 Line Temperature in degrees R ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Alpha t.1 Coefficient of thermal expansion of liquid ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Ultrasonic Comms Status General US Meter Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ US Manufacturer.1 Meter Manufacturer 0=unknown, 1=Instromet, 2=Sick Eng, 3=Daniel, 4=Panametric ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ US Comms Status.1 0=OK, 1,=Port Problem, 2=waiting, 3=Msc Error, 4=Comms problem ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Instromet Ultrasonic Data Instromet US Meter Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Code.1 Reply code 35(Q_DATA) , 36(Q_XDATA) or 37(U_DATA) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ V Status.1 V Status field ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C/R Status.1 C/R Status field ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meter type.1 Flow Meter type ID ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ValSamples 1.1 Number of valid samples path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ValSamples 2.1 Number of valid samples path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ValSamples 3.1 Number of valid samples path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ValSamples 4.1 Number of valid samples path 4 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ValSamples 5.1 Number of valid samples path 5 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_A 1.1 AGC Level transducer A path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_A 2.1 AGC Level transducer A path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_A 3.1 AGC Level transducer A path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_A 4.1 AGC Level transducer A path 4 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_A 5.1 AGC Level transducer A path 5 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_B 1.1 AGC Level transducer B path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_B 2.1 AGC Level transducer B path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_B 3.1 AGC Level transducer B path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_B 4.1 AGC Level transducer B path 4 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_B 5.1 AGC Level transducer B path 5 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ QLine.1 Volume flow at Line conditions in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ QBase.1 Volume flow at base conditions (if available) in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Spd of Sound.1 Speed of sound in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Vel.1 Gas velocity after profile correction in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Num Paths.1 Number of Acoustic paths ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Samp Rate.1 Number of acquired “samples” ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclimit_A 1.1 AGC Limit value transducer A path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclimit_A 2.1 AGC Limit value transducer A path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclimit_A 3.1 AGC Limit value transducer A path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclimit_A 4.1 AGC Limit value transducer A path 4 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclimit_A 5.1 AGC Limit value transducer A path 5 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclimit_B 1.1 AGC Limit value transducer B path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclimit_B 2.1 AGC Limit value transducer B path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclimit_B 3.1 AGC Limit value transducer B path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclimit_B 4.1 AGC Limit value transducer B path 4 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclimit_B 5.1 AGC Limit value transducer B path 5 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Qpres.1 Pressure if available in Kpa ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Qtemp.1 Temperature if available in K ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stability.1 Obsolete (Additional Status information) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cpp 1.1 Speed of Sound in path 1 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cpp 2.1 Speed of Sound in path 2 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cpp 3.1 Speed of Sound in path 3 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cpp 4.1 Speed of Sound in path 4 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cpp 5.1 Speed of Sound in path 5 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vpp 1.1 Gas velocity in path 1 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vpp 2.1 Gas velocity in path 2 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vpp 3.1 Gas velocity in path 3 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vpp 4.1 Gas velocity in path 4 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vpp 5.1 Gas velocity in path 5 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meter type.1 Flow Meter type ID ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Seq number.1 Measurement interval sequence number ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ For Volume.1 Meter Accumulated forward line volume in m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Rev Volume.1 Meter Accumulated reverse line volume in m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ T Spare.1 Reserved for Twin Sonic applications ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Diag bits 1.1 Diagnostic information for path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Diag bits 2.1 Diagnostic information for path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Diag bits 3.1 Diagnostic information for path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Diag bits 4.1 Diagnostic information for path 4 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Diag bits 5.1 Diagnostic information for path 5 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Efficiency 1.1 Calculated efficiency for path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Efficiency 2.1 Calculated efficiency for path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Efficiency 3.1 Calculated efficiency for path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Efficiency 4.1 Calculated efficiency for path 4 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Efficiency 5.1 Calculated efficiency for path 5 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 FlowSIC 600 Data ABB Total Sonic Meter Folder



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ V Status.1 V Status field ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C/R Status.1 C/R Status field ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meter type.1 Flow Meter type ID ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ValSamples 1.1 Number of valid samples path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ValSamples 2.1 Number of valid samples path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ValSamples 3.1 Number of valid samples path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ValSamples 4.1 Number of valid samples path 4 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ValSamples 5.1 Number of valid samples path 5 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_A 1.1 AGC Level transducer A path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_A 2.1 AGC Level transducer A path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_A 3.1 AGC Level transducer A path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_A 4.1 AGC Level transducer A path 4 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_A 5.1 AGC Level transducer A path 5 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_B 1.1 AGC Level transducer B path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_B 2.1 AGC Level transducer B path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_B 3.1 AGC Level transducer B path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_B 4.1 AGC Level transducer B path 4 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Agclevel_B 5.1 AGC Level transducer B path 5 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ QLine.1 Volume flow at Line conditions in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ QBase.1 Volume flow at base conditions (if available) in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Spd of Sound.1 Speed of sound in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Vel.1 Gas velocity after profile correction in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 0.1 Status Register 0 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 1.1 Status Register 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 2.1 Status Register 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 3.1 Status Register 3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pos Volume.1 Volume in Positive direction normal conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pos Volume Err.1 Volume in Positive direction error conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Neg Volume.1 Volume in Negative direction normal conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Neg Volume Err.1 Volume in Negative direction error conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vel sound 0.1 Velocity of sound path 0 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vel sound 1.1 Velocity of sound path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vel sound 2.1 Velocity of sound path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vel sound 3.1 Velocity of sound path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vel gas 0.1 Velocity of gas path 0 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vel gas 1.1 Velocity of gas path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vel gas 2.1 Velocity of gas path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vel gas 3.1 Velocity of gas path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ snr A 0.1 Signal to noise ratio transducer A path 0 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ snr A 1.1 Signal to noise ratio transducer A path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ snr A 2.1 Signal to noise ratio transducer A path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ snr A 3.1 Signal to noise ratio transducer A path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ snr B 0.1 Signal to noise ratio transducer B path 0 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ snr B 1.1 Signal to noise ratio transducer B path 1 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ snr B 2.1 Signal to noise ratio transducer B path 2 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ snr B 3.1 Signal to noise ratio transducer B path 3 stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Daniels Seniorsonic Daniels Senior Sonic Meter Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Spd of Sound.1 Speed of Sound ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Vel.1 Gas Velocity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cpp 1.1 Speed of Sound in path 1 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cpp 2.1 Speed of Sound in path 2 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cpp 3.1 Speed of Sound in path 3 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cpp 4.1 Speed of Sound in path 4 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vpp 1.1 Gas velocity in path 1 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vpp 2.1 Gas velocity in path 2 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vpp 3.1 Gas velocity in path 3 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Vpp 4.1 Gas velocity in path 4 stream 1 in m/s ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Status 1.1 Status path 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Status 2.1 Status path 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Status 3.1 Status path 3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Status 4.1 Status path 4 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Gen Status.1 General Status ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Fail 1.0.1 Number of failures in path 1 direction 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Fail 1.1.1 Number of failures in path 2 direction 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Fail 1.2.1 Number of failures in path 3 direction 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Fail 1.3.1 Number of failures in path 4 direction 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Fail 2.0.1 Number of failures in path 1 direction 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Fail 2.1.1 Number of failures in path 2 direction 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Fail 2.2.1 Number of failures in path 3 direction 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Fail 2.3.1 Number of failures in path 4 direction 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Data Quality.1 Flow Data Quality indicator ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Un Corr Vol.1 Uncorrected Volume Positive ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Un Corr Vol Frac.1 Uncorrected Volume Fraction Positive ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Vol Of Flow.1 Positive Volume over flow Count ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS N Un Corr Vol.1 Uncorrected Volume Negative ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS N Un Corr Vol Frac.1 Uncorrected Volume Fraction Negative



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS N Vol Of Flow.1 Negative Volume over flow Count ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS CTSm.1 CTSm Correction Factor Meter expansion due to Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS CPSm.1 CPSm Correction Factor Meter expansion due to Pressure ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Strain.1 Linear Expansion coefficient for Spool Body (/barg) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Cre.1 Reynolds Number Correction Factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DS Re.1 Reynolds Number ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Panametric GM868 Panametric GM868 Meter Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ V Status.1 V Status field ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Spd of Sound.1 Speed of Sound ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Q Line.1 Line flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Q Base.1 Base flow rate” ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ For Volume.1 Forward Volume Total ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Rev Volume.1 Reverse Volume Total ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pa density.1 Density ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pa ss up.1 Speed of sound upstream ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pa ss dn.1 Speed of sound downstream ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pa pressure.1 Pressure ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pa temperature.1 Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pa ctr scale.1 Counter Scale Factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pa pos ctr.1 Positive Counter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pa neg ctr.1 Negative Counter ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Panametric IGM878 Panametric IGM878 Meter Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 Status.1 Status register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 Avg Velocity.1 Average velosity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 fpv.1 Super comppressibility ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 kv.1 Kinematic viscocity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 SoS.1 Speed of sound ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 pressure.1 Pressure ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 temperature.1 Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 hx.1 Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 SoS hi.1 Speed of sound high limit ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 SoS lo.1 Speed of sound low limit ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 v hi.1 Velocity high limit ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 v lo.1 Velocity low limit ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 ss lo.1 signal strength low limit ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 amp hi.1 Amplitude high limit ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 amp lo.1 Amplitude low limit ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 avg.1 Number in average ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 update.1 Internal update rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 version.1 Software version ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 checksum.1 Checksum ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 paths.1 Number of paths ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 address.1 Modbus address ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 act flow.1 Actual volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 act pos.1 Actual positive total ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 act neg.1 Actual negative total ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 nrm flow.1 Normal volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 nrm pos.1 Normal positive total ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 nrm neg.1 Normal negative total ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 mass flow.1 Mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 mass pos.1 Mass positive total ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 mass neg.1 Mass negative total ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 egy flow.1 Energy flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 egy pos.1 Energy positive total ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 egy neg.1 Energy negative total ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 A velocity.1 Path A velocity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 A SoS.1 Path A speed of sound ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 A err.1 Path A error ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 A lst err.1 Path A last error ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 B velocity.1 Path B velocity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 B SoS.1 Path B speed of sound ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 B err.1 Path B error ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 B lst err.1 Path B last error ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 C velocity.1 Path C velocity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 C SoS.1 Path C speed of sound ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 C err.1 Path C error ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 C lst err.1 Path C last error ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 D velocity.1 Path D velocity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 D SoS.1 Path D speed of sound ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 D err.1 Path D error ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 D lst err.1 Path D last error ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 E velocity.1 Path E velocity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 E SoS.1 Path E speed of sound ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 E err.1 Path E error ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 E lst err.1 Path E last error



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 F velocity.1 Path F velocity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 F SoS.1 Path F speed of sound ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 F err.1 Path F error ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 F lst err.1 Path F last error ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 SS Hi.1 Signal strength high limit ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IGM878 Density.1 Density ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Wet Gas Equation Wet Gas Equation type 1 Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Frg.1 Froude Number ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ thi.1 pressure ratio ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pg t1.1 Gas Line density from table ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pl t1.1 Liquid Line density from table ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Xmg.1 Gas Mass Fraction ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ X.1 Lockhart Martinelli parameter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ WGC.1 Wet Gas Correlation factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pgl.1 Density of gas at line conditions in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pgs.1 Density of gas at base conditions in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Usg.1 Superficial Gas velocity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ x.1 Intermediate Calculation ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Wet Gas Equation Wet Gas Equation type 2 Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Frg.1 Froude Number ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ thi.1 pressure ratio ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Usg.1 Superficial Gas velocity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Y.1 Lockhart Martinelli parameter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ F DL.1 Wet Gas Correction to De-Leeuw ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Wet Gas Mass Fractions / Ratios Wet Gas Mass Fractions / Ratios Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ X.1 Gas Mass Fraction ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ YL.1 Liquid to Gas Mass ratio ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ZC.1 Condensate Mass Fraction ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ZW.1 Water Mass Fraction ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ZM.1 Methanol Mass Fraction ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Zchk.1 Mass Fraction Check Calculation ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Wet Gas Density Calculations Wet Gas Density Calculations Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho W.1 Line Density of Water in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho W std.1 Base Density of Water in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho C.1 Line Density of Condensate in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho L.1 Line Density of Liquid in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho M.1 Line Density of Methanol in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 API Liquid API Liquid Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ alpha T.1 Calculated value of alpha ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ beta.1 Calculated value ofbeta ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CTLm.1 Coefficient of Thermal Expansion for meter CTLm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CPLm.1 Pressure Volume correction factor CPLm ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho S.1 Base Density of Liquid in kg/m3 (Coriolis metering only) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho M.1 Line Density of Liquid in kg/m3 (Coriolis metering only) ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Venturi Tube Data Venturi Tube Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres loss.1 Pressure Loss ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres dn.1 Downstream Pressure ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Beta .1 Beta Ratio ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ e.1 Expansion factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Red.1 Reynolds Number ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CoD.1 Coefficient of Discharge ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pipe D.1 Pipe Diameter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Throat d.1 Throat Diameter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi.1 Differential Pressure High range current used value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo.1 Differential Pressure Low range current used value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dp used.1 Differential Pressure current used value ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Orifice Data Orifice Plate Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi.1 Differential Pressure High range current used value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo.1 Differential Pressure Low range current used value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dpused.1 Differential Pressure current used value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ mupt.1 Mu dynamic Viscosity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ D.1 Pipe Diameter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ d.1 Orifice Diameter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Beta.1 Calculated Beta ratio ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ e.1 Calculated expansion factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Red.1 Calculated Reynolds Number ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Cod.1 Calculated Coefficient of Discharge ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K Calc.1 Calculated value of Isentropic Exponent ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dp select.1 Indication if dp Hi range (1) is currently in use or dp Lo range (0) is currently in use. ¦ ¦ o–1 GOST GOST Folder



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ En.1 Entry factor ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Fc.1 Bluntness factor ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Fr.1 Roughness factor ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Fop.1 Temperature correction factor ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Re.1 Radius of orifice plate entry edge ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hff.1 Hydraulic friction factor ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ra.1 Mean deviation of roughness ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Rr.1 Equilivent roughness ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ W.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ra max.1 Maximum roughness ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ra min.1 Minimum roughness ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TauT.1 Time since last calibration ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TauY.1 Time since last calibration ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 AGA3 (1965) AGA3 (1965) Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C.1 AGA 3 Factor C ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Fb.1 AGA 3 Factor Fb ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Fpb.1 AGA 3 Factor Fpb ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ftb.1 AGA 3 Factor Ftb ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ftf.1 AGA 3 Factor Ftf ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Fg.1 AGA 3 Factor Fg ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Fpv.1 AGA 3 Factor Fpv ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Fr.1 AGA 3 Factor Fr ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Fq.1 AGA 3 Factor Fq ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Y.1 AGA 3 Factor Y ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Coriolis Received Coriolis Received Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Mass Flow.1 Mass Flow rate received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density.1 Density received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Temperature.1 Temperature received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Volume flow.1 Volume Flow rate received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pressure.1 Pressure received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Mass Total.1 Mass flow total received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Mass Invent.1 Mass flow Inventory total received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Volume Total.1 Volume flow total received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Volume Invent.1 Volume flow Inventory total received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Read State.1 Current Read state of Coriolis meter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Last Read State.1 Previous Read state of Coriolis meter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Alarm.1 Alarm register received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status.1 Status register received ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Coriolis Coriolis Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ZC.1 Condensate Mass Fraction ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ ZW.1 Water Mass Fraction ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Zchk.1 Mass Fraction Check Calculation ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Pulse Input.1 Pulse input count from the Coriolis meter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Frequency.1 Frequency input from Coriolis meter in Hz ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Rho st.1 Status of Density value from a Meter (0) or Keypad entered (1) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho C.1 Line Density of Condensate at metering conditions in kg/m3 ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Equation Equation Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Z.1 Calculated Compressibility Factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Zn.1 Calculated Base Compressibility Factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ K.1 Calculated K factor =Z/Zn ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CFV.1 Calculated Volume Correction Factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ YM.1 Calculated Flow rate linearity correction factor ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 E.F..1 Calculated CO2 Emission Factor (Enabled by Mode Switch 13) ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Gas Data Gas Data Folder ¦ ¦ o–1 Gas Data (Used) Used Gas Data ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Used).1 Used Value of Relative Density ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hs (Used).1 Used Value of Superior Heating ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hi (Used).1 Used Value of Inferior Heating ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C (Used).1 Used Value of Methane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2 (Used).1 Used Value of Nitrogen ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 (Used).1 Used Value of Carbon Dioxide ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2 (Used).1 Used Value of Ethane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3 (Used).1 Used Value of Propane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O (Used).1 Used Value of Water Vapour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S (Used).1 Used Value of Hydrogen Sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2 (Used).1 Used Value of Hydrogen ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO (Used).1 Used Value of Carbon Monoxide ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2 (Used).1 Used Value of Oxygen ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4 (Used).1 Used Value of i-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4 (Used).1 Used Value of n-Butane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5 (Used).1 Used Value of i-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5 (Used).1 Used Value of n-Pentane



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C6 (Used).1 Used Value of n-Hexane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C7 (Used).1 Used Value of n-Heptane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C8 (Used).1 Used Value of n-Octane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C9 (Used).1 Used Value of n-Nonane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C10 (Used).1 Used Value of n-Decane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He (Used).1 Used Value of Helium ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar (Used).1 Used Value of Argon ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ neo-C5 (Used).1 Used Value of neo-Pentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC6H14(Used) Used Value of 2, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H14(Used) Used Value of 3, Methylpentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NEO_C6H14(Used) Used Value of 2,2, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DC6H14(Used) Used Value of 2,3, Dimethylbutane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H4(Used) Used Value of Ethylene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H6(Used) Used Value of Propylene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C4H8(Used) Used Value of 1, Butene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC4H8(Used) Used Value of cis 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TC4H8(Used) Used Value of trans 2 Butene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC4H8(Used) Used Value of 2 Methylpropene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ PC5H10(Used) Used Value of 1 Pentene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H4(Used) Used Value of Propadiene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ AC4H6(Used) Used Value of 1,2 Butadiene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ BC4H6(Used) Used Value of 1,3 Butadiene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H2(Used) Used Value of Acetylene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC5H10(Used) Used Value of Cyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H12(Used) Used Value of Methylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC6H12(Used) Used Value of Ethylcyclopentane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H12(Used) Used Value of Cyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC7H14(Used) Used Value of Methylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H16(Used) Used Value of Ethylcyclohexane ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H6(Used) Used Value of Benzene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C7H8(Used) Used Value of Toluene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H10(Used) Used Value of Ethylbenzene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C8H10(Used) Used Value of 0 Xylene ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH3OH(Used) Used Value of Methanol ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH4S(Used) Used Value of Methanethion ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NH3(Used) Used Value of Ammonia ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HCN(Used) Used Value of Hydrogen Cyanide ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ OCS(Used) Used Value of Carbonyl sulphide ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CS2(Used) Used Value of Carbon disulphide ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rn (Used).1 normal density Value Used ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Gas Data Used (Status) Used Gas Data Statuses ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Used St).1 Relative Density Used Value Status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Chromat Gas Data Received Chromat Received Gas Data ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Chromat Rec).1 Relative Density Chromat Received Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Chromat Gas Data Received (Statuses) Chromat Received Gas Data Statuses ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Chromat Rec St).1 Relative Density Chromat Received Value Status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Modbus Gas Data Received Modbus Received Gas Data ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Modbus Rec).1 Relative Density Modbus Received Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Modbus Gas Data Received (Statuses) Modbus Received Gas Data Statuses ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Modbus Rec St).1 Relative Density Modbus Received Value Status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Analogue Gas Data Received Analogue Received Gas Data ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Analogue Rec).1 Relative Density Analogue Received Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Analogue Gas Data Received (Statuses) Analogue Received Gas Data Statuses ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (Analogue Rec St).1 Relative Density Analogue Received Value Status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Gas Hour Average Gas Data Previous Hours Average ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (hr avg).1 Relative Density Previous Hours Average ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Gas Day Average Gas Data Previous Days Average ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd (day avg).1 Relative Density Previous Days Average ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦



¦ ¦ o–1 Chromat Chromatograph received values ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ WOBBE S(Chromat Rec).1 Superior Wobbe Value received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ WOBBE I(Chromat Rec).1 Inferior Wobbe Value received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6+(Chromat Rec).1 C6+ value received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C5+(Chromat Rec).1 C5+ value received (ABB 3100 Only) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Comp.Sum(Chromat Rec).1 Component Sum value received (ABB 3100 Only) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Modbus Modbus received values ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ WOBBE S(Modbus Rec).1 Superior Wobbe Value received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ WOBBE I(Modbus Rec).1 Inferior Wobbe Value received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6+(Modbus Rec).1 C6+ value received ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Analogue Analogue received values ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ WOBBE S(Analogue Rec).1 Superior Wobbe Value received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ WOBBE I(Analogue Rec).1 Inferior Wobbe Value received ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6+(Analogue Rec).1 C6+ value received ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Calculated Calculated values from ISO 6976 ¦ ¦ o–1 Rd Meter Relative Density Sensor ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meter rd.1 Measured Value of Relative Density from Meter ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meterrd st.1 Status of Measured Value of Relative Density from Meter ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Calculated Calculated values from ISO 6976 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd(Calc).1 Calculated Relative Density ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hs(Calc).1 Calculated Superior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hi(Calc).1 Calculated Inferior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C(Calc).1 Calculated Methane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2(Calc).1 Calculated Nitrogen Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2(Calc).1 Calculated Carbon Monoxide Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2(Calc).1 Calculated Ethane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3(Calc).1 Calculated Propane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O(Calc).1 Calculated Water Vapour Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S(Calc).1 Calculated Hydrogen Sulphide Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2(Calc).1 Calculated Hydrogen Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO(Calc).1 Calculated Carbon Monoxide Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2(Calc).1 Calculated Oxygen Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4(Calc).1 Calculated i-Butane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4(Calc).1 Calculated n-Butane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5(Calc).1 Calculated i-Pentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5(Calc).1 Calculated n-Pentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C6(Calc).1 Calculated n-Hexane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C7(Calc).1 Calculated n-Heptane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C8(Calc).1 Calculated n-Octane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C9(Calc).1 Calculated n-Nonane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C10(Calc).1 Calculated n-Decane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He(Calc).1 Calculated Helium Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar(Calc).1 Calculated Argon Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NeoC5(Calc).1 Calculated neo-Pentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC6H14(Calc) Calculated 2, Methylpentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H14(Calc) Calculated 3, Methylpentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NEO_C6H14(Calc) Calculated 2,2, Dimethylbutane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DC6H14(Calc) Calculated 2,3, Dimethylbutane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H4(Calc) Calculated Ethylene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H6(Calc) Calculated Propylene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C4H8(Calc) Calculated 1, Butene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC4H8(Calc) Calculated cis 2 Butene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TC4H8(Calc) Calculated trans 2 Butene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC4H8(Calc) Calculated 2 Methylpropene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ PC5H10(Calc) Calculated 1 Pentene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H4(Calc) Calculated Propadiene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ AC4H6(Calc) Calculated 1,2 Butadiene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ BC4H6(Calc) Calculated 1,3 Butadiene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H2(Calc) Calculated Acetylene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC5H10(Calc) Calculated Cyclopentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H12(Calc) Calculated Methylcyclopentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC6H12(Calc) Calculated Ethylcyclopentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H12(Calc) Calculated Cyclohexane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC7H14(Calc) Calculated Methylcyclohexane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H16(Calc) Calculated Ethylcyclohexane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H6(Calc) Calculated Benzene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C7H8(Calc) Calculated Toluene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H10(Calc) Calculated Ethylbenzene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C8H10(Calc) Calculated 0 Xylene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH3OH(Calc) Calculated Methanol Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH4S(Calc) Calculated Methanethion Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NH3(Calc) Calculated Ammonia Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HCN(Calc) Calculated Hydrogen Cyanide Value



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ OCS(Calc) Calculated Carbonyl sulphide Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CS2(Calc) Calculated Carbon disulphide Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Calculated (Statuses) Calculated values from ISO 6976 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Relative Density ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hs(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Superior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Hi(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Inferior Heating Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Methane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ N2(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Nitrogen Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Carbon Dioxide Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Ethane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Propane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2O(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Water Vapour Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2S(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Hydrogen Sulphide Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ H2(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Hydrogen Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Carbon Monoxide Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ O2(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Oxygen Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C4(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated i-Butane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C4(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated n-Butane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ i-C5(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated i-Pentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C5(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated n-Pentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C6(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated n-Hexane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C7(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated n-Heptane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C8(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated n-Octane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C9(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated n-Nonane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ n-C10(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated n-Decane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ He(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Helium Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ar(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated Argon Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NeoC5(Calc St).1 Status of Calculated neo-Pentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC6H14(Calc. St) Status of 2, Methylpentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H14(Calc. St) Status of 3, Methylpentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NEO_C6H14(Calc. St) Status of 2,2, Dimethylbutane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ DC6H14(Calc. St) Status of 2,3, Dimethylbutane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H4(Calc. St) Status of Ethylene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H6(Calc. St) Status of Propylene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C4H8(Calc. St) Status of 1, Butene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC4H8(Calc. St) Status of cis 2 Butene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ TC4H8(Calc. St) Status of trans 2 Butene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ IC4H8(Calc. St) Status of 2 Methylpropene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ PC5H10(Calc. St) Status of 1 Pentene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C3H4(Calc. St) Status of Propadiene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ AC4H6(Calc. St) Status of 1,2 Butadiene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ BC4H6(Calc. St) Status of 1,3 Butadiene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C2H2(Calc. St) Status of Acetylene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CC5H10(Calc. St) Status of Cyclopentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC6H12(Calc. St) Status of Methylcyclopentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC6H12(Calc. St) Status of Ethylcyclopentane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H12(Calc. St) Status of Cyclohexane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MC7H14(Calc. St) Status of Methylcyclohexane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H16(Calc. St) Status of Ethylcyclohexane Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C6H6(Calc. St) Status of Benzene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C7H8(Calc. St) Status of Toluene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EC8H10(Calc. St) Status of Ethylbenzene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ C8H10(Calc. St) Status of 0 Xylene Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH3OH(Calc. St) Status of Methanol Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CH4S(Calc. St) Status of Methanethion Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ NH3(Calc. St) Status of Ammonia Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ HCN(Calc. St) Status of Hydrogen Cyanide Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ OCS(Calc. St) Status of Carbonyl sulphide Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CS2(Calc. St) Status of Carbon disulphide Value ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Flow rates Wet Gas Flow Rates Type 1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily Daily Flow rates contract hour to contract hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg uncor.1 Two phase mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg.1 Gas (Corrected for Liquid Content) Mass Flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMl.1 Liquid Mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGg.1 Gas Volume flow rate at line conditions in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNg.1 Gas Volume flow rate at base conditions in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGl.1 Liquid Volume flow rate at line conditions in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNl.1 Liquid Volume flow rate at line conditions in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMw.1 Water Mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMc.1 Condensate Mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Hourly Hourly Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Current Hourly Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg uncor.1 Two phase mass flow rate in kg/hr



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg.1 Gas (Corrected for Liquid Content) Mass Flow rate in kg/hr ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMl.1 Liquid Mass flow rate in kg/hr ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGg.1 Gas Volume flow rate at line conditions in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNg.1 Gas Volume flow rate at base conditions in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGl.1 Liquid Volume flow rate at line conditions in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNl.1 Liquid Volume flow rate at line conditions in m3/hr ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMw.1 Water Mass flow rate in kg/hr ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMc.1 Condensate Mass flow rate in kg/hr ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Positive Positive Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qn .1 Positive corrected volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qM .1 Positive mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Negative Negative Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ -qn .1 Negative corrected volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ -qM .1 Negative mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Per Second Per Second Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg uncor.1 Two phase mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg.1 Gas (Corrected for Liquid Content) Mass Flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMl.1 Liquid Mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGg.1 Gas Volume flow rate at line conditions in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNg.1 Gas Volume flow rate at base conditions in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGl.1 Liquid Volume flow rate at line conditions in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNl.1 Liquid Volume flow rate at line conditions in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMw.1 Water Mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMc.1 Condensate Mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Flow rates Wet Gas Flow Rates Type 2 ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily Daily Flow rates contract hour to contract hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg daily.1 Two phase mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg sat daily.1 Water saturated (Wet) De-Leeuw Mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg dry daily.1 Dry gas mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qML daily.1 Liquid mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qM_tp_corr daily.1 Corrected two phase mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMC daily.1 Condensate mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMW daily.1 Water mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMM daily.1 Methanol mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qM_hc daily.1 Total Hydrocarbon mass flow rate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qnG daily.1 Standard dry gas volume flow rate in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qnC daily.1 Standard condensate volume flow rate in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qnW dai ly.1 Standard water volume flow rate in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qE daily.1 Gas Volume Energy flow rate in MJ/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Hourly Hourly Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Current Current Hour Hourly Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg.1 Two phase mass flow rate in kg/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg sat.1 Water saturated (Wet) De-Leeuw Mass flow rate in kg/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg dry.1 Dry gas mass flow rate in kg/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qML.1 Liquid mass flow rate in kg/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qM_tp_corr.1 Corrected two phase mass flow rate in kg/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMC.1 Condensate mass flow rate in kg/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMW.1 Water mass flow rate in kg/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMM.1 Methanol mass flow rate in kg/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qM_hc.1 Total Hydrocarbon mass flow rate in kg/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qnG.1 Standard dry gas volume flow rate in m3/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qnC.1 Standard condensate volume flow rate in m3/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qnW.1 Standard water volume flow rate in m3/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qE.1 Gas Volume Energy flow rate in MJ/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Positive Positive Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qn .1 Positive corrected volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qM .1 Positive mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Negative Negative Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ -qn .1 Negative corrected volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ -qM .1 Negative mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Per Second Per Second Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg sec line.1 Two phase mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg sat sec.1 Water saturated (Wet) De-Leeuw Mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMg dry sec.1 Dry gas mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qML sec.1 Liquid mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qM_tp_corr sec.1 Corrected two phase mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMC sec.1 Condensate mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMW sec.1 Water mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMM sec.1 Methanol mass flow rate in kg/second



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qM_hc sec.1 Total Hydrocarbon mass flow rate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qnG sec.1 Standard dry gas volume flow rate in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qnC sec.1 Standard condensate volume flow rate in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qnW sec.1 Standard water volume flow rate in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qE sec.1 Gas Volume Energy flow rate in MJ/second ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Flow rates Coriolis Meters ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMw per.1 Mass flow rate of Water in % of total flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNw per.1 Normal volume flow rate of Water in % of total flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGw per.1 Gross volume flow rate of Water in % of total flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily Daily Flow rates contract hour to contract hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMl.1 Mass flow rate of Liquid in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGl.1 Gross volume flow rate of Liquid at line conditions in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNl.1 Normal volume flow rate of Liquid at base conditions in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMw.1 Mass flow rate of Water in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMc.1 Mass flow rate of Condensate in kg/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGw.1 Gross volume flow rate of Water at line conditions in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNw.1 Normal volume flow rate of Water at base conditions in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNc.1 Normal volume flow rate of Condensate at base conditions in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGc.1 Gross volume flow rate of Condensate at line conditions in m3/day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qS.1 Flow rate from alternate source i.e. either Modbus value or pulse count ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Hourly Hourly Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Current Current Hour Hourly Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMl.1 Mass flow rate of Liquid in kg/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGl.1 Gross volume flow rate of Liquid at line conditions in m3/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNl.1 Normal volume flow rate of Liquid at base conditions in m3/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMw.1 Mass flow rate of Water in kg/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMc.1 Mass flow rate of Condensate in kg/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGw.1 Gross volume flow rate of Water at line conditions in m3/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNw.1 Normal volume flow rate of Water at base conditions in m3/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNc.1 Normal volume flow rate of Condensate at base conditions in m3/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGc.1 Gross volume flow rate of Condensate at line conditions in m3/hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qS.1 Flow rate from alternate source i.e. either Modbus value or pulse count ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Positive Positive Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qn .1 Positive corrected volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qM .1 Positive mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Negative Negative Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ -qn .1 Negative corrected volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ -qM .1 Negative mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Per Second Per Second Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMl.1 Mass flow rate of Liquid in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGl.1 Gross volume flow rate of Liquid at line conditions in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNl.1 Normal volume flow rate of Liquid at base conditions in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMw.1 Mass flow rate of Water in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMc.1 Mass flow rate of Condensate in kg/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGw.1 Gross volume flow rate of Water at line conditions in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNw.1 Normal volume flow rate of Water at base conditions in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qNc.1 Normal volume flow rate of Condensate at base conditions in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qGc.1 Gross volume flow rate of Condensate at line conditions in m3/second ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qS.1 Flow rate from alternate source i.e. either Modbus value or pulse count ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Flow rates Flow Rates ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily Daily Flow rates contract hour to contract hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qb daily.1 Daily line volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qbc p/t daily.1 Daily line volume flow rate corrected for p t expansion (US meter only) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qbc daily.1 Daily line volume flow rate corrected for non-linearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qn daily.1 Daily corrected volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qE daily.1 Daily Energy flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qM daily . 1 Daily Mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMc daily.1 Daily Mass flow rate corrected for linearity (Orifice plate applications only) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qdry daily.1 Daily dry gas volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Hourly Hourly Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Current Current Hour Hourly Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qb.1 Line Volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qbc.1 Line Volume flow rate corrected for non-linearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qn.1 Corrected Volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qE.1 Energy flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qM.1 Mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMc.1 Mass flow rate corrected for linearity (Orifice plate applications only) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qbc p/t .1 Hourly line volume flow rate corrected for p t expansion (US meter only) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ CO2 Flow Rate.1 CO2 Flow Rate tonnes/hr(Emission factor Calculation)



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qdry.1 Dry gas Volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Peak Positive peak Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qb pk.1 Peak line volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qbc pk .1 Peak line volume flow rate corrected for non-linearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qn pk .1 Peak corrected volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qE pk .1 Peak energy flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qM pk.1 Peak mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qdry pk .1 Peak dry gas volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Peak Times Time of peak Flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +t_qb.pk.1 Time and date of line volume flow rate peak ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +t_qbc.pk.1 Time and date of line volume flow rate corrected for non-linearity peak ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +t_qn.pk.1 Time and date of corrected volume flow rate peak ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +t_qE.pk.1 Time and date of Energy flow rate peak ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +t_qM.pk.1 Time and date of Mass flow rate peak ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +t_qdry.pk.1 Time and date of dry gas volume flow rate peak ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Lowest Positive Lowest Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qb lo.1 Lowest line volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qbc lo .1 Lowest line volume flow rate corrected for non-linearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qn lo .1 Lowest corrected volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qE lo .1 Lowest energy flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qM lo.1 Lowest mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qdry lo .1 Lowest dry gas volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Lowest Times Time of lowest Flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +t_qb.lo.1 Time and date of line volume flow rate lowest ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +t_qbc.lo.1 Time and date of line volume flow rate corrected for non-linearity lowest ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +t_qn.lo.1 Time and date of corrected volume flow rate lowest ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +t_qE.lo.1 Time and date of Energy flow rate lowest ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +t_qM.lo.1 Time and date of Mass flow rate lowest ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +t_qdry.lo.1 Time and date of dry gas volume flow rate lowest ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Positive Positive Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qb .1 Positive line volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qbc .1 Positive line volume flow rate corrected for non-linearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qn .1 Positive corrected volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qE .1 Positive energy flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +qM .1 Positive mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Negative Negative Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ -qb .1 Negative line volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ -qbc .1 Negative line volume flow rate corrected for non-linearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ -qn .1 Negative corrected volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ -qE .1 Negative energy flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ -qM .1 Negative mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Per Second Per Second Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qb sec.1 Per Second line volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qbc p/t sec.1 Per Second line volume flow rate corrected for p t expansion (US meter only) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qbc sec.1 Per Second line volume flow rate corrected for non-linearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qn sec.1 Per Second corrected volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qE sec.1 Per Second Energy flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qM sec.1 Per Second Mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMc sec.1 Per Second Mass flow rate corrected for linearity (Orifice plate applications only) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qdry sec.1 Per Second dry gas volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Per Minute Per Minute Flow rates ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qb min.1 Per Minute line volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qbc p/t min.1 Per Minute line volume flow rate corrected for p t expansion (US meter only) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qbc min.1 Per Minute line volume flow rate corrected for non-linearity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qn min.1 Per Minute corrected volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qE min.1 Per Minute Energy flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qM min.1 Per Minute Mass flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qMc min.1 Per Minute Mass flow rate corrected for linearity (Orifice plate applications only) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ qdry min.1 Per Minute dry gas volume flow rate ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Averages Pressure and Temperature Averages ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Pressure Pressure ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Hourly Hourly ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pr.p.hr.avg.1 Pressure previous hour time based average ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pr.f.hr.avg.1 Pressure previous hour flow based average ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily Daily ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pr.p.dy.avg.1 Pressure previous day time based average



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pr.f.dy.avg.1 Pressure previous day flow based average ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Temperature Temperature ¦ ¦ o–1 Hourly Hourly ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ te.p.hr.avg.1 Temperature previous hour time based average ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ te.f.hr.avg.1 Temperature previous hour flow based average ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily Daily ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ te.p.dy.avg.1 Temperature previous day time based average ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ te.f.dy.avg.1 Temperature previous fay flow based average ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Multiple Transmitters Multiple Transmitter inputs ¦ ¦ o–1 Pressure Pressure Values ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres sens 1.1 Value from Pressure Sensor 1.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres sens 2.1 Value from Pressure Sensor 2.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres sens 3.1 Value from Pressure Sensor 3.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres stat 1.1 Status of Pressure Sensor 1.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres stat 2.1 Status of Pressure Sensor 2.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres stat 3.1 Status of Pressure Sensor 3.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres average 1 Average of Pressure Sensors 1.1 , 1.2 & 1.3 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres Calc 1 Calc Pressure Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres select 1 Origin of Pressure Calc Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres Calc 1 Pressure Calc or default Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres key_st 1 Status of Pressure Calc value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres serial 1 Serial received Value of Pressure ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres ser_st 1 Status of Serial received Value of Pressure ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres Avg status 1 Status of Average Pressure Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres.corrected1.1 Value from Pressure Sensor 1.1 corrected for Range and Offset ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres.corrected2.1 Value from Pressure Sensor 2.1 corrected for Range and Offset ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres.corrected3.1 Value from Pressure Sensor 3.1 corrected for Range and Offset ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres.gau.Calc 1 Calc Pressure Gauge Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Temperature Temperature Values ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp sens 1.1 Value from Temperature Sensor 1.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp sens 2.1 Value from Temperature Sensor 2.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp sens 3.1 Value from Temperature Sensor 3.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp stat 1.1 Status of Temperature Sensor 1.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp stat 2.1 Status of Temperature Sensor 2.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp stat 3.1 Status of Temperature Sensor 3.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp average 1 Average of Temperature Sensors 1.1 , 1.2 & 1.3 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp Calc 1 Calc Temperature Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp select 1 Origin of Temperature Calc Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp Calc 1 Temperature Calc or default Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp key_st 1 Status of Temperature Calc value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp serial 1 Serial received Value of Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp ser_st 1 Status of Serial received Value of Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp Avg status 1 Status of Average Temperature Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp.corrected1.1 Value from Temperature Sensor 1.1 corrected for Range and Offset ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp.corrected2.1 Value from Temperature Sensor 2.1 corrected for Range and Offset ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp.corrected3.1 Value from Temperature Sensor 3.1 corrected for Range and Offset ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Dp High Differential Pressure High range Values ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi sens 1.1 Value from Dp High range Sensor 1.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi sens 2.1 Value from Dp High range Sensor 2.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi sens 3.1 Value from Dp High range Sensor 3.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi stat 1.1 Status of Dp High range Sensor 1.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi stat 2.1 Status of Dp High range Sensor 2.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi stat 3.1 Status of Dp High range Sensor 3.1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi average 1 Average of Dp High range Sensors 1.1 , 1.2 & 1.3 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi Calc 1 Calc Dp High range Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi select 1 Origin of Dp High range Calc Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi Calc 1 Dp High range Calc or default Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi key_st 1 Status of Dp High range Calc value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi serial 1 Serial received Value of Dp High range ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi ser_st 1 Status of Serial received Value of Dp High range ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi Avg status 1 Status of Average Dp High range Value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Dp Low Differential Pressure Low range Values ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo sens 1.1 Value from Dp Low range Sensor 1.1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo sens 2.1 Value from Dp Low range Sensor 2.1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo sens 3.1 Value from Dp Low range Sensor 3.1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo stat 1.1 Status of Dp Low range Sensor 1.1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo stat 2.1 Status of Dp Low range Sensor 2.1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo stat 3.1 Status of Dp Low range Sensor 3.1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo average 1 Average of Dp Low range Sensors 1.1 , 1.2 & 1.3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo Calc 1 Calc Dp Low range Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo select 1 Origin of Dp Low range Calc Value



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo Calc 1 Dp Low range Calc or default Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo key_st 1 Status of Dp Low range Calc value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo serial 1 Serial received Value of Dp Low range ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo ser_st 1 Status of Serial received Value of Dp Low range ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo Avg status 1 Status of Average Dp Low range Value ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Alarms Alarm Registers ¦ ¦ o–1 Normal Normal Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ General Acc.1 General Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ General Non Acc.1 General Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine Acc.1 Turbine Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine Non Acc .1 Turbine Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ultrasonic Acc.1 Ultrasonic Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ultrasonic Non Acc .1 Ultrasonic Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Pressure.1 Multiple Pressure Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Temperature.1 Multiple Temperature Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT dp High.1 Multiple Differential Pressure High Range Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT dp Low.1 Multiple Differential Pressure Low Range Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Max Alarms.1 Gas Data Maximum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Min Alarms.1 Gas Data Minimum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data High Alarms.1 Gas Data High Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Low Alarms.1 Gas Data Low Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 1 (Acc.)1 Special Status Register (Accountable Alarms) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 2 (Temp).1 Special Status Register (Temperature Alarm) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Max Alarms.1 Liquid Data Maximum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Min Alarms.1 Liquid Data Minimum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data High Alarms.1 Liquid Data High Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Low Alarms.1 Liquid Data Low Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Acc Alarms.1 Density accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Non-Acc Alarms.1 Density Non accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat Alarm.1 Stream 1 Chromatograph Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Oil Status Non Acc.1 Stream 1 Lubrication Input Status Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ 793 bf.1 793-7SC alarm emulation ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ 793 qlo.1 793-7SC alarm emulation ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ 793 qhi.1 793-7SC alarm emulation ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ 793 gen alarm.1 793-7SC alarm emulation ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ 793 gc comms.1 793-7SC alarm emulation ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ 793 gc status1.1 793-7SC alarm emulation ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ 793 gc status2.1 793-7SC alarm emulation ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ 793 gc stream.1 793-7SC alarm emulation ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis nac alarm Coriolis Non Accountable Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Latched Latched Alarms ¦ ¦ o–1 Current Current Period Latched Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Hourly Current Hourly Latched Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ General Acc.La.Cur.Hr.1 General Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ General Non Acc.La.Cur.Hr.1 General Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine Acc.La.Cur.Hr.1 Turbine Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine Non Acc.La.Cur.Hr .1 Turbine Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ultrasonic Acc.La.Cur.Hr.1 Ultrasonic Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ultrasonic Non Acc.La.Cur.Hr .1 Ultrasonic Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Pressure.La.Cur.Hr.1 Multiple Pressure Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Temperature.La.Cur.Hr.1 Multiple Temperature Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT dp High.La.Cur.Hr.1 Multiple Differential Pressure High Range Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT dp Low.La.Cur.Hr.1 Multiple Differential Pressure Low Range Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Max Alarms.La.Cur.Hr.1 Gas Data Maximum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Min Alarms.La.Cur.Hr.1 Gas Data Minimum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data High Alarms.La.Cur.Hr.1 Gas Data High Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Low Alarms.La.Cur.Hr.1 Gas Data Low Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 1 (Acc.) .La.Cur.Hr 1 Special Status Register (Accountable Alarms) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 2 (Temp) .La.Cur.Hr.1 Special Status Register (Temperature Alarm) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Max Alarms.La.Cur.Hr.1 Liquid Data Maximum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Min Alarms.La.Cur.Hr.1 Liquid Data Minimum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data High Alarms.La.Cur.Hr.1 Liquid Data High Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Low Alarms.La.Cur.Hr.1 Liquid Data Low Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Acc Alarms.La.Cur.Hr.1 Density accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Non-Acc Alarms.La.Cur.Hr.1 Density Non accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis nac alarm.La.Cur.Hr.1 Coriolis Meter Non accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat Alarm.La.Cur.Hr.1 Stream 1 Chromatograph Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Oil Status Non Acc.La.Cur.Hr.1 Stream 1 Lubrication Input Status Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily Current Daily Latched Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ General Acc.La.Cur.Dy.1 General Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ General Non Acc.La.Cur.Dy.1 General Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine Acc.La.Cur.Dy.1 Turbine Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine Non Acc.La.Cur.Dy .1 Turbine Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ultrasonic Acc.La.Cur.Dy.1 Ultrasonic Accountable Alarm register



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ultrasonic Non Acc.La.Cur.Dy .1 Ultrasonic Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Pressure.La.Cur.Dy.1 Multiple Pressure Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Temperature.La.Cur.Dy.1 Multiple Temperature Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT dp High.La.Cur.Dy.1 Multiple Differential Pressure High Range Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT dp Low.La.Cur.Dy.1 Multiple Differential Pressure Low Range Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Max Alarms.La.Cur.Dy.1 Gas Data Maximum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Min Alarms.La.Cur.Dy.1 Gas Data Minimum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data High Alarms.La.Cur.Dy.1 Gas Data High Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Low Alarms.La.Cur.Dy.1 Gas Data Low Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 1 (Acc.) .La.Cur.Dy 1 Special Status Register (Accountable Alarms) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 2 (Temp) .La.Cur.Dy.1 Special Status Register (Temperature Alarm) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Max Alarms.La.Cur.Dy.1 Liquid Data Maximum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Min Alarms.La.Cur.Dy.1 Liquid Data Minimum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data High Alarms.La.Cur.Dy.1 Liquid Data High Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Low Alarms.La.Cur.Dy.1 Liquid Data Low Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Acc Alarms.La.Cur.Dy.1 Density accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Non-Acc Alarms.La.Cur.Dy.1 Density Non accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis nac alarm.La.Cur.Dy.1 Coriolis Meter Non accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat Alarm.La.Cur.Dy.1 Stream 1 Chromatograph Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Oil Status Non Acc.La.Cur.Dy.1 Stream 1 Lubrication Input Status Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Last Last Period Latched Alarms ¦ ¦ o–1 Hourly Last Hourly Latched Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ General Acc.La.Last.Hr.1 General Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ General Non Acc.La.Last.Hr.1 General Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine Acc.La.Last.Hr.1 Turbine Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine Non Acc.La.Last.Hr .1 Turbine Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ultrasonic Acc.La.Last.Hr.1 Ultrasonic Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ultrasonic Non Acc.La.Last.Hr .1 Ultrasonic Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Pressure.La.Last.Hr.1 Multiple Pressure Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Temperature.La.Last.Hr.1 Multiple Temperature Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT dp High.La.Last.Hr.1 Multiple Differential Pressure High Range Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT dp Low.La.Last.Hr.1 Multiple Differential Pressure Low Range Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Max Alarms.La.Last.Hr.1 Gas Data Maximum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Min Alarms.La.Last.Hr.1 Gas Data Minimum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data High Alarms.La.Last.Hr.1 Gas Data High Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Low Alarms.La.Last.Hr.1 Gas Data Low Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 1 (Acc.) .La.Last.Hr 1 Special Status Register (Accountable Alarms) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 2 (Temp) .La.Last.Hr.1 Special Status Register (Temperature Alarm) ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Max Alarms.La.Last.Hr.1 Liquid Data Maximum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Min Alarms.La.Last.Hr.1 Liquid Data Minimum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data High Alarms.La.Last.Hr.1 Liquid Data High Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Low Alarms.La.Last.Hr.1 Liquid Data Low Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Acc Alarms.La.Last.Hr.1 Density accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Non-Acc Alarms.La.Last.Hr.1 Density Non accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis nac alarm.La.Last.Hr.1 Coriolis Meter Non accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat Alarm.La.Last.Hr.1 Stream 1 Chromatograph Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Oil Status Non Acc.La.Last.Hr.1 Stream 1 Lubrication Input Status Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily Last Daily Latched Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ General Acc.La.Last.Dy.1 General Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ General Non Acc.La.Last.Dy.1 General Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine Acc.La.Last.Dy.1 Turbine Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Turbine Non Acc.La.Last.Dy .1 Turbine Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ultrasonic Acc.La.Last.Dy.1 Ultrasonic Accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Ultrasonic Non Acc.La.Last.Dy .1 Ultrasonic Non-accountable Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Pressure.La.Last.Dy.1 Multiple Pressure Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT Temperature.La.Last.Dy.1 Multiple Temperature Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT dp High.La.Last.Dy.1 Multiple Differential Pressure High Range Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ MT dp Low.La.Last.Dy.1 Multiple Differential Pressure Low Range Transmitter Alarm register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Max Alarms.La.Last.Dy.1 Gas Data Maximum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Min Alarms.La.Last.Dy.1 Gas Data Minimum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data High Alarms.La.Last.Dy.1 Gas Data High Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Gas Data Low Alarms.La.Last.Dy.1 Gas Data Low Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 1 (Acc.) .La.Last.Dy 1 Special Status Register (Accountable Alarms) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Status 2 (Temp) .La.Last.Dy.1 Special Status Register (Temperature Alarm) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Max Alarms.La.Last.Dy.1 Liquid Data Maximum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Min Alarms.La.Last.Dy.1 Liquid Data Minimum Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data High Alarms.La.Last.Dy.1 Liquid Data High Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Liquid Data Low Alarms.La.Last.Dy.1 Liquid Data Low Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Acc Alarms.La.Last.Dy.1 Density accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Non-Acc Alarms.La.Last.Dy.1 Density Non accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis nac alarm.La.Last.Dy.1 Coriolis Meter Non accountable Alarms register ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat Alarm.La.Last.Dy.1 Stream 1 Chromatograph Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Oil Status Non Acc.La.Last.Dy.1 Stream 1 Lubrication Input Status Alarms ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 ISO 5167/6976 ISO 6976 Calculation Values



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Molar Mass.1 Molar Mass of gas ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Line Density.1 Line Density of gas ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc Wobbe.s.1 Superior Wobbe of gas ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Calc Wobbe.i .1 Inferior Wobbe of gas ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Base Density.1 Base Density of gas ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 CATS CATS Calculation Values ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Molar Mass.1 Molar Mass of gas ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Line Density.1 Line Density of gas ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Base Density.1 Base Density of gas ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Density Density Folder ¦ ¦ o–1 Density 1 Density 1 Values ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 Meter Freq.1 Measured Frequency Input for Density meter 1 in Hz ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho 1.1 Calculated Line Density ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho t 1.1 Line Density value corrected for Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ VoS in Gas.1 Calculated Velocity of Sound in flowing Gas ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ VoS in CalGas.1 Calculated Velocity of Sound in Calibration Gas ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density.1corrected for Vos & Temp.1 Line Density corrected for Temperature and Velocity of Sound effects ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 Meter Period.1 Measured Period of Input for Density in uSec ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho Up st 1.1 Density corrected for upstream or downstream measurement ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Meter 1 status.1 Operational status of Density meter 1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 pmx.1 Wet Gas Density of Mixture ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 pmx t.1 Wet Gas Density of Mixture corrected for Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 pmx up.1 Wet Gas Density of Mixture corrected to upstream measurement ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 pmx Calc.1 Wet Gas Density of Mixture Calc ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 pmx status.1 Wet Gas Status (Source) of Density of Mixture Calc ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 Y Calc.1 Wet Gas Calculated value of Specific Heat ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 t received.1 Wet Gas Density temperature sensor received value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 t Calc.1 Wet Gas Density temperature sensor Calc value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 t sensor.1 Wet Gas Density temperature sensor selected ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 t rec status.1 Wet Gas Density temperature sensor received status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 t Calc status.1 Wet Gas Density temperature sensor Calc status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Density 2 Density 2 Values ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.2 Meter Freq.1 Measured Frequency Input for Density meter 2 in Hz ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho 2.1 Calculated Line Density ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho t 2.1 Line Density value corrected for Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ VoS in Gas.2 Calculated Velocity of Sound in flowing Gas ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ VoS in CalGas.2 Calculated Velocity of Sound in Calibration Gas ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density.1corrected for Vos & Temp.2 Line Density corrected for Temperature and Velocity of Sound effects ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.1 Meter Period.2 Measured Period of Input for Density in uSec ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho Up st 2.1 Density corrected for upstream or downstream measurement ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Meter 2 status.1 Operational status of Density meter 2 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.2 pmx.1 Wet Gas Density of Mixture ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.2 pmx t.1 Wet Gas Density of Mixture corrected for Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.2 pmx up.1 Wet Gas Density of Mixture corrected to upstream measurement ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.2 pmx Calc.1 Wet Gas Density of Mixture Calc ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.2 pmx status.1 Wet Gas Status (Source) of Density of Mixture Calc ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.2 Y Calc.1 Wet Gas Calculated value of Specific Heat ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.2 t received.1 Wet Gas Density temperature sensor received value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.2 t Calc.1 Wet Gas Density temperature sensor Calc value ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.2 t sensor.1 Wet Gas Density temperature sensor selected ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.2 t rec status.1 Wet Gas Density temperature sensor received status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Dens.2 t Calc status.1 Wet Gas Density temperature sensor Calc status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Line Density Calc 1 Line Density Calc Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Line Density Calc Status 1 Status of Line Density Calc Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pmx Calc 1 Wet Gas Density of mixture Calc ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pmx Calc status 1 Wet Gas Status of Density of Mixture Calc. ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Average Status 1 Density current status value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Average Value 1 Current Density Average Value ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho.p.hr.avg.1 Density previous hour time based average ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho.p.dy.avg.1 Density previous day time based average ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho.r.hr.avg.1 Density hourly rolling average ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rho.r.dy.avg.1 Density daily rolling average ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Relative Density Relative density (Frequency Input) Values ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd meter freq.1 Measured Frequency Input for Relative Density in Hz ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd meter period.1 Measured Period of Input for Relative Density in uSec ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd calculated.1 Calculated Relative Density ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Digital Switches Digital Switched Inputs ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 1.1 Status of switch 1 in slot 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 2.1 Status of switch 2 in slot 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 3.1 Status of switch 3 in slot 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 4.1 Status of switch 1 in slot 2



¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 5.1 Status of switch 2 in slot 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 6.1 Status of switch 3 in slot 2 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 7.1 Status of switch 1 in slot 3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 8.1 Status of switch 2 in slot 3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 9.1 Status of switch 3 in slot 3 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 10.1 Status of switch 1 in slot 4 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 11.1 Status of switch 2 in slot 4 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 12.1 Status of switch 3 in slot 4 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 13.1 Status of switch 1 in slot 5 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 14.1 Status of switch 2 in slot 5 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Digital Switch 15.1 Status of switch 3 in slot 5 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Stream Flags.1 Indication of Stream condition, i.e. Maintenance Mode or Calibrate or Proving etc. ¦ o–0 Stream 2 Stream 2 (Duplicate of Stream 1) o–0 Stream 3 Stream 3 (Duplicate of Stream 1) o–1 Chromat Status Chromatograph operating Status ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Read State Chromatograph read status of current cycle e.g. Waiting ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Last Read State Chromatograph read status of last cycle e.g. Reading ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Analysed Stream Gas Chromatograph Stream Number ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Analysis Status of Gas Chromatograph ¦ ¦–¡ Chr Analysis state Status of Gas Chromatograph ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Status.1 Detail of Status Word 1 ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Status.2 Detail of Status Word 2 ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Status.3 Detail of Status Word 3 ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Status.4 Detail of Status Word 4 ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Status.5 Detail of Status Word 5 ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Status.6 Detail of Status Word 6 ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Status.7 Detail of Status Word 7 ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Status.8 Detail of Status Word 8 ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Status.9 Detail of Status Word 9 ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Status.10 Detail of Status Word 10 ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Status.11 Detail of Status Word 11 ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Status.12 Detail of Status Word 12 ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Alarms Chromatograph Accountable Alarms ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Alarms.La.Cur.Hr Chromatograph Latched current hour alarms ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Alarms.La.Cur.Dy Chromatograph Latched current day alarms ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Alarms.La.Last.Hr Chromatograph Latched previous(last) hour alarms ¦ ¦–¡ Chr.Alarms.La.Last.Dy Chromatograph Latched previous(last) day alarms ¦ ¦–¡ Chr..hb-status Chromatograph Status (Siemens Optichrome Only) ¦ ¦–¡ En Main Status Ensonic Main Status ¦ ¦–¡ En Alarm Status Ensonic Alarm Status ¦ ¦–¡ En Alarm Status 2 Ensonic Alarm Status 2 ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Encal 3000 ¦ ¦ o–1 General Encal 3000 General Information ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Serial Number ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Number Runs ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Running Time ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Last Stream ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current Stream ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Next Stream ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Instrument State ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Automation State ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Sample Type ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Calibration Status ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 New Encal 3000 New Response Factors ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF2 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF3 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF4 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF5 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF6 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF7 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF8 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF9 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF10 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF11 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF12 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF13 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF14 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF15 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF16 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 New RF17 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Current Encal 3000 Current Response Factors



¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF2 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF3 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF4 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF5 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF6 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF7 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF8 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF9 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF10 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF11 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF12 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF13 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF14 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF15 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF16 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Current RF17 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Initial Encal 3000 Initial Response Factors ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF2 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF3 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF4 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF5 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF6 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF7 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF8 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF9 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF10 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF11 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF12 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF13 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF14 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF15 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF16 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Encal 3000 Initial RF17 ¦ o–1 Gaz France Gaz de France Gas Data Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Hs.Gaz Gaz de France value for Hs in w/m3 ¦ ¦–¡ Hi.Gaz Gaz de France value for Hi in w/m3 ¦ ¦–¡ rd.Gaz Gaz de France value for rd ¦ ¦–¡ CO2.Gaz Gaz de France value for CO2 ¦ o–1 Warnings Warnings ¦ ¦–¡ General Warnings General Warnings ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus Security Current Modbus security level.



5.3. LOCAL VALUES o–1 Local Values Local Values Folder o–1 Chromat Chromatograph ¦ ¦–¡ Chromat Last Good Value Force the Gas Data Calc to be LGV if this is set ON ¦ o–1 PID Controller PID Controller Folder ¦ ¦–¡ PID setpoint 1 Value of PID setpoint 1 ¦ ¦–¡ PID setpoint 2 Value of PID setpoint 2 ¦ ¦–¡ PID setpoint 3 Value of PID setpoint 3 ¦ o–1 Grab Sampler Grab Sampler Folder ¦ o–1 Sampler 1 Sampler 1 Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Start & Stop.1 Start / Stop sampling ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Can Reset.1 Reset Can contents to zero ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Sampler 2 Sampler 2 Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Start & Stop.2 Start / Stop sampling ¦ ¦–¡ Can Reset.2 Reset Can contents to zero ¦ o–1 Lubrication Lubrication Folder ¦ o–1 Lubrication 1 Lubrication 1 Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Stroke time remaining Remaining stroke time ¦ ¦–¡ Pause time remaining Remaining pause time ¦ ¦–¡ Test output Allows cycle to be tested on request ¦ ¦–¡ Reset Reset the lubrication data ¦ o–1 Stream 1 Stream 1 ¦ ¦–¡ Reset Gas Averages.1 Reset all gas data averages ¦ ¦–¡ Stream.1 Stream On/Off or Stream Neutralised. ¦ ¦–¡ Reset Latched Stream Alarms.1 Reset Latched Stream Alarms ¦ o–1 Input signals Input signals (Pulse variables) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Meter Input 1 Measured Input from Turbine Meter Input 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Monitor Input 1 Measured Input from Turbine Monitor Input 1 ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Coriolis Meter Input 1 Measured Input from Coriolis meter Input 1 ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Density Input signals Density pulse input signals ¦ ¦ o–1 Density 1 Density 1 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Sensor 1.1 Density Sensor 1 No. 1 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Density 2 Density 2 ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Sensor 2.1 Density Sensor 2 No. 1 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ Density Selection 1 Source of Density Input stream 1 Sensor 1, Sensor 2 , AGA 8 or Calc ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ rd Selection 1 Source of Relative Density Input stream 1 ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Multiple transmitters Multiple transmitter input signals ¦ ¦ o–1 Pressure Pressure ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres Sensor 1.1 Pressure Sensor No. 1 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres Sensor 2.1 Pressure Sensor No. 2 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ pres Sensor 3.1 Pressure Sensor No. 3 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Temperature Temperature ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp Sensor 1.1 Temperature Sensor No. 1 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp Sensor 2.1 Temperature Sensor No. 2 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ temp Sensor 3.1 Temperature Sensor No. 3 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Dp High Dp High Range ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi Sensor 1.1 Differential Pressure High range Sensor No. 1 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi Sensor 2.1 Differential Pressure High range Sensor No. 2 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dphi Sensor 3.1 Differential Pressure High range Sensor No. 3 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Dp Low Dp Low Range ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo Sensor 1.1 Differential Pressure Low range Sensor No. 1 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo Sensor 2.1 Differential Pressure Low range Sensor No. 2 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ dplo Sensor 3.1 Differential Pressure Low range Sensor No. 3 stream 1 On or Off ¦ ¦ o–1 Stream 2 Stream 2 ¦ o–0 Input Signals ¦ o–0 Density Input Signals ¦ o–1 Multiple transmitters ¦ ¦ o–0 Pressure ¦ ¦ o–0 Temperature ¦ ¦ o–0 Dp High ¦ ¦ o–0 Dp Low ¦ ¦ o–1 Stream 3 Stream 3



¦ o–0 Input Signals ¦ o–0 Density Input Signals ¦ o–1 Multiple transmitters ¦ o–0 Pressure ¦ o–0 Temperature ¦ o–1 Time Time Folder ¦ ¦–¡ system time System Time and Date ¦ ¦–¡ modbus time Modbus Time and Date ¦ ¦–¡ 793 time 793 Time and Date ¦ o–1 EG Time EG Enagas Time Write Folder ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EG Seconds EG Seconds ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EG Minutes EG Minutes ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EG Hours EG Hours ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EG Day EG Day ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EG Month EG Month ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ EG Year EG Year ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 System Time System Time Read Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Seconds Seconds ¦ ¦–¡ Minutes Minutes ¦ ¦–¡ Hours Hours ¦ ¦–¡ Day Day ¦ ¦–¡ Month Month ¦ ¦–¡ Year Year ¦ o–1 General General Folder ¦–¡ Serial no Unit Serial Number ¦–¡ Maintenance Mode Maintenance Mode On or Off ¦–¡ Security Current Security setting ¦–¡ Proving Mode Proving mode On or Off ¦–¡ Comms Register Register must be written to in order to Reset Modbus Comms timeout ¦–¡ Data Checksum Checksum of all Data Entry Values ¦–¡ P/T Calibrate.1 Set Pressure and Temperature transmitters into Calibrate mode 1 ¦–¡ Reset Latched Alarms.1 Reset all non stream Latched Alarms ¦ o–1 Valve Switching Valve Switching Folder ¦ ¦–¡ Valve 1 Open Valve 1 Open Command Output ¦ ¦–¡ Valve 1 Closed Valve 1 Closed Command Output ¦ ¦–¡ Valve 2 Open Valve 2 Open Command Output ¦ ¦–¡ Valve 2 Closed Valve 2 Closed Command Output ¦ o–1 Ensonic Ensonic Folder ¦–¡ EN Calibrate Ensonic Calibrate On or Off ¦–¡ EN Reset Ensonic Reset On or Off



5.4. COUNTERS o–1 Counters Counters ¦ o–0 Station Station counters ¦ o–1 Stream 1[Proving] Stream 1 Proving counters ¦ ¦–¡ Proving Vb.1 Proving Total Line Volume from Meter ¦ ¦–¡ Proving Vbc.1 Proving Total Line Volume from Meter corrected for linearity ¦ ¦–¡ Proving Vn.1 Proving Total Corrected Volume ¦ ¦–¡ Proving E.1 Proving Total Energy ¦ ¦–¡ Proving M.1 Proving Total Mass ¦ ¦–¡ Proving Vbm.1 Proving Total Line Volume from Meter monitor output ¦ ¦–¡ Proving Vmc.1 Proving Total Mass corrected for linearity ¦ ¦–¡ Proving Vdry.1 Proving Total dry gas Volume ¦ o–1 Stream 1[Pos] Stream 1 Positive direction counters ¦ o–1 Normal normal flow condition ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.1 Eternal Total Line Volume from Meter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vbc.1 Eternal Total Line Volume from Meter corrected for linearity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vn.1 Eternal Total Corrected Volume ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +E.1 Eternal Total Energy ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +M.1 Eternal Total Mass ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vbm.1 Eternal Total Line Volume from Meter monitor output ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +CO2.1 Eternal Total Mass CO2 (Enabled by Mode switch 13) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vmc.1 Eternal Total Mass corrected for linearity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vdry.1 Eternal Total dry gas Volume ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Error Alarm flow condition ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VEb.1 Eternal Total Line Volume from Meter ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VEbc.1 Eternal Total Line Volume from Meter corrected for linearity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VEn.1 Eternal Total Corrected Volume ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +EE.1 Eternal Total Energy ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +ME.1 Eternal Total Mass ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VEbm.1 Eternal Total Line Volume from Meter monitor output ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VEmc.1 Eternal Total Mass corrected for linearity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VEdry.1 Eternal Total dry gas Volume ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Unhaltable Unhaltable Counters ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.u.1 Eternal Total Unhaltable Line Volume ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vbc.u.1 Eternal Total Unhaltable Line Volume from Meter corrected for linearity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vn.u.1 Eternal Total Unhaltable Corrected Volume ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +E.u.1 Eternal Total Unhaltable Energy ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +M.u.1 Eternal Total Unhaltable Mass ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vbm.u.1 Eternal Total Unhaltable Line Volume from Meter monitor output ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vmc.u.1 Eternal Total Unhaltable Mass corrected for linearity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vdry.u.1 Eternal Total Unhaltable dry gas Volume ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Held Held Counters ¦ ¦ o–1 Normal Hold Value of normal flow condition ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.H1 Hold Eternal Total Line Volume from Meter ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vbc.H1 Hold Eternal Total Line Volume from Meter corrected for linearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vn.H1 Hold Eternal Total Corrected Volume ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +E.H1 Hold Eternal Total Energy ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +M.H1 Hold Eternal Total Mass ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vbm.H1 Hold Eternal Total Line Volume from Meter monitor output ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vmc.H1 Hold Eternal Total Mass corrected for linearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vdry.H1 Hold Eternal Total dry gas Volume ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Error Hold Value of error flow condition ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VEb.H1 Hold Eternal Total Line Volume from Meter ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VEbc.H1 Hold Eternal Total Line Volume from Meter corrected for linearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VEn.H1 Hold Eternal Total Corrected Volume ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +EE.H1 Hold Eternal Total Energy ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +ME.H1 Hold Eternal Total Mass ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VEbm.H1 Hold Eternal Total Line Volume from Meter monitor output ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VEmc.H1 Hold Eternal Total Mass corrected for linearity ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VEdry.H1 Hold Eternal Total dry gas Volume ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Unhaltable Hold Value of Unhaltable Counters ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.u.H1 Hold Eternal Total Unhaltable Line Volume ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vbc.u.H1 Hold Eternal Total Unhaltable Line Volume from Meter corrected for linearity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vn.u.H1 Hold Eternal Total Unhaltable Corrected Volume ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +E.u.H1 Hold Eternal Total Unhaltable Energy ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +M.u.H1 Hold Eternal Total Unhaltable Mass ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vbm.u.H1 Hold Eternal Total Unhaltable Line Volume from Meter monitor output ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vmc.u.H1 Hold Eternal Total Unhaltable Mass corrected for linearity ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vdry.u.H1 Hold Eternal Total Unhaltable dry gas Volume ¦ ¦



¦ o–1 Period Counters Counters in Time Periods ¦ o–1 Normal normal flow condition ¦ ¦ o–1 Accumulated accumulated from meter start ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Previous in previous time period ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Hourly hourly ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.ph.ac1 Total Line Volume from Meter until end of previous hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily daily ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.pd.ac1 Total Line Volume from Meter until end of previous day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Monthly monthly ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.pm.ac1 Total Line Volume from Meter until end of previous month ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Non-Accumulated accumulated only in time period ¦ ¦ o–1 Current in current time period ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Quarterly 15 minutes ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.tq.na1 Total Line Volume from Meter in current 15 mins ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Hourly hourly ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.ch.na1 Total Line Volume from Meter in current hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily daily ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.cd.na1 Total Line Volume from Meter in current day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Monthly monthly ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.cm.na1 Total Line Volume from Meter in current month ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Previous in previous time period ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Quarterly 15 minutes ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.pq.na1 Total Line Volume from Meter in previous 15 mins ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Hourly hourly ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.ph.na1 Total Line Volume from Meter in previous hour ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Daily daily ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.pd.na1 Total Line Volume from Meter in previous day ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Monthly monthly ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.pm.na1 Total Line Volume from Meter in previous month ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ o–1 Last Day value at last day of month ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Vb.ld.na1 Total Line Volume from Meter at last day of month ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ etc. ¦ ¦ ¦ o–0 error Alarm flow condition o–0 Stream 2[Proving] Stream 2 Proving counters o–0 Stream 2[Pos] Stream 2 Positive direction counters o–0 Stream 3[Proving] Stream 3 Proving counters o–0 Stream 3[Pos] Stream 3 Positive direction counters o–0 Stream 1[Neg] Stream 1 Negative direction counters o–0 Stream 2[Neg] Stream 2 Negative direction counters o–0 Stream 3[Neg] Stream 3 Negative direction counters



Wet Gas Type 1 Counter symbols, these apply to Unhaltable, Error and Period counters. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Mguc.1 Eternal Total Mass of gas uncorrected for wet gas content ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Mgc.1 Eternal Total Mass of gas corrected for wet gas content ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Ml.1 Eternal Total Mass of Liquid ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VGg.1 Eternal Total Normal Volume Gas at line conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VNg.1 Eternal Total Normal Volume Gas at base conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VGl.1 Eternal Total Normal Volume Liquid at line conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VNl.1 Eternal Total Normal Volume Liquid at base conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Mw.1 Eternal Total Mass of Water ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Mc.1 Eternal Total Mass of Condensate Wet Gas Type 2 Counter symbols, these apply to Unhaltable, Error and Period counters. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Mg.1 Eternal Total Mass of two phase flow ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +MgS.1 Eternal Total Mass of Water saturated Wet gas ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +MgD.1 Eternal Total Mass of Dry Gas ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +ML.1 Eternal Total Liquid Flow ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +MTP.1 Eternal Total Corrected two phase mass flow rate (inc. Water) ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +MC.1 Eternal Total Mass Condensate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +MW.1 Eternal Total Mass Water ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +MM.1 Eternal Total Mass of Water ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +M hc.1 Eternal Total Mass of Hydro Carbon ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VnG.1 Eternal Total Volume Dry gas ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VnC.1 Eternal Total Volume Condensate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VnW.1 Eternal Total Volume of Water ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VE.1 Eternal Total Energy of Dry Gas Coriolis Meter Counter symbols, these apply to Unhaltable, Error and Period counters. ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Ml.1 Eternal Total Mass of Liquid ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VGl.1 Eternal Total Volume of Liquid at line conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VNl.1 Eternal Total Volume of Liquid at base conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Mw.1 Eternal Total Mass of Water ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +Mc.1 Eternal Total Mass of Condensate ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VGw.1 Eternal Total Volume of Water at line conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VNw.1 Eternal Total Volume of Water at base conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VNc.1 Eternal Total Volume of Condensate at base conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +VGc.1 Eternal Total Volume of Condensate at line conditions ¦ ¦ ¦–¡ +S.1 Eternal Total from alternate source i.e. Modbus or Pulse Inputs



5.5. STATION CONTROLLER o–1 Station Controller Station Controller ¦–¡ Reset Proving counters.1 Reset Proving Counters on FC # 1 to zero ¦–¡ Reset Proving counters.2 Reset Proving Counters on FC # 2 to zero ¦–¡ Reset Proving counters.3 Reset Proving Counters on FC # 3 to zero ¦–¡ Reset Proving counters.4 Reset Proving Counters on FC # 4 to zero ¦–¡ Reset Proving counters.5 Reset Proving Counters on FC # 5 to zero ¦–¡ Reset Station Proving counters Reset Station Proving Counters to Zero ¦–¡ Stn.Cont.Alarm Station Controller Alarm ¦–¡ Stn.Cont.Alarm.La.Cur.Hr Station Controller Alarm Latched Current Hour ¦–¡ Stn.Cont.Alarm.La.Cur.Dy Station Controller Alarm Latched Current Day ¦–¡ Stn.Cont.Alarm.La.Last.Hr Station Controller Alarm Latched Previous (Last) Hour ¦–¡ Stn.Cont.Alarm.La.Last.Dy Station Controller Alarm Latched Previous (Last) Day ¦ o–1 Flow Computers ¦ ¦–¡ Number of Units Number of Connected Flow Computers ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus ID 1 Modbus ID of FC #1 ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus ID 2 Modbus ID of FC #2 ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus ID 3 Modbus ID of FC #3 ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus ID 4 Modbus ID of FC #4 ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus ID 5 Modbus ID of FC #5 ¦ o–1 Read Status Read Status ¦ ¦–¡ Modbus Read State ¦ ¦–¡ ReadStatus.1 Read Status of FC #1 ¦ ¦–¡ ReadStatus.1 Read Status of FC #2 ¦ ¦–¡ ReadStatus.1 Read Status of FC #3 ¦ ¦–¡ ReadStatus.1 Read Status of FC #4 ¦ ¦–¡ ReadStatus.1 Read Status of FC #5 ¦ o–1 Write Status Write Status ¦–¡ Modbus Write State ¦–¡ WriteStatus.1 Write Status of FC # 1 ¦–¡ WriteStatus.1 Write Status of FC # 2 ¦–¡ WriteStatus.1 Write Status of FC # 3 ¦–¡ WriteStatus.1 Write Status of FC # 4 ¦–¡ WriteStatus.1 Write Status of FC # 5

Documents

M2000 Technical Manual V6 300